2019 RANGER Owner’s Manual
2019 RANGER Owner’s Manual
April 2019
Third Printing
Litho in U.S.A.
KB3J 19A321 AC
ford.ca
owner.ford.com
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2019
All rights reserved.
Part Number: 201809 20190304183411
California Proposition 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing and
maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway
motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals
including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize
exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the
engine except as necessary, service your vehicle
in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash
your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle.
For more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and
related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash your hands after handling.
Introduction
About This Manual ..........................................7
Symbols Glossary ............................................7
Data Recording .................................................9
Perchlorate .......................................................13
Replacement Parts Recommendation
............................................................................13
Special Notices ...............................................14
Mobile Communications Equipment
............................................................................15
Environment
Protecting the Environment .......................17
At a Glance
Instrument Panel ...........................................18
Child Safety
General Information .....................................20
Installing Child Restraints ..........................22
Booster Seats .................................................29
Child Restraint Positioning .........................31
Child Safety Locks .........................................33
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation .................................34
Fastening the Seatbelts ..............................35
Seatbelt Height Adjustment .....................37
Seatbelt Reminder ........................................37
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance ...............................................39
Seatbelt Extension .......................................39
Personal Safety System™
Personal Safety System™ ..........................41
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation .................................42
Driver and Passenger Airbags ..................43
Front Passenger Sensing System ...........44
Side Airbags ....................................................46
Safety Canopy™ ............................................47
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ......48
Airbag Disposal .............................................49
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information on Radio
Frequencies ................................................50
Remote Control .............................................50
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
..........................................................................56
Passive Key Backup Position ....................56
MyKey™
Principle of Operation ..................................57
Creating a MyKey ..........................................58
Clearing All MyKeys ......................................59
Checking MyKey System Status ..............59
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems .......................................................60
MyKey – Troubleshooting ..........................60
Doors and Locks
Locking and Unlocking ................................62
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System .......................65
Anti-Theft Alarm ...........................................65
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ..................66
Audio Control .................................................66
Voice Control ...................................................67
Cruise Control .................................................67
Information Display Control .....................68
Horn ...................................................................68
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers .......................................69
1
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Table of Contents
Autowipers ......................................................69
Windshield Washers ....................................70
Lighting
General Information ......................................71
Lighting Control ...............................................71
Autolamps ........................................................72
Instrument Lighting Dimmer .....................72
Daytime Running Lamps ............................73
Automatic High Beam Control .................74
Front Fog Lamps ............................................75
Direction Indicators .......................................75
Interior Lamps .................................................75
Ambient Lighting ...........................................76
Cargo Lamps ...................................................76
Windows and Mirrors
Power Windows ..............................................77
Exterior Mirrors ..............................................80
Interior Mirror ...................................................81
Sun Visors ........................................................82
Instrument Cluster
Gauges ..............................................................83
Warning Lamps and Indicators ...............86
Audible Warnings and Indicators ............89
Information Displays
General Information ....................................90
Information Messages ................................98
Climate Control
Manual Climate Control ..............................111
Automatic Climate Control .......................112
Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate
..........................................................................113
Heated Windshield ......................................116
Heated Rear Window ..................................116
Heated Exterior Mirrors ...............................116
Cabin Air Filter ...............................................116
Remote Start ..................................................117
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position ..................118
Head Restraints ............................................118
Manual Seats ................................................120
Power Seats ....................................................121
Rear Seats .......................................................122
Heated Seats .................................................124
Garage Door Opener
Universal Garage Door Opener ...............125
Auxiliary Power Points
Auxiliary Power Points ...............................129
Storage Compartments
Glove Compartment ....................................131
Center Console ..............................................131
Overhead Console ........................................131
Rear Seat Armrest .......................................132
Under Seat Storage .....................................132
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information ...................................133
Ignition Switch ..............................................133
Push Button Ignition Switch ....................134
Engine Block Heater ....................................137
Unique Driving Characteristics
Auto-Start-Stop ..........................................138
Fuel and Refueling
Safety Precautions .....................................140
Fuel Quality ...................................................140
Fuel Filler Funnel Location ........................141
2
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Table of Contents
Running Out of Fuel .....................................141
Refueling .........................................................143
Fuel Consumption .......................................145
Engine Emission Control
Emission Law ................................................147
Catalytic Converter .....................................148
Transmission
Automatic Transmission ............................151
Four-Wheel Drive
Principle of Operation ................................155
Using Four-Wheel Drive ............................155
Rear Axle
Electronic Locking Differential ...............162
Brakes
General Information ...................................164
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes
.........................................................................164
Parking Brake ................................................165
Hill Start Assist .............................................165
Traction Control
Principle of Operation ................................167
Using Traction Control ...............................167
Stability Control
Principle of Operation ...............................168
Using Stability Control ..............................169
Terrain Control
Principle of Operation .................................171
Trail Control
About Trail Control ......................................173
Switching Trail Control On and Off .......173
Setting the Trail Control Speed ..............173
Canceling the Set Speed ...........................173
Trail Control Indicators ...............................173
Trail Control – Troubleshooting .............174
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation ................................175
Rear Parking Aid ...........................................175
Front Parking Aid ..........................................176
Rear View Camera .......................................177
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation .................................181
Using Cruise Control ....................................181
Using Adaptive Cruise Control ...............182
Driving Aids
Driver Alert .....................................................189
Lane Keeping System ................................190
Blind Spot Information System .............195
Cross Traffic Alert ........................................198
Steering ...........................................................201
Pre-Collision Assist ....................................202
Load Carrying
Load Limit .....................................................206
Roof Racks and Load Carriers ................210
Load Retaining Fixtures ............................210
Tailgate
Tailgate Lock ..................................................212
Manual Tailgate ............................................212
Removing the Tailgate ...............................212
Towing
Towing a Trailer ............................................214
Trailer Sway Control ....................................215
Recommended Towing Weights ............215
Essential Towing Checks ...........................217
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels .....220
3
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Table of Contents
Driving Hints
Breaking-In ....................................................223
Economical Driving ....................................223
Cold Weather Precautions ......................224
Off-Road Driving .........................................224
Driving Through Water ..............................225
Floor Mats ......................................................226
Roadside Emergencies
Roadside Assistance ..................................227
Hazard Flashers ...........................................228
Fuel Shutoff ..................................................228
Jump Starting the Vehicle .......................229
Transporting the Vehicle ...........................231
Towing Points ................................................231
Customer Assistance
Getting the Services You Need ..............233
In California (U.S. Only) ............................234
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only) .....................235
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only) ......................236
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada .......................................................236
Ordering Additional Owner's Literature
........................................................................238
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only)
........................................................................238
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)
........................................................................238
Fuses
Fuse Box Locations ...................................240
Fuse Specification Chart ..........................241
Changing a Fuse ..........................................253
Maintenance
General Information ..................................255
Opening and Closing the Hood .............255
Under Hood Overview ...............................257
Engine Oil Dipstick .....................................258
Engine Oil Check .........................................258
Oil Change Indicator Reset .....................259
Engine Coolant Check ..............................259
Automatic Transmission Fluid Check
.........................................................................261
Brake Fluid Check ........................................261
Power Steering Fluid Check ....................262
Washer Fluid Check ...................................262
Charging the 12V Battery .........................262
Changing the 12V Battery ........................263
Checking the Wiper Blades ....................265
Changing the Wiper Blades ....................265
Adjusting the Headlamps .......................265
Removing a Headlamp .............................267
Changing a Bulb ..........................................267
Changing the Engine Air Filter .................271
Vehicle Care
General Information ...................................272
Cleaning Products .......................................272
Cleaning the Exterior ..................................272
Waxing ............................................................274
Cleaning the Engine ...................................274
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades
........................................................................274
Cleaning the Interior ...................................275
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens .......................275
Cleaning Leather Seats .............................276
Repairing Minor Paint Damage ..............277
Cleaning the Wheels ..................................277
Vehicle Storage ............................................277
Body Styling Kits .........................................279
Wheels and Tires
General Information ..................................280
Tire Care ..........................................................281
Using Snow Chains ....................................296
Tire Pressure Monitoring System ..........297
4
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Table of Contents
Changing a Road Wheel ..........................303
Technical Specifications ...........................313
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications .................................315
Motorcraft Parts ...........................................316
Vehicle Identification Number ................317
Vehicle Certification Label ........................317
Transmission Code Designation ............318
Capacities and Specifications ................319
Bulb Specification Chart ..........................323
Audio System
General Information ..................................325
Audio Unit - Vehicles Without: SYNC
........................................................................325
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC .........327
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC 3 ......329
Connecting a Bluetooth Device -
Vehicles Without: SYNC ......................330
Radio .................................................................331
Digital Radio ..................................................331
Satellite Radio ..............................................333
Audio Input Jack ..........................................336
USB Port ........................................................336
Using Voice Recognition - Vehicles
Without: SYNC .........................................337
Media Hub ......................................................337
SYNC™
General Information ..................................338
Using Voice Recognition ..........................339
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone ............341
SYNC™ Applications and Services ......342
Using SYNC™ With Your Media Player
........................................................................346
SYNC™ Troubleshooting ........................346
SYNC™ 3
General Information ..................................355
Home Screen ................................................367
Using Voice Recognition ..........................368
Entertainment ..............................................375
Climate ...........................................................385
Phone .............................................................388
Navigation .....................................................393
Apps .................................................................401
Settings .........................................................404
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting .....................418
Accessories
Accessories ...................................................432
Ford Protect
Ford Protect ..................................................434
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information ......436
Normal Scheduled Maintenance .........439
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance .............................................441
Scheduled Maintenance Record ..........443
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility .............454
End User License Agreement ................456
Declaration of Conformity ......................482
Type Approvals ...........................................482
5
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Table of Contents
6
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so may appear different
to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
E154903
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
E162384
Air conditioning system
E231157
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
Anti-lock braking system
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Battery
Battery acid
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
Brake system
7
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
E270480
Brake system
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
Child seat lower anchor
Child seat tether anchor
E71340
Cruise control
Do not open when hot
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
Engine coolant temperature
Engine oil
Explosive gas
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
E67017
Front airbag
Front fog lamps
Fuel pump reset
Fuse compartment
Hazard flashers
Heated rear window
Windshield defrosting system
Interior luggage compartment
release
Jack
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low tire pressure warning
Maintain correct fluid level
Note operating instructions
8
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
E270945
Horn control
Panic alarm
E139213
Parking aid
Parking brake
Power steering fluid
Power windows front/rear
Power window lockout
E231159
Requires registered technician
Safety alert
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Service engine soon
E270849
Passenger airbag activated
E270850
Passenger airbag deactivated
Side airbag
E167012
Shield the eyes
E138639
Stability control
E163957
Hill descent control
E272858
Trail control
E270969
Windshield wiping system
Windshield wash and wipe
DATA RECORDING
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
We respect your privacy and are
committed to protecting it. The
information contained in this publication
was correct at the time of going to print
but as technology rapidly changes, we
recommend that you visit the regional Ford
website for the latest information.
9
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have data recording functionality and
the ability to permanently or temporarily
store data. This data could include
information on the condition and status of
your vehicle, vehicle maintenance
requirements, events and malfunctions.
The types of data that can be recorded are
described in this section. Some of the data
recorded is stored in event logs or error
logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or
through a legal process. Such information
could be used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Operating states of system
components, for example fuel level,
tire pressure and battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt
status.
• Events or errors in essential systems,
for example headlamps and brakes.
• System responses to driving situations,
for example airbag deployment and
stability control.
• Environmental conditions, for example
temperature.
Some of this data, when used in
combination with other information, for
example an accident report, damage to a
vehicle or eyewitness statements, could
be associated with a specific person.
Service Data
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing
diagnostic information about your vehicle.
This potentially includes information about
the performance or status of various
systems and modules in the vehicle, such
as engine, throttle, steering or brake
systems. In order to properly diagnose and
service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company
(Ford of Canada in Canada), and service
and repair facilities may access or share
among them vehicle diagnostic
information received through a direct
connection to your vehicle when
diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford
of Canada, in Canada) may, where
permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic
information for vehicle improvement or
with other information we may have about
you, (for example, your contact
information), to offer you products or
services that may interest you. Data may
be provided to our service providers such
as part suppliers that may help diagnose
malfunctions, and who are similarly
obligated to protect data. We retain this
data only as long as necessary to perform
these functions or to comply with law. We
may provide information where required
in response to official requests to law
enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with
lawful authority or court order, and such
information may be used in legal
proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if
you choose to use connected apps and
services, you consent that certain
diagnostic information may also be
accessed electronically by Ford Motor
Company and Ford authorized service
facilities, and that the diagnostic
information may be used to provide
services to you, personalizing your
experience, troubleshoot, and to improve
products and services and offer you
10
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
products and services that may interest
you, where permitted by law. For Canada
only, for more information, please review
the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data
storage and use of service providers in
other jurisdictions who may be subject to
legal requirements in Canada, the United
States and other countries applicable to
them, for example, lawful requirements to
disclose personal information to
governmental authorities in those
countries.
Event Data
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder. The main purpose of an event
data recorder is to record, in certain crash
or near crash-like situations, such as an
airbag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle; this data will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The event data recorder is
designed to record data related to vehicle
dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger seatbelts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
brake pedal; and
• How fast the vehicle was traveling; and
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
event data recorder under normal driving
conditions and no personal data or
information (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) is recorded. However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data with
the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have such special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the event
data recorder.
Comfort, Convenience and
Entertainment Data
Your vehicle has electronic control units
that have the ability to store data based
on your personalized settings. The data is
stored locally in the vehicle or on devices
that you connect to it, for example, a USB
drive or digital music player. You can delete
some of this data and also choose whether
to share it through the services to which
you subscribe. See Settings (page 404).
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Seat and steering wheel position.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets.
11
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Music, videos or album art.
• Contacts and corresponding address
book entries.
• Navigation destinations.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use
data, for example account information,
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this
data through a dedicated, protected
connection. We only collect and use data
to enable your use of our services to which
you have subscribed, with your consent or
where permitted by law. For additional
information, see the terms and conditions
of the services to which you have
subscribed.
Services That Third Parties
Provide
We recommend that you review the terms
and conditions and data privacy
information for any services to which you
subscribe. We take no responsibility for
services that third parties provide.
Vehicles With a Modem
The modem has a SIM. The modem
periodically sends messages to stay
connected to the cell phone network.
These messages could include information
that identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the
electronic serial number of the modem.
Cell phone network service providers could
have access to additional information, for
example cell phone network tower
identification.
Note: The modem continues to send this
information unless you have all added value
services deactivated. Contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center. Refer to the
regional Ford website for contact
information.
Note: The service can be unavailable or
interrupted for a number of reasons, for
example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
Vehicles With SYNC
Mobile Device Data
If you connect a mobile device to your
vehicle, you can display data from your
device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can share your
vehicle data with mobile apps on your
device through the system. See Apps
(page 401).
The mobile apps function operates by your
connected device sending data to us in the
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes the vehicle identification number
of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial
number, odometer, enabled apps, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain it only as long as necessary to
provide the service, to troubleshoot, for
continuous improvement and to offer you
products and services that may be of
interest to you according to your
preferences and where allowed by law.
If you connect a cell phone to the system,
the system creates a profile that links to
that cell phone. The cell phone profile
enables more mobile features and efficient
operation. The profile contains, for
example data from your phonebook, read
and unread text messages and call history,
including history of calls when your cell
phone was not connected to the system.
12
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
If you connect a media device, the system
creates and retains a media device index
of supported media content. The system
also records a short diagnostic log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you use the
master reset function to erase the stored
information. See Settings (page 404).
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our
privacy policy, see the regional Ford
website.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off.
Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist
may also be capable of electronically or
verbally disclosing to 911 operators your
vehicle location or other details about your
vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to
provide the most appropriate emergency
services.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not switch the feature on.
Note: To switch 911 Assist on or off. See
Settings (page 404).
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such
as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners
and remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling
may apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
Web Address
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-
ouswaste/perchlorate
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
13
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit,
finish, structural integrity, corrosion
protection and dent resistance. During
vehicle development we validate that
these parts deliver the intended level of
protection as a whole system. A great way
to know for sure you are getting this level
of protection is to use genuine Ford
replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. The Ford
Warranty may not cover damage caused
to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts. For additional information,
refer to the terms and conditions of the
Ford Warranty.
SPECIAL NOTICES
If converting or modifying your vehicle from
production specification, please see your
authorized Ford dealer.
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is
covered and what is not covered by your
vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty,
see the Warranty Manual that is provided
to you along with your Owner’s Manual.
Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted
with sophisticated electronic controls.
WARNING: You risk death or
serious injury to yourself and others if you
do not follow the instruction highlighted
by the warning symbol. Failure to follow
the specific warnings and instructions
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: NEVER use a rearward
facing child restraint on a seat protected
by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it,
DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD
can occur.
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector
WARNING: Do not connect
wireless plug-in devices to the data link
connector. Unauthorized third parties
could gain access to vehicle data and
impair the performance of safety related
systems. Only allow repair facilities that
follow our service and repair instructions
to connect their equipment to the data
link connector.
Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link
Connector (DLC) that is used in
conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for
vehicle diagnostics, repairs and
reprogramming services. Installing an
aftermarket device that uses the DLC
during normal driving for purposes such as
remote insurance company monitoring,
transmission of vehicle data to other
devices or entities, or altering the
performance of the vehicle, may cause
interference with or even damage to
vehicle systems. We do not recommend
or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in
devices unless approved by Ford. The
vehicle Warranty will not cover damage
caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.
14
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks
and Utility Type Vehicles
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
Before you drive your vehicle, please read
this Owner’s Guide carefully. Your vehicle
is not a passenger car. As with other
vehicles of this type, failure to operate this
vehicle correctly may result in loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury or death.
Using Your Vehicle With a
Snowplow
Do not use this vehicle for
snowplowing.
Your vehicle does not have a snowplowing
package.
Using Your Vehicle as an
Ambulance
Do not use this vehicle as an
ambulance.
Your vehicle does not have the Ford
Ambulance Preparation Package.
Using a Slide-In Camper
We do not recommend using your pickup
for carrying a slide-in camper.
Fleet Telematics Modem (If Equipped)
The onboard modem provides access to
data to support telematics services such
as location, speed, idle time, fuel, vehicle
diagnostics and maintenance alerts. To
explore data, telematics services, third
party service provider support and to
manage existing telematics accounts, refer
to www.commericalsolutions.ford.com or
call 833-FCS-FORD
Note: This is not available with FordPass
Connect.
FordPass Connect (If Equipped)
With a FordPass Connect-equipped
vehicle, you can use FordPass to track your
vehicle’s location and remotely access
vehicle features such as start, lock and
unlock and vehicle status including fuel
level and approximate mileage. Message
and data rates may apply. Services may
be limited by mobile phone network
coverage area. For additional information,
refer to www.fordpass.com.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
15
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
16
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Introduction
PROTECTING THE
ENVIRONMENT
You should play your part in protecting the
environment. Correct vehicle usage and
the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning
and lubrication materials are significant
steps toward this aim.
For details about Ford Motor
Company's sustainability progress and
initiatives visit:
Web Address
www.sustainability.ford.com
17
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Environment
INSTRUMENT PANEL
E266455
Air vents.A
Multi-function display. See General Information (page 90).B
Windshield wipers. See Wipers and Washers (page 69).C
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 66). Voice control. See Voice Control
(page 67).
D
Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 83).E
Cruise control switches. See Cruise Control (page 67).F
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 75).G
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 71).H
Hood release lever. See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 255).I
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 133).J
Steering wheel adjustment lever. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page
66).
K
18
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
At a Glance
GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions
on how to properly use safety restraints
for children.
WARNING: Always make sure your
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are shaped
differently. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration and other safety
organizations, base their
recommendations for child restraints on
probable child height, age and weight
thresholds, or on the minimum
requirements of the law. We recommend
that you check with a NHTSA Certified
Child Passenger Safety Technician
(CPST) to make sure that you properly
install the child restraint in your vehicle
and that you consult your pediatrician to
make sure you have a child restraint
appropriate for your child. To locate a
child restraint fitting station and CPST,
contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca
to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your
area. Failure to properly restrain children
in child restraints made especially for
their height, age and weight, may result
in an increased risk of serious injury or
death to your child.
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or
animals to these high temperatures for
even a short time can cause death or
serious heat related injuries, including
brain damage. Small children are
particularly at risk.
20
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children
Recommended Restraint
Type
Child Size, Height, Weight, or AgeChild
Use a child restraint
(sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible
seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less
(generally age four or younger).
Infants or
toddlers
Use a belt-positioning
booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child restraint (generally
children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m)
tall, are greater than age four and less
than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer).
Small children
Use a vehicle seatbelt
having the lap belt snug
and low across the hips,
shoulder belt centered
across the shoulder and
chest, and seat backrest
upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least
57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb
(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended
by child restraint manufacturer).
Larger children
• You are required by law to properly use
child restraints for infants and toddlers
in the United States and Canada.
• Many states and provinces require that
small children use approved booster
seats until they reach age eight, a
height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb
(36 kg). Check your local and state or
provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of
children in your vehicle.
• When possible, always properly
restrain children 12 years of age and
under in a rear seating position of your
vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions
than in a front seating position. See
Front Passenger Sensing System
(page 44).
• When installing a rear facing child
restraint, adjust the vehicle seats to
avoid interference between the child
restraint and the vehicle seat in front
of the child restraint.
21
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
Child Restraints
E142594
Use a child restraint (sometimes called an
infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler
seat) for infants, toddlers, or children
weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally
age four or younger).
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts
WARNING: Do not place a
rearward facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Properly secure
children 12 years old and under in a rear
seating position whenever possible. If
you are unable to properly secure all
children in a rear seating position,
properly secure the largest child on the
front seat. If you must use a forward
facing child restraint on the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where
you secure a child restraint, and
depending on the child restraint design,
you may block access to certain seatbelt
buckle assemblies and LATCH lower
anchors, rendering those features
potentially unusable. To avoid risk of
injury, make sure occupants only use
seating positions where they are able to
be properly restrained.
When installing a child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle until you hear a snap and feel it
latch. Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button
pointing up and away from the child
restraint, with the tongue between the
child restraint and the release button,
to prevent accidental unbuckling.
• Place the vehicle seat upon which the
child restraint will be installed in the
upright position.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic
locking mode. This vehicle does not
require the use of a locking clip.
Perform the following steps when
installing the child restraint with
combination lap and shoulder belts:
Note: Although the child restraint
illustrated is a forward facing child restraint,
the steps are the same for installing a rear
facing child restraint.
22
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
E142528
1. Position the child restraint in a seat
with a combination lap and shoulder
belt.
E142529
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and
then grasp the shoulder belt and lap
belt together.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according
to the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure the belt
webbing is not twisted.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
for that seating position until you hear
a snap and feel the latch engage. Make
sure the tongue is latched securely by
pulling on it.
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder
portion of the belt and pull downward
until you pull all of the seatbelt out.
23
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats. This vehicle does not require the use
of a locking clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove
slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Try to pull the seatbelt out of the
retractor to make sure the retractor is
in the automatic locking mode (you
should not be able to pull more belt
out). If the retractor is not locked,
unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5
and 6.
E142533
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint as you
pull up on the shoulder belt to force
slack from the belt. This is necessary
to remove the remaining slack that
exists once you add the extra weight
of the child to the child restraint. It also
helps to achieve the proper snugness
of the child restraint to your vehicle.
Sometimes, a slight lean toward the
buckle helps to remove remaining slack
from the belt.
9. Attach the tether strap (if the child
restraint is equipped).
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and
back to make sure the seat is securely
held in place.
To check this, grab the seat at the belt path
and attempt to move it side to side and
forward and back. There should be no
more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement for
proper installation.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician to make certain the child
restraint is properly installed. In Canada,
check with Transport Canada for referral
to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers
for CHildren (LATCH)
WARNING: Do not attach two
child safety restraints to the same
anchor. In a crash, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child
safety restraint attachments and may
break, causing serious injury or death.
24
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
WARNING: Depending on where
you secure a child restraint, and
depending on the child restraint design,
you may block access to certain seatbelt
buckle assemblies and LATCH lower
anchors, rendering those features
potentially unusable. To avoid risk of
injury, make sure occupants only use
seating positions where they are able to
be properly restrained.
The LATCH system is composed of three
vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors
where the vehicle seat backrest and seat
cushion meet (called the seat bight) and
one top tether anchor behind that seating
position.
LATCH compatible child restraints have
two rigid or webbing mounted
attachments that connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need
to use seatbelts to attach the child
restraint. However, you can still use the
seatbelt to attach the child restraint if the
lower anchors are not used.
For forward-facing child restraints, you
must also attach the top tether strap to
the proper top tether anchor if a top tether
strap has been provided with your child
restraint.
Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for
child restraint installation at the following
seating positions.
SuperCrew
E274695
E166695
For SuperCrew vehicles, the lower LATCH
anchors are at the rear section of the rear
seat between the cushion and the seat
backrest.
SuperCab
E281347
25
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
E277517
For SuperCab vehicles, the lower LATCH
anchors are at the back panel behind the
rear seats.
Follow the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions to properly install a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
Follow the instructions later in this chapter
on attaching child restraints with tether
straps.
Attach LATCH lower attachments of the
child restraint only to the anchors shown.
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors
from the Outermost Seating
Positions (Center Seating Use)
WARNING: The standardized
spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in
(280 mm) center to center. Do not use
LATCH lower anchors for the center
seating position unless the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit and
specify using anchors spaced at least as
far apart as those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row rear seat are spaced 25.7 in
(652 mm) apart. The standardized spacing
for LATCH lower anchors is 11.0 in
(280 mm) center to center. You cannot
install a child restraint with rigid LATCH
attachments at the center seating position.
LATCH compatible child restraints (with
attachments on belt webbing) can only be
used at this seating position provided that
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions permit use with the anchor
spacing stated. Do not attach a child
restraint to any lower anchor if an adjacent
child restraint is attached to that anchor.
Each time you use the child restraint, check
that the seat is properly attached to the
lower anchors and tether anchor, if
applicable. Tug the child restraint from side
to side and forward and back where it is
secured to the vehicle. The seat should
move less than 1 in (2.5 cm) when you do
this for a proper installation.
If the child restraint is not anchored
properly, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
Combining Seatbelt and LATCH
Lower Anchors for Attaching Child
Restraints
When used in combination, either the
seatbelt or the LATCH lower anchors may
be attached first, provided a proper
installation is achieved. Attach the tether
strap afterward, if included with the child
restraint.
Using Tether Straps
Many forward-facing child restraints
include a tether strap which extends from
the back of the child restraint and hooks
to an anchoring point called the top tether
anchor. Tether straps are available as an
accessory for many older child restraints.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether
strap if the tether strap on your child
restraint does not reach the appropriate
top tether anchor in the vehicle.
The passenger seats of your vehicle may
have built-in tether strap anchors behind
the seats.
26
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
For SuperCrew vehicles, the tether anchors
are anchor brackets behind the seat on the
rear edge of the seat cushion.
For SuperCab vehicles, the tether anchors
in your vehicle are loops of webbing above
the seat backrest.
The rear seat in the SuperCab has two
straps along the top of the seat backrest
that function as both routing loops for the
tether straps and anchor loops.
The tether strap anchors in your vehicle
are in the following positions (shown from
top view):
SuperCrew
E274697
SuperCab
E278365
E277518
For SuperCab vehicles without rear seats,
use either of the two passenger side rear
rigid anchors on the back panel as a top
tether for the front passenger seat.
Attach the tether strap only to the
appropriate tether anchor as shown. The
tether strap may not work properly if
attached somewhere other than the
correct tether anchor.
If you install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments, do not tighten the
tether strap enough to lift the child
restraint off the vehicle seat cushion when
the child is seated in it. Keep the tether
strap just snug without lifting the front of
the child restraint. Keeping the child
restraint just touching the vehicle seat
gives the best protection in a severe crash.
Once you have installed the child restraint
using either the seatbelt, the lower anchors
of the LATCH system, or both, you can
attach the top tether strap.
Front Seat Tether Strap
Attachment (SuperCab)
If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, the
child restraint may not be retained properly
in the event of a crash.
If the child restraint is not anchored
properly, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
If your child restraint system has a tether
strap, and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also recommend
its use.
27
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
1. Route the child restraint tether strap
over the back of the seat and under the
head restraint.
Note: For vehicles with adjustable head
restraints, route the tether strap under the
head restraint and between the head
restraint posts, otherwise route the tether
strap over the top of the seat backrest.
2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position. Make sure
the seat is locked in the upright position
before installing the child restraint.
3. Clip the tether strap to either of the
anchors on the back panel.
4. Tighten the child restraint tether strap
according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, the
child restraint may not be retained properly
in the event of a crash.
If the child restraint is not anchored
properly, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
If your child restraint system has a tether
strap, and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also recommend
its use.
Rear Seat Tether Strap
Attachment (SuperCab)
E280119
There are two loops of webbing just above
the back of the rear seat (along the bottom
edge of the rear window). Use these loops
as both routing loops and anchor loops for
up to two child restraint tether straps.
For example, you can use the driver side
loop as a routing loop for a child restraint
in the driver side rear seat and as an
anchoring loop for child restraints installed
in the passenger side rear seat.
Many tether straps cannot be tightened if
the tether strap is hooked to the loop
directly behind the child restraint.
To provide a tight tether strap:
E162715
1. Route the vehicle tether loop between
the head restraint posts. Then route
the child restraint tether strap through
the loop, forward of the head restraint.
2. Hook the strap to the vehicle tether
anchor loop in the adjacent seating
position. Always put the tether strap
through the routing loop. The head
restraint support post holds the child
restraint tightly, but the head restraint
post is not strong enough to hold the
child restraint during a crash.
3. Tighten the tether strap according to
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions.
If the child restraint is not anchored
properly, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
28
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
If your child restraint system has a tether
strap, and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also recommend
its use.
BOOSTER SEATS
WARNING: Do not put the
shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow
the child to put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt under their arm or behind
their back. Failure to follow this
instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and
increase the risk of injury or death in a
crash.
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child safety restraint
(generally children who are less than 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and
less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg)
and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child
restraint manufacturer). Many state and
provincial laws require that children use
approved booster seats until they reach
age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or
80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer YES to ALL of these questions
when seated without a booster seat:
E142595
• Can the child sit all the way back
against their vehicle seat backrest with
knees bent comfortably at the edge of
the seat cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for
the whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction
with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
29
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield. If a
vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head
(as measured at the tops of the ears)
above the top of the seat. In this case,
move the backless booster to another
seating position with a higher seat backrest
or head restraint and lap and shoulder
belts, or consider using a high back booster
seat.
E70710
• High back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the
lap belt low and snug across the hips,
never up across the stomach, and lets you
adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest
and rest snugly near the center of the
shoulder. The following drawings compare
the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt
uncomfortably close to the neck and a
shoulder belt that could slip off the
shoulder. The drawings also show how the
lap belt should be low and snug across the
child's hips.
E142596
30
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle
seat upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet
liner under the booster seat may improve
this condition. Do not introduce any item
thicker than this under the booster seat.
Check with the booster seat
manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
WARNING: Do not place a
rearward facing child restraint in front of
an active airbag. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Properly secure
children 12 years old and under in a rear
seating position whenever possible. If
you are unable to properly secure all
children in a rear seating position,
properly secure the largest child on the
front seat. If you must use a forward
facing child restraint on the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always carefully
follow the instructions and warnings
provided by the manufacturer of any
child restraint to determine if the
restraint device is appropriate for your
child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions and warnings provided for
installation and use in conjunction with
the instructions and warnings provided
by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety
seat that is improperly installed or
utilized, is inappropriate for your child's
height, age, or weight or does not
properly fit the child may increase the
risk of serious injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow a
passenger to hold a child on their lap
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows,
books or towels to boost your child's
height. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
31
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
WARNING: Properly secure child
restraints or booster seats when they are
not in use. They could become projectiles
in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not put the
shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow
the child to put the shoulder section of
the seatbelt under their arm or behind
their back. Failure to follow this
instruction could reduce the
effectiveness of the seatbelt and
increase the risk of injury or death in a
crash.
WARNING: Do not leave children
or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Recommendations for Attaching Child Safety Restraints for Children
Use Any Attachment Method as Indicated Below by X
Combined
Weight of
Child and
Child
Restraint
Restraint
Type
Seatbelt
Only
Seatbelt
and LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
and Top
Tether
Anchor)
Seatbelt
and Top
Tether
Anchor
LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
Only)
LATCH
(Lower
Anchors
and Top
Tether
Anchor)
XX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child
restraint
X
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Rear facing
child
restraint
XXX
Up to 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child
restraint
XX
Over 65 lb
(29.5 kg)
Forward
facing
child
restraint
32
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
Note: The child restraint must rest tightly
against the vehicle seat upon which it is
installed. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint. See Seats (page
118).
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS (IF
EQUIPPED)
When these locks are set, the rear doors
cannot be opened from the inside.
E112197
The childproof locks are located on the
rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.
Left-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.
33
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Child Safety
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap
belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Children must always
be properly restrained.
WARNING: Do not allow a
passenger to hold a child on their lap
when your vehicle is moving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death in the event of a
sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: It is extremely
dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside
or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people
riding in these areas are more likely to be
seriously injured or killed. Do not allow
people to ride in any area of your vehicle
that is not equipped with seats and
seatbelts. Make sure everyone in your
vehicle is in a seat and properly using a
seatbelt. Failure to follow this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seatbelt.
WARNING: Each seating position
in your vehicle has a specific seatbelt
assembly made up of one buckle and
one tongue designed to be used as a pair.
Use the shoulder belt on the outside
shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder
belt under the arm. Never use a single
seatbelt for more than one person.
WARNING: Properly secure
children 12 years old and under in a rear
seating position whenever possible. If
you are unable to properly secure all
children in a rear seating position,
properly secure the largest child on the
front seat. If you must use a forward
facing child restraint on the front seat,
move the seat as far back as possible.
Failure to follow these instructions could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Seatbelts and seats
may be hot in a vehicle that is in the
sunshine. The hot seatbelts or seats may
burn a small child. Check seat covers and
buckles before you place a child
anywhere near them.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
All seating positions in this vehicle have
lap and shoulder seatbelts. All occupants
of the vehicle should always properly wear
their seatbelts, even when an airbag
supplemental restraint system is provided.
34
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seatbelts
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• Shoulder seatbelt with automatic
locking mode, (except driver seatbelt).
• Height adjuster at the front outermost
seating positions (if equipped).
• Seatbelt pretensioner at the front
outermost and rear outermost seating
positions.
E71880
• Seatbelt warning light and chime.
E67017
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator.
The seatbelt pretensioners are designed
to tighten the seatbelts when activated. In
frontal and near-frontal crashes, the
seatbelt pretensioners may be activated
alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity,
together with the front airbags. In side
crashes and rollovers, the pretensioners
will be activated when the Safety Canopy
is activated.
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
The front outboard and rear safety
restraints in the vehicle are combination
lap and shoulder belts.
E142587
1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle (the buckle closest to the
direction the tongue is coming from)
until you hear a snap and feel it latch.
Make sure that you securely fasten the
tongue in the buckle.
E142588
2. To unfasten, press the release button
and remove the tongue from the
buckle.
35
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seatbelts
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
WARNING: Always ride and drive
with your seatback upright and properly
fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion
of the seatbelt snugly and low across
the hips. Position the shoulder portion of
the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See
the following figure.
E142590
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low
across the hips below the belly and worn
as tight as comfort allows. Position the
shoulder belt to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the center of the chest.
Seatbelt Locking Modes
WARNING: If your vehicle is
involved in a crash, have the seatbelts
and associated components inspected
as soon as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
All safety restraints in the vehicle are
combination lap and shoulder belts. The
driver seatbelt has the first type of locking
mode, and the front outboard passenger
and rear seat seatbelts have both types of
locking modes described as follows:
Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which
allows free shoulder belt length
adjustment to your movements and
locking in response to vehicle movement.
For example, if the driver brakes suddenly
or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle
receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination
seatbelts lock to help reduce forward
movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the design of the retractor is to
lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly.
If the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower
the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt
to retract. If the retractor does not unlock,
pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a
small length of webbing back toward the
stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline
the rear seat backrest or push the seat
backrest cushion away from the seatbelt.
Feed a small length of webbing back
toward the stowed position.
Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt
automatically pre-locks. The belt retracts
to remove any slack in the shoulder belt.
The automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver seatbelt.
When to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
Use this mode any time you install a child
safety seat, except a booster, in passenger
front or rear seating positions. Properly
restrain children 12 years old and under in
a rear seating position whenever possible.
See Child Safety (page 20).
36
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seatbelts
How to Use the Automatic Locking
Mode
E142591
1. Buckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out. Allow the belt to retract. As the
belt retracts, you will hear a clicking
sound. This indicates the seatbelt is
now in the automatic locking mode.
How to Disengage the Automatic
Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and
shoulder belt and allow it to retract
completely to disengage the automatic
locking mode and turn on the vehicle
sensitive (emergency) locking mode.
SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING: Position the seatbelt
height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests
across the middle of your shoulder.
Failure to adjust the seatbelt correctly
could reduce its effectiveness and
increase the risk of injury in a crash.
E131388
To adjust the shoulder belt height:
1. Pull the locking button and slide the
height adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on the
height adjuster to make sure it is locked in
place.
SEATBELT REMINDER
WARNING: The system will only
provide protection when you use the
seatbelt correctly.
This system monitors all seating positions
and provides audio and graphic feedback.
E71880
This lamp illuminates and a
warning tone sounds if you do
not fasten your seatbelt when
you switch the ignition on. The lamp and
tone switch off when you fasten your
seatbelt or about one minute has elapsed.
37
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seatbelts
When the initial warning expires for the
driver, more warnings are provided for the
driver and front passenger. This lamp
illuminates and a warning tone sounds if
you or your front passenger do not fasten
the seatbelt buckle and the vehicle speed
exceeds 6 mph (9.7 km/h). To deactivate
the warning, see Deactivating and
Activating the Belt-Minder Feature.
Note: To avoid inadvertent warnings, do
not place large objects on the seat.
E206718
This lamp illuminates when you
switch the ignition on, identifying
the number of seating positions
with fastened buckles. It illuminates again
when a seating position changes from
unfastened to fastened.
E283584
This warning displays and a tone sounds
if an occupant unfastens the rear seatbelt
buckle or it becomes unfastened.
Note: If a rear seat is unoccupied, or an
occupant never fastens the seatbelt buckle
to begin with, the warning will not display.
Note: Front seating positions appear in this
warning display. Warnings for unfastened
front seatbelt buckles appear in the initial
warning lamp.
Seatbelt Status
E281361
E274703
Seatbelt fastened.A
Seatbelt not fastened.B
Seatbelt recently unfastened.C
FaultD
To view the seatbelt status, use the
information display controls on the
steering wheel.
Deactivating and Activating the
Seatbelt Reminder (Front Seats Only)
WARNING: While the system
allows you to deactivate it, this system
is designed to improve your chances of
being safely belted and surviving an
accident. We recommend you leave the
system activated for yourself and others
who may use the vehicle.
38
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seatbelts
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch on and off independently.
When you perform this procedure for one
seating position, do not buckle the other
position as this terminates the process.
Read Steps 1 - 4 before starting the
procedure.
Make sure that:
• You set the parking brake.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
• You close all vehicle doors.
• You unbuckle the driver and front
passenger seatbelts.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Wait until the seatbelt warning lamp
turns off (about one minute). After
Step 2, wait an additional five seconds
before proceeding with Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete
the procedure within 60 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are
switching off, buckle then unbuckle the
seatbelt three times at a moderate
speed, ending in the unbuckled state.
After Step 3, the seatbelt warning lamp
turns on.
4. When the seatbelt warning lamp is on,
buckle then unbuckle the seatbelt.
After Step 4, the seatbelt warning lamp
flashes for confirmation.
• This switches the feature off if it is
currently on.
• This switches the feature on if it is
currently off.
CHILD RESTRAINT AND
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child
safety seat systems periodically to make
sure they work properly and are not
damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child
restraint seatbelts to make sure there are
no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if
necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies,
including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt
buckle assemblies, buckle support
assemblies (slide bar-if equipped),
shoulder belt height adjusters (if
equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat
backrest (if equipped), child safety seat
LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching
hardware, should be inspected after a
crash. Read the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions for additional
inspection and maintenance information
specific to the child restraint.
We recommend that all seatbelt
assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a
crash be replaced. However, if the crash
was minor and an authorized dealer finds
that the belts do not show damage and
continue to operate properly, they do not
need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies
not in use during a crash should also be
inspected and replaced if either damage
or improper operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Vehicle
Care (page 272).
SEATBELT EXTENSION
WARNING: Persons who fit into
the vehicle's seatbelt should not use an
extension. Unnecessary use could result
in serious personal injury in the event of
a crash.
39
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seatbelts
WARNING: Only use extensions
provided free of charge by our dealers.
The dealer will provide an extension
designed specifically for this vehicle,
model year and seating position. The use
of an extension intended for another
vehicle, model year or seating position
may not offer you the full protection of
your vehicle's seatbelt restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt
extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use a seatbelt
extension with an inflatable seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not use extensions
to change the way the seatbelt fits
across the torso, over the lap or to make
the seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from
our dealers. Only use our seatbelt
extensions made by the original equipment
seatbelt manufacturer with our seatbelts.
Ask your authorized dealer if your extension
is compatible with your vehicle restraint
system.
40
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seatbelts
The Personal Safety System provides an
improved overall level of frontal crash
protection to front seat occupants and is
designed to help further reduce the risk of
airbag-related injuries. The system is able
to analyze different occupant conditions
and crash severity before activating the
appropriate safety devices to help better
protect a range of occupants in a variety
of frontal crash situations.
The Vehicle Personal Safety System
consists of:
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outboard seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Driver seat position sensor.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag status indicator.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning lamp and
tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags,
crash sensors, seatbelt pretensioners,
front seatbelt usage sensors, driver
seat position sensor, front passenger
sensing system and indicator lights.
How Does the Personal Safety
System Work?
The Personal Safety System can adapt the
deployment strategy of the safety devices
according to crash severity and occupant
conditions. A collection of crash and
occupant sensors provides information to
the restraints control module. During a
crash, the restraints control module may
deploy the seatbelt pretensioners, one or
both stages of the dual-stage airbags
based on crash severity and occupant
conditions.
41
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Personal Safety System™
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Airbags do not inflate
slowly or gently, and the risk of injury
from a deploying airbag is the greatest
close to the trim covering the airbag
module.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their safety belts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your safety belt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Always transport
children 12 years old and under in the
back seat and always properly use
appropriate child restraints. Failure to
follow this could seriously increase the
risk of injury or death.
WARNING: Never place your arm
over the airbag module as a deploying
airbag can result in serious arm fractures
or other injuries.
WARNING: Airbags can kill or
injure a child in a child seat. Never place
a rear-facing child seat in front of an
active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child seat in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
seat is installed all the way back.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the airbag
supplemental restraint systems or its
fuses as you could be seriously injured
or killed. Contact your authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
WARNING: Several airbag system
components get hot after inflation. To
avoid risk of injury, do not touch them
after inflation.
WARNING: If the airbag has
deployed, the airbag will not function
again and must be replaced
immediately. If the airbag is not replaced,
the unrepaired area will increase the risk
of injury in a crash.
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
safety belts to help protect the driver and
right front passenger from certain upper
body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly;
there is a risk of injury from a deploying
airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly
upon activation. After airbag deployment,
it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder
(to lubricate the bag) or sodium
compounds (for example, baking soda)
that result from the combustion process
that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of
sodium hydroxide may be present which
may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of
the residue is toxic.
While the system is designed to help
reduce serious injuries, contact with a
deploying airbag may also cause abrasions
or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also
a possibility as a result of the noise
associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and
with considerable force, there is the risk of
death or serious injuries such as fractures,
facial and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
42
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that
occupants be properly restrained as far
away from the airbag module as possible
while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
DRIVER AND PASSENGER
AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the
steering wheel. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment or in a sudden
stop. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Airbags can kill or
injure a child in a child restraint. Never
place a rear-facing child restraint in front
of an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
E151127
The driver and passenger front airbags will
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag
system consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 48).
Proper Driver and Front Passenger
Seating Adjustment
WARNING: National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of at
least 10 in (25 cm) between an
occupant's chest and the driver airbag
module.
To properly position yourself away from
the airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly (one or two
degrees) from the upright position.
43
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. Properly seated occupants sit
upright, lean against the seat back, and
center themselves on the seat cushion,
with their feet comfortably extended on
the floor. Sitting improperly can increase
the chance of injury in a crash event. For
example, if an occupant slouches, lies
down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans
forward or sideways, or puts one or both
feet up, the chance of injury during a crash
greatly increases.
Children and Airbags
WARNING: Airbags can kill or
injure a child in a child restraint. Never
place a rear-facing child restraint in front
of an active airbag. If you must use a
forward-facing child restraint in the front
seat, move the seat upon which the child
restraint is installed all the way back.
E142846
Children must always be properly
restrained. Accident statistics suggest that
children are safer when properly restrained
in the rear seating positions than in the
front seating position. Failure to follow
these instructions may increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out
of position or with the seatback reclined
too far can take weight off the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in the event of a
crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Any alteration or
modification to the front passenger seat
may affect the performance of the front
passenger sensing system. This could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
E181984
The front passenger sensing system uses
a passenger airbag status indicator which
illuminates indicating that the front
passenger frontal airbag is either on
(enabled) or off (disabled). The indicator
lamp is in the center stack of the
instrument panel.
44
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
Note: When you first switch the ignition on,
the passenger airbag status indicator off
and on lamps illuminate for a short period
to confirm they are functional.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions:
• The front passenger seat is
unoccupied.
• The system determines an infant is
present in a child restraint.
• A passenger takes their weight off of
the seat for a period of time.
• If there is a problem with the airbag
system or the passenger sensing
system.
Even with this technology, parents are
strongly encouraged to always properly
restrain children in the rear seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables (will not inflate) the
front passenger frontal airbag, the
passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates the off lamp and stays lit
to remind you that the front passenger
frontal airbag is disabled.
• If you have installed the child restraint
and the passenger airbag status
indicator illuminates the on lamp, then
switch your vehicle off, remove the
child restraint from your vehicle and
reinstall the restraint following the
child restraint manufacturer's
instructions.
The front passenger sensing system works
with sensors that are part of the front
passenger seat and seatbelt. The sensors
are designed to detect the presence of a
properly seated occupant and determine
if the front passenger frontal airbag should
be enabled.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag (may inflate), the
passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates the on lamp and remains
illuminated.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the passenger airbag
status indicator off lamp is lit, it is possible
that the person is not sitting properly in the
seat. If this happens:
• Switch your vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seat backrest in an
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person's legs comfortably extended.
• Restart your vehicle and have the
person remain in this position for about
two minutes. This allows the system
to detect that person and enable the
passenger frontal airbag.
• If the indicator off lamp remains lit
even after this, you should advise the
person to ride in the rear seat.
After all occupants have adjusted their
seats and put on seatbelts, it is very
important that they continue to sit
properly. A properly seated occupant sits
upright, leaning against the seat backrest,
and centered on the seat cushion, with
their feet comfortably extended on the
floor. Sitting improperly can increase the
chance of injury in a crash event. For
example, if an occupant slouches, lies
down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans
forward or sideways, or puts one or both
feet up, the chance of injury during a crash
greatly increases.
If you think that the state of the passenger
airbag status indicator lamp is incorrect,
check for the following:
• Objects lodged underneath the seat.
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
45
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
• Objects hanging off the seat backrest.
• Objects stowed in the seat backrest
map pocket.
• Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat
• Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
• Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.
The conditions listed above may cause the
weight of a properly seated occupant to
be incorrectly interpreted by the front
passenger sensing system. The person in
the front passenger seat may appear
heavier or lighter due to the conditions
described in the previous list.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 48).
If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the
following:
The driver and adult passengers should
check for objects lodged underneath the
front passenger seat or cargo interfering
with the seat.
If objects are lodged or cargo is interfering
with the seat, take the following steps to
remove the obstruction:
• Pull your vehicle over.
• Switch your vehicle off.
• Driver or adult passengers should
check for any objects lodged
underneath the front passenger seat
or cargo interfering with the seat.
• Remove the obstruction(s) (if found).
• Restart your vehicle.
• Wait at least two minutes and verify
that the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster is no longer
illuminated.
• If the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster remains illuminated,
this may or may not be a problem due
to the front passenger sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle immediately to
an authorized dealer.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced
front airbag system to accommodate a
person with disabilities, contact your
Customer Relationship Center.
SIDE AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
airbag cover, on the side of the front or
rear seatbacks, or in areas that may
come into contact with a deploying
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not use accessory
seat covers. The use of accessory seat
covers may prevent the deployment of
the side airbags and increase the risk of
injury in an accident.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
seatback.
46
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The side airbags are on the outermost side
of the seat backrests of the front seats.
The airbag was designed to inflate
between the door panel and occupant to
further enhance the protection provided
to occupants in certain side impact
crashes.
E152533
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that your vehicle has side
airbags.
• Side airbags inside the driver and front
passenger seat backrests.
E67017
Crash sensors and monitoring
system with readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 48).
The design and development of the side
airbag system included recommended
testing procedures that were developed
by a group of automotive safety experts
known as the Side Airbag Technical
Working Group. These recommended
testing procedures help reduce the risk of
injuries related to the deployment of side
airbags.
SAFETY CANOPY™
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
headliner at the siderail that may come
into contact with a deploying curtain
airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The curtain airbag could
injure you as it deploys from the
headliner.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
service, repair, or modify the
supplementary restraint system or
associated components. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should
always properly wear their seatbelts,
even when an airbag supplemental
restraint system is provided. Failure to
properly wear your seatbelt could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
47
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has
deployed, it will not function again. Have
the system and associated components
inspected as soon as possible. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The Safety Canopy deploys during
significant side crashes or when a certain
likelihood of a rollover event is detected
by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy
is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal,
behind the headliner, above each row of
seats. In certain sideways crashes or
rollover events, the Safety Canopy will be
activated, regardless of which seats are
occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed
to inflate between the side window area
and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
E75004
The system consists of the following:
• Safety Canopy curtain airbags above
the trim panels over the front and rear
side windows identified by a label or
wording on the headliner or roof-pillar
trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness
indicator. See Crash Sensors
and Airbag Indicator (page 48).
Properly restrain children 12 years old and
under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy
will not interfere with children restrained
using a properly installed child or booster
seat because it is designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window opening.
The design and development of the Safety
Canopy included recommended testing
procedures that were developed by a
group of automotive safety experts known
as the Side Airbag Technical Working
Group. These recommended testing
procedures help reduce the risk of injuries
related to the deployment of side airbags
(including the Safety Canopy).
CRASH SENSORS AND
AIRBAG INDICATOR
WARNING: Modifying or adding
equipment to the front end of your
vehicle (including hood, bumper system,
frame, front end body structure, tow
hooks and hood pins) may affect the
performance of the airbag system,
increasing the risk of injury. Do not
modify or add equipment to the front
end of your vehicle.
48
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors which provide
information to the restraints control
module. The restraints control module
deploys (activates) the front and rear
seatbelt pretensioners, driver airbag,
passenger airbag, seat mounted side
airbags and the Safety Canopy. Based on
the type of crash, the restraints control
module deploys the appropriate safety
devices.
The restraints control module also
monitors the readiness of the above safety
devices plus the crash and occupant
sensors. The readiness of the safety
system is indicated by a warning indicator
light in the instrument cluster or by a
backup tone if the warning light is not
working. Routine maintenance of the
airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
E67017
The readiness light will not
illuminate immediately after you
switch the ignition on.
• The readiness light either flashes or
stays lit.
• A series of five beeps is heard. The tone
pattern repeats periodically until the
problem, the light or both are repaired.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced at an authorized
dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the
system may not function properly in the
event of a crash.
The seatbelt pretensioners and the front
airbag supplemental restraint system are
designed to activate when the vehicle
sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to
cause the restraints control module to
deploy a safety device.
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners
or front airbags did not activate for all
occupants in a crash does not mean that
something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control
module determined the accident
conditions (crash severity, belt usage)
were not appropriate to activate these
safety devices.
• The design of the front airbags is to
activate only in frontal and near-frontal
crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts) unless the crash causes
sufficient frontal deceleration.
• The design of the seatbelt
pretensioners is to activate in frontal,
near-frontal and side crashes and in
rollovers.
• The design of the side airbags is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes.
Side airbags may activate in other
types of crashes if the vehicle
experiences sufficient sideways motion
or deformation.
• The design of the Safety Canopy is to
inflate in certain side impact crashes
or rollover events. The Safety Canopy
may activate in other types of crashes
if the vehicle experiences sufficient
sideways motion or deformation, or a
certain likelihood of rollover.
AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
49
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Supplementary Restraints System
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) This device
must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m).
Vehicles with the remote start feature will
have a greater range. One of the following
could cause a decrease in operating range:
• Weather conditions.
• Nearby radio towers.
• Structures around the vehicle.
• Other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
Other short-distance radio transmitters,
such as amateur radios, medical
equipment, wireless headphones, remote
controls and alarm systems may operate
on the same frequency as your remote
control. If other transmitters are operating
on those frequencies, you may not be able
to use your remote control. Using your
remote control near some types of
electronic equipment, such as USB devices,
computers or cell phones can interfere with
remote operation. Operating your remote
control near metal or metallic-finished
purses, bags or clothing can interfere with
remote operation. You can lock and unlock
the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before
leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
still operates if you press any button
unintentionally.
Intelligent Access (If Equipped)
The system uses a radio frequency signal
to communicate with your vehicle and
authorize your vehicle to unlock when one
of the following conditions are met:
• You touch the inside of the front
exterior door handle within 3 ft (1 m)
proximity of an intelligent access key.
• You press the tailgate release button.
• You press a button on the remote
control.
If excessive radio frequency interference
is present in the area or if the remote
control battery is low, you may need to
mechanically unlock your door. You can
use the mechanical key blade in your
intelligent access key to open the driver
door in this situation. See Remote Control
(page 50).
REMOTE CONTROL
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter (If
Equipped)
Use the key blade to start your vehicle and
unlock or lock the driver door from outside
your vehicle. The integrated keyhead
transmitter functions as a programmed
ignition key that operates all the locks and
starts your vehicle, as well as a remote
control.
50
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Keys and Remote Controls
E277016
Press the button to release the key blade.
Press and hold the button to fold the key
blade back in when not in use.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)
Note: You may not be able to shift out of
park (P) unless the intelligent access key is
inside your vehicle.
E279948
The remote control operates the power
locks. The remote control must be in your
vehicle to use the push button start.
Removable Key Blade
The remote control also contains a
removable key blade that you can use to
unlock your vehicle.
51
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Keys and Remote Controls
E279949
Press the release button and pull the key
blade out.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
Replacing the Battery
Note: Refer to local regulations when
disposing of remote control batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle. The
remote control should operate normally.
A message appears in the information
display when the remote control battery
is low. See General Information (page
90).
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery.
Press the button to release the key blade
before beginning the procedure.
E277017
1. Insert a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, in the position shown and
gently push the clip.
2. Press the clip down to release the
battery cover.
E151799
3. Carefully remove the cover.
52
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Keys and Remote Controls
E151800
Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or
the printed circuit board with the
screwdriver.
4. Insert a screwdriver as shown to
release the battery.
E151801
5. Remove the battery.
6. Install a new battery with the + facing
up.
7. Replace the battery cover.
Intelligent Access Key
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery.
E279949
1. Push the release button and pull the
key blade out.
53
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Keys and Remote Controls
E218401
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.
E218402
3. Insert a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, in the position shown and
carefully remove the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover
onto the remote control and install the
key blade.
Car Finder
E138623
Press the button twice within
three seconds. The horn sounds
and the direction indicators
flash.
Sounding a Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
E138624
Press the button to activate the
alarm. Press the button again or
switch the ignition on to
deactivate.
54
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Keys and Remote Controls
Remote Start (If Equipped)
WARNING: To avoid exhaust
fumes, do not use remote start if your
vehicle is parked indoors or in areas that
are not well ventilated.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel
level is low.
E138625
The remote start button is on the
remote control.
This feature allows you to start your
vehicle from the outside. The remote
control has an extended operating range.
If your vehicle has automatic climate
control, you can configure it to operate
when you remote start your vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 111). A manual
climate control system will run at the
setting it was set to when you switched
your vehicle off.
Many states and provinces have
restrictions for the use of remote start.
Check your local and state or provincial
laws for specific requirements regarding
remote start systems.
The remote start system does not work if:
• The ignition is on.
• The alarm system triggers.
• You disable the feature.
• The hood is open.
• The transmission is not in park (P).
• The vehicle battery voltage is too low.
• The service engine soon light is on.
Remote Control Feedback (If
Equipped)
An LED on the remote control provides
status feedback of remote start or stop
commands.
StatusLED
Remote start
successful
Solid green
Remote stop
successful
Solid red
Request failed or
status not received
Blinking red
Status incompleteBlinking green
Remote Starting Your Vehicle
Note: You must press each button within
three seconds of each other. If you do not
follow this sequence, your vehicle does not
start remotely, the direction indicators do
not flash twice and the horn does not sound.
E138626
To remote start your vehicle:
1. Press the lock button to lock all the
doors.
2. Press the remote start button twice.
The exterior lamps flash twice.
The horn sounds if the system fails to start.
Note: You must press the push button
ignition switch on the instrument panel once
while applying the brake pedal before
driving your vehicle.
The power windows do not work during
remote start and the radio does not turn
on automatically.
55
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Keys and Remote Controls
The parking lamps remain on and your
vehicle will run for 5, 10 or 15 minutes,
depending on the setting.
Extending the Engine Running Time
To extend the engine running time duration
of your vehicle during remote start, repeat
steps 1 and 2 while the engine is running.
If the duration is set to 15 minutes, the
duration extends by another 15 minutes.
For example, if your vehicle had been
running from the first remote start for 10
minutes, your vehicle continues to run now
for a total of 30 minutes. You can extend
the engine running time duration to a
maximum of 30 minutes.
Wait at least five seconds before remote
starting after the engine stops running.
Turning Your Vehicle Off After Remote
Starting
E138625
Press the button once. Your
vehicle and the parking lamps
turn off.
You may have to be closer to your vehicle
than when starting due to ground reflection
and the added noise of your running
vehicle.
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 65).
PASSIVE KEY BACKUP
POSITION
E272540
Place the passive key in the position
shown, with the buttons facing upward.
Make sure that you place the key fob in the
center of the cup holder.
The top or bottom end of the key must be
pointing towards the front or rear of the
vehicle.
With the key in this position, press the
brake or clutch pedal, then press the start
button to switch on your vehicle.
56
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Keys and Remote Controls
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. You can program the
restrictions to all keys except one. Any keys
that you did not program are administrator
keys or admin keys.
You can use admin keys to:
• Create a MyKey with certain vehicle
restrictions.
• Program certain MyKey settings.
• Clear all MyKey restrictions.
After you program a MyKey, you can view
the following information through the
information display:
• The total number of admin keys and
MyKeys for your vehicle.
• The total distance a MyKey driver
traveled with your vehicle.
Note: Every MyKey receives the same
restrictions and settings. You cannot
program them individually.
Note: For vehicles equipped with a
push-button start switch: When both a
MyKey and an admin key are present when
you start your vehicle, the system recognizes
the admin key only.
Standard Settings
Not every vehicle includes the features
listed below. If your vehicle has this
equipment, then you cannot change the
following settings when using a MyKey:
• Seatbelt reminder or Belt-Minder™.
MyKey mutes the audio system until
drivers, and in some instances,
passengers, fasten their seatbelts.
Note: If your vehicle includes an
AM/FM radio or a very basic audio
system, then the radio may not mute.
• Earlier low-fuel warning. The low-fuel
warning activates earlier for MyKey
drivers, giving them more time to refuel.
• Certain driver alerts, stability systems
or parking aids turn on automatically
when you use the MyKey system. For
example, Blind Spot Information
System (BLIS), cross traffic alert, lane
departure warning or forward collision
warning. Note: MyKey drivers may be
able to turn the lane departure warning
feature off, but this feature turns back
on automatically with every new key
cycle.
• Restricted touchscreen operation in
some markets. For example, MyKey
may prevent manual navigation
destination input while the vehicle is in
any gear other than park (P) or when
the vehicle reaches a certain rate of
speed.
• Satellite radio adult content
restrictions, if this feature is available
in your market.
Optional Settings
You can configure certain vehicle feature
settings when you first create a MyKey. You
can also change the settings afterward
with an admin key.
57
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
MyKey™
Note: Not every feature applies to every
vehicle in every market. When they are
available for your vehicle, then they appear
in your information display, providing
choices to switch them on or off, or to select
a more specific setting.
• Various vehicle speed limits so the
MyKey driver cannot exceed certain
speeds. The information display shows
warnings followed by an audible tone
when the MyKey driver reaches the set
speed. You cannot override the set
speed by fully depressing the
accelerator pedal.
WARNING: Do not set MyKey
maximum speed limit to a limit that will
prevent the driver from maintaining a
safe speed considering posted speed
limits and prevailing road conditions. The
driver is always responsible to drive in
accordance with local laws and
prevailing conditions. Failure to do so
could result in accident or injury.
• Various vehicle speed reminders so
MyKey drivers know when their vehicle
speed approaches the limits. Warnings
appear in your information display and
a tone sounds when the MyKey drivers
exceed the set vehicle speed.
• The audio system's maximum volume
limits to 45% so MyKey drivers can
concentrate on the road. A message
appears in the information display
when MyKey drivers attempt to exceed
the limited volume. MyKey also
disables the automatic volume control.
Note: If your vehicle includes an
AM/FM radio or a very basic audio
system, then the radio may not limit.
• Always on setting. This setting forces
certain features to remain on and
active for MyKey drivers. For example,
E911 or emergency assistance and the
do not disturb features stay on even if
a MyKey driver uses the feature's
control to switch it off. When selected,
you will not be able to turn off Advance
Trac or traction control (if your vehicle
has this feature).
CREATING A MYKEY
Use the information display to create a
MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped
with a push-button start, place the
remote control into the backup slot.
See Passive Anti-Theft System
(page 65).
2. Switch the ignition on.
3. Access the main menu in the
information display and then scroll
through the menus to change the
settings of your MyKey. From the
MyKey menu select the option Create
MyKey. See Information Displays
(page 90).
58
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
MyKey™
4. When prompted, hold the OK button
until you see a message informing you
to label this key as a MyKey. The
programmed restrictions apply when
you key off, open and close the driver
door and restart your vehicle with the
programmed key or transmitter.
MyKey is successfully created. Make sure
you label it so you can distinguish it from
the admin keys.
You can also program configurable
settings for the key(s). See Programming
and Changing Configurable Settings.
Programming and Changing
Configurable Settings
Use the information display to access your
configurable MyKey settings.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin
key or transmitter you want to program.
2. Access the main menu in the
information display and then scroll
through the menus to change the
settings of your MyKey. See
Information Displays (page 90).
3. Follow the instructions in the display.
The programmed restrictions apply
when you switch the vehicle off, open
and close the driver door and restart
your vehicle with the programmed key
or transmitter.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the vehicle off, however, you
will need an admin key to change or clear
your MyKey settings. When you make any
changes to your MyKey settings, you change
the settings for every MyKey. You cannot
make individual changes to apply to certain
MyKeys.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
When you clear your MyKeys, you remove
all restrictions and return all MyKeys to
their original admin key status at once. To
clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, use
the information display.
1. Switch the ignition on using an admin
key.
2. Access the main menu in the
information display and then scroll
through the menus to begin clearing
your MyKey programming. See
Information Displays (page 90).
3. Follow the instructions in the display.
4. A confirmation message appears in the
display after you finish clearing your
MyKeys.
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you
remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys
to their original admin key status. You
cannot remove the MyKey restrictions
individually.
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
You can find information about your
programmed MyKeys by using the
information display. See Information
Displays (page 90).
MyKey Distance
Tracks the distance when drivers use a
MyKey. The only way to delete the
accumulated distance is by using an admin
key to clear all MyKeys. If the distance does
not accumulate as expected, then the
intended user is not using the MyKey, or an
admin key user recently cleared and then
recreated a MyKey.
59
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
MyKey™
Number of MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to detect how many MyKeys you
have for your vehicle and determine when
all MyKeys have been deleted.
Number of Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys are
programmed to your vehicle. Use this
feature to determine how many admin
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect
if an additional MyKey has been
programmed.
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.
MYKEY – TROUBLESHOOTING
Potential CausesCondition
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle
does not have admin privileges.
I cannot create a MyKey.
Vehicles with keyless start: Make sure you place
the transmitter into the backup slot. See
Passive Anti-Theft System (page 65).
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle
is the only admin key. There always has to be
at least one admin key.
The passive anti-theft system is disabled or in
unlimited mode.
The transmitter used to start your vehicle does
not have admin privileges.
I cannot program the configurable
settings.
There are no MyKeys programmed to the
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 58).
The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle
does not have admin privileges.
I cannot clear the MyKeys.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey
(page 58).
Purchase a new key or transmitter from an
authorized dealer.
I lost the only admin key.
60
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
MyKey™
Potential CausesCondition
Program a spare key or transmitter. You may
need to see an authorized dealer. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 65).
I lost a key.
The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.The MyKey distance does not accumu-
late. An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and
created new MyKeys.
The key system has been reset.
An admin transmitter is present at vehicle start.No MyKey functions with the trans-
mitter. There are no MyKeys programmed to your
vehicle. See Creating a MyKey (page 58).
61
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
MyKey™
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control
or the remote control to lock and unlock
your doors and tailgate. See Tailgate Lock
(page 212).
Note: Always take your keys and lock all
doors when leaving your vehicle.
Power Door Locks
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
E301525
Unlock.A
Lock.B
Door Lock Indicator
An LED on the power door lock control
illuminates when you lock the door.
Remote Control
Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage
Unlock)
E138629
Press the button to unlock the
driver door.
Press the button again within
three seconds to unlock all doors. The
direction indicators will flash.
With the ignition off, press and hold both
the lock and unlock buttons on the remote
control for three seconds to change
between driver door or all door unlock
mode. The direction indicators will flash
twice to indicate a change to the unlocking
mode. Driver door mode only unlocks the
driver door when you press the unlock
button once. All door mode unlocks all
doors when you press the unlock button
once. The unlocking mode applies to the
remote control and Intelligent Access Key.
Locking the Doors
E138623
Press the button to lock all
doors. The direction indicators
will flash.
Press the button again within three
seconds to confirm that all the doors are
closed. The doors will lock again, the horn
will sound and the direction indicators will
flash if all the doors are closed.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
with the Key Blade
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle once to lock all doors. Turn
the top of the key toward the rear of your
vehicle once to unlock the driver door only.
If the central locking function does not
operate, lock the doors individually using
the key in the position shown.
62
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Doors and Locks
A
B
B
A
E237137
Unlock.A
Lock.B
Opening a Rear Door from the
Inside
Pull the interior door handle twice to
unlock and open a rear door. The first pull
unlocks the door and the second pull
opens the door.
Activating Intelligent Access (If
Equipped)
General Information
You can unlock and lock the vehicle
without taking the keys out of your pocket
or purse when your intelligent access key
is within 3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle.
Intelligent access uses a sensor on the
back of the door handle for unlocking and
a separate sensor on the face of each door
handle for locking.
The system does not function if:
• Your vehicle battery has no charge.
• The key battery has no charge.
• The key frequencies jam.
Note: The system may not function if the
passive key is close to metal objects or
electronic devices, for example keys or a cell
phone.
Note: If the system does not function, use
the key blade to lock and unlock your
vehicle. See Remote Control (page 50).
Unlocking Using Intelligent Access
E248553
With your intelligent access key within 3 ft
(1 m) of your vehicle, touch the unlock
sensor on the back of the door handle for
a brief period and then pull on the door
handle to unlock, being careful to not
touch the lock sensor at the same time or
pulling the door handle too quickly. The
intelligent access system requires a brief
delay to authenticate your intelligent
access key fob.
63
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Doors and Locks
Locking Using Intelligent Access
E248554
With your intelligent access key within 3 ft
(1 m) of your vehicle, touch the outer door
handle lock sensor for approximately one
second to lock, being careful to not touch
the unlock sensor on the back of the door
handle at the same time. After locking, you
can immediately pull on the door handle
to confirm locking occurred without
inadvertently unlocking.
Smart Unlocks for Integrated
Keyhead Transmitter (If Equipped)
This helps to prevent you from locking
yourself out of your vehicle if the key is still
in the ignition.
When you open one of the front doors and
lock your vehicle with the power door lock
control, all the doors will lock then unlock
and the horn will sound twice if the key is
still in the ignition.
You can still lock your vehicle with the key
in the ignition by:
• Pressing the lock button on the
transmitter even if the doors are not
closed.
If both front doors are closed, you can lock
your vehicle by any method, regardless of
whether the key is in the ignition or not.
Autolock (If Equipped)
Autolock locks all the doors when:
• All doors are closed.
• The ignition is on.
• You shift into any gear putting your
vehicle in motion.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 4 mph (7 km/h).
Autolock repeats when:
• You open then close any door while the
ignition is on and your vehicle speed is
4 mph (7 km/h) or lower.
• Your vehicle reaches a speed greater
than 4 mph (7 km/h).
Autounlock
Autounlock unlocks all the doors when:
• The ignition is on, all the doors are
closed, and your vehicle has been
moving at a speed greater than 4 mph
(7 km/h).
• Your vehicle comes to a stop and you
switch the ignition off or to the
accessory position.
• You open the driver door within 10
minutes of switching the ignition off or
to accessory.
Note: The doors do not autounlock if you
electronically lock your vehicle after you
switch the ignition off and before you open
the driver door.
Enabling or Disabling Autounlock
You can enable or disable the autounlock
feature in the information display or an
authorized dealer can do it for you. See
General Information (page 90).
64
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Doors and Locks
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
Principle of Operation
The system prevents someone from
starting the engine with an incorrectly
coded key.
Coded Keys
If you lose a key, you can purchase a
replacement from an authorized dealer. If
possible, provide them with the key
number from the tag provided with the
original keys. You can also obtain extra
keys from an authorized dealer.
Note: Have all of your remaining keys
erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have
replacement keys coded together with your
remaining keys. See an authorized dealer
for further information.
Note: Do not shield your keys with metal
objects. This may prevent the receiver from
recognizing a coded key.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in the vehicle. Always take your keys and
lock all doors when leaving the vehicle.
Arming the Engine Immobilizer
When you switch the ignition off, the
engine immobilizer will arm automatically
after a short time.
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer
When you switch the ignition on, the engine
immobilizer will disarm automatically if
you use a correctly coded key.
If you are unable to start the engine with a
correctly coded key, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM
Alarm System
Perimeter Alarm
The perimeter alarm is a deterrent against
unauthorized access to your vehicle
through the doors, luggage compartment
and the hood.
Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
The alarm can be activated using the
remote control.
Triggering the Alarm
• If someone opens a door or the hood
without a valid key or remote control.
• If you switch the ignition on without a
valid key.
If the alarm sounds, the alarm horn sounds
for 30 seconds and the hazard warning
lamps flash for five minutes.
Any further attempts to carry out one of
the above will sound the alarm again.
Arming the Alarm
Press the lock button once to lock your
vehicle and arm the alarm.
Disarming the Alarm
Disarm the alarm by any of the following
actions:
• Unlock the doors with the key and
switch the ignition on with a correctly
coded key within 12 seconds.
• Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment using the remote control.
65
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the
steering wheel when your vehicle is
moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 118).
E279960
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
E279962
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL
Type One
E279395
66
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Steering Wheel
Type Two
E272251
E272252
You can operate the following
functions with the control:
Press to access phone mode or
to answer a phone call.
E265040
Press to end a phone call.
E268549
Press to silence the current
media
E265304
Press + or - to increase or to
decrease volume levels.
E265045
Press to access the previous
media selection.
E265044
Press to access the next media
selection.
E100027
Press to change the media
source.
E142607
Press to access the settings
menu on the SYNC screen.
E272621
Press to access the home
screen.
VOICE CONTROL
The controls are on the steering wheel.
E142599
Press and release to activate
voice recognition.
CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
Type One
E200995
See Using Cruise Control (page 181).
67
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Steering Wheel
Type Two
E200996
See Using Adaptive Cruise Control
(page 182).
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
E205893
E201420
Use the controls to adjust the information
display. Navigate through the screen and
press OK to select. See General
Information (page 90).
HORN
E270945
68
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Steering Wheel
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
E270969
Push the lever up or down to
operate the windshield wiper.
E295996
A
Single wipe.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Normal wipe.C
High-speed wipe.D
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the
windshield wipers off before entering a car
wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Intermittent Wipe
E295997
Shortest wipe interval.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Longest wipe interval.C
Use the rotary control to adjust the
intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS (IF EQUIPPED)
Wet or winter driving conditions with ice,
snow or salty road mist can cause
inconsistent and unexpected wiping or
smearing.
69
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wipers and Washers
E295997
High sensitivity.A
Autowipers On.B
Low sensitivity.C
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the autowipers. When you
select low sensitivity, the wipers operate
when the sensor detects a large amount
of water on the windshield. When you
select high sensitivity, the wipers operate
when the sensor detects a small amount
of water on the windshield.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects
hit the windshield.
In these conditions, you can do the
following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing on
the windshield.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch autowipers off.
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure that you switch the
windshield wipers off before entering a car
wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
Autowipers Settings
Autowipers defaults to on and remains on
until you switch it off in the information
display. When you switch off autowipers,
the wipers operate in intermittent mode.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
E296048
E270967
Pull the lever toward you to
operate the windshield washers.
When you release the lever, the wipers
operate for a short time. When activated,
a courtesy wipe occurs a short time after
the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid.
Note: You can switch courtesy wipe on or
off in the information display. See
Information Displays (page 90).
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This could
cause the washer pump to overheat.
70
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wipers and Washers
GENERAL INFORMATION
Condensation in the Exterior Front
Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have
vents to accommodate normal changes
in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
LIGHTING CONTROL
E142449
Lamps off.A
Parking lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps.
B
Headlamps.C
Headlamp High Beam
E242674
Push the lever away from you to
switch the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the
lever toward you to switch the high beams
off.
71
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Lighting
Flashing the Headlamp High Beam
E242675
Slightly pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may
need to override the system if it does not
turn the headlamps on in low visibility
conditions, for example daytime fog.
E142451
When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps turn
on in low light situations, or when the
wipers turn on.
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on.
Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you
cannot switch the high beams on until the
system turns the low beams on.
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps
When you switch the autolamps on, the
headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of
switching the wipers on. They turn off
approximately 60 seconds after you switch
the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps do not turn on with the
wipers:
• During a single wipe.
• When using the windshield washers.
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: If you switch the autolamps and the
autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when
the windshield wipers continuously operate.
INSTRUMENT LIGHTING
DIMMER
Note: When disconnecting the battery or
when it runs out of charge, the illuminated
components turn to the maximum setting.
72
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Lighting
Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps
E231828
Press repeatedly or press and hold until
you reach the desired level.
Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps
A B
E165366
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to dim.
A
Press repeatedly or press and
hold to brighten.
B
DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
Type One - Conventional (Non-
Configurable)
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. Switching the ignition on.
2. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions,
or releasing the parking brake for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
3. The lighting control is in the off, parking
lamp or autolamps positions.
4. The headlamps are off.
Type Two - Configurable
Switch the daytime running lamps on or
off using the information display. See
Information Displays (page 90).
The daytime running lamps turn on when:
1. The lamps are on in the information
display.
2. Switching the ignition on.
3. The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions,
or releasing the parking brake for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
4. The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
5. The headlamps are off.
The other lighting control switch positions
do not turn on the daytime running lamps.
73
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Lighting
If the daytime running lamps are off in the
information display, the lamps stay off in
all switch positions.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may
need to override the system if it does not
turn the high beams on or off.
The system turns on high beams if it is dark
enough and no other traffic is present. If it
detects an approaching vehicle’s
headlamps or tail lamps, or street lighting
ahead, the system turns off high beams
before they can distract other road users.
Low beams remain on.
Note: The system may not operate properly
if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield
free from obstruction or damage.
Note: The system may not operate properly
in cold or inclement conditions. You can
switch on the high beams by overriding the
system.
Note: If the system detects a blockage, for
example bird droppings, bug splatter, snow
or ice, the system goes into low beam mode
until you clear the blockage. A message may
appear in the information display if the
camera is blocked.
Note: Using much larger tires or equipping
vehicle accessories such as snowplows can
modify your vehicle's ride height and
degrade automatic high beam control
performance.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted
behind the windshield of your vehicle,
continuously monitors conditions to turn
the high beams on and off.
Once the system is active, the high beams
turn on if:
• The ambient light level is low enough.
• There is no traffic in front of your
vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 32 mph (51 km/h).
The system turns the high beams off if:
• The ambient light level is high enough
that high beams are not required.
• The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps or tail lamps.
• The vehicle speed falls below
approximately 27 mph (44 km/h).
• The system detects severe rain, snow
or fog.
• The camera is blocked.
Switching the System On and Off
Switch the system on using the information
display. See Information Displays (page
90).
E142451
Switch the lighting control to the
autolamps position. See Autolamps
(page 72).
Overriding the System
Push the lever away from you to switch
between high beam and low beam.
74
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Lighting
Automatic High Beam Indicator
The indicator illuminates to
confirm when the system is
ready to assist.
FRONT FOG LAMPS (IF EQUIPPED)
E142453
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
Off and the high beams are not on.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
Switching the Direction Indicators
On and Off
E242676
Push the lever up or down to switch the
direction indicators on.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times.
Set the lever to the middle position to
switch the direction indicators off.
Direction Indicator
Flashes when you switch the
direction indicators on.
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing
warns of a failed indicator bulb.
INTERIOR LAMPS
Courtesy Lamp
B C
A
E249790
Switch all lamps on.A
Switch lamps on and off by door.B
Switch all lamps off.C
If you set the switch to the door position,
the courtesy lamp illuminates when you
unlock or open any door. If you leave a door
open with the ignition switched off, the
courtesy lamp goes off after some time to
prevent your vehicle battery from losing
charge. To switch it back on, switch the
ignition on for a short time.
The courtesy lamp also illuminates when
you switch the ignition off. It goes off after
a short time or when you start the engine.
75
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Lighting
If you set the switch to the all on position
with the ignition switched off, the courtesy
lamp illuminates. It goes off after a short
time to prevent your vehicle battery from
losing charge. To switch it back on, switch
the ignition on for a short time.
Reading Lamps
E249791
Press the edge of the lamp lens to switch
on and off.
If you switch the ignition off, the reading
lamps turn off after a short time.
Note: This is to prevent the vehicle battery
from losing charge.
Rear Courtesy Lamp
E250958
For rear lamps without a position switch,
press the lamp lens to switch on and off.
AMBIENT LIGHTING (IF EQUIPPED)
Use the touchscreen to select the
following:
Select the settings option on the
feature bar.
E279027
Select ambient lighting.
E273192
Switching Ambient Lighting On
Touch a color once.
Changing the Color
Touch any color once.
Adjusting the Brightness
Drag the selected color up or down.
Switching Ambient Lighting Off
Touch the selected color once or drag the
selected color down to zero brightness.
CARGO LAMPS
E189587
Press the button on the lighting
control to switch on the lamps.
Note: The lamps turn off when you reach
3 mph (5 km/h).
Note: The cargo lamps gradually turn off
after a period of time.
76
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Lighting
POWER WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children
or pets unattended in your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: When closing the
power windows, verify they are free of
obstruction and make sure that children
and pets are not in the proximity of the
window openings.
Note: If you operate the switches often
during a short period of time the system
might become inoperable for a certain time
to prevent damage due to overheating.
Note: If you operate both the switch on the
relevant door and the switch for that
window on the driver’s door at the same
time, the window stops moving.
Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when
you open just one of the windows. Lower
the opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
Driver Door Switches (Double Cab)
A
B
E131466
Press the switch to open the
window.
A
Lift the switch to close the
window.
B
77
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Windows and Mirrors
Driver Door Switches (Single Cab)
A
B
E131469
Press the switch to open the
window.
A
Lift the switch to close the
window.
B
Front and Rear Passenger Door
Switches
A
B
E131467
Press the switch to open the
window.
A
Lift the switch to close the
window.
B
Opening and Closing the Driver
Side Window Automatically
Press or lift the switch to the second action
point and release it.
Press again or lift it to stop the window.
Opening and Closing Other
Windows Automatically (If Equipped)
Press or lift the switch to the second action
point and release it.
Press again or lift it to stop the window.
Safety Switch for the Rear
Windows
Note: Once you press the safety switch, you
can still operate the rear windows and front
passenger window from the driver door if
you have global opening and closing.
78
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Windows and Mirrors
Note: In vehicles without global opening
and closing, you cannot operate the rear
windows from driver side when you press
the safety switch. In certain vehicles, you
cannot operate front passenger windows
as well.
E131468
Press the control to lock or unlock the rear
window controls.
Resetting the Memory of the
Electric Windows - Vehicle with
One Touch Up/Down on Driver
Side only
Note: The bounce back feature remains
turned off until you reset the memory.
In the event of a flat battery or after the
battery is disconnected from the vehicle,
you must reset the memory for the driver
window.
1. Open the window and then try to close
it using the one-touch feature.
2. Lift and hold the switch to the second
action point until you fully close the
window.
3. Lift and hold the switch for more than
two seconds and release.
4. Open the window using the first action
point and try to close it automatically
using the second action point.
5. If the window does not open or close
automatically when you press the
switch or lift it to the second action
point, repeat the procedure.
Safety Mode
Note: The anti-trap function is not active
during this procedure.
If the system detects a malfunction, it
enters a safety mode. The windows move
a little at a time and then stop again. Close
the windows by pressing the switch again
when the windows stop moving.
Contact an authorized dealer.
Bounce-Back
The window automatically stops and
reverses some distance if it detects an
obstacle when closing.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
Note: The bounce-back feature remains
turned off until you reset the memory.
If you disconnect the battery, you must
reset the bounce-back memory separately
for each window.
1. Lift and hold the switch until you fully
close the window.
2. Release the switch.
3. Lift the switch again for one second.
4. Press and hold the switch until you fully
close the window.
5. Release the switch.
6. Lift and hold the switch until you fully
close the window.
7. Open the window and then try to close
it automatically.
8. Reset and repeat the procedure if the
window does not close automatically.
79
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Windows and Mirrors
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
E131480
A
B
C
Left-hand side.A
Off.B
Right-hand side.C
E131481
Press the arrows to adjust the mirror.
Fold Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass.
Make sure that you fully engage the mirror
in its support when returning it to its
original position.
Power-Folding Mirrors (If Equipped)
The power folding mirrors operate with the
ignition on.
Note: The mirrors no longer operate if you
switch the ignition off.
80
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Windows and Mirrors
E131482
Press the button to fold the mirrors inward.
Release the button to stop and reverse the
direction of movement, or to fold the
mirrors outward.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
The heated exterior mirrors will remove
ice, mist and fog. See Heated Exterior
Mirrors (page 116).
Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
The outer portion of the appropriate mirror
housing blinks when you switch on the
direction indicator.
Puddle Lamps (If Equipped)
The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror
housing light when you use your
transmitter to unlock the doors or when
you open a door.
INTERIOR MIRROR
Manual Dimming Mirror
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce the effect of bright light from
behind.
Automatic Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not adjust the
mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of
bright light from behind. It returns to
normal when the bright light from behind
is no longer present or if you shift into
reverse (R).
Do not block the sensors on the front and
back of the mirror.
Note: A rear center passenger or raised rear
center head restraint could prevent light
from reaching the sensor.
81
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Windows and Mirrors
SUN VISORS
E138666
Rotate the sun visor toward the side
window and extend it rearward for extra
shade.
Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped)
E162197
Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.
82
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Windows and Mirrors
GAUGES
Type 1 and 2
E271817
TachometerA
Information Display (Type 2 shown Type 1 similar)B
SpeedometerC
Fuel GaugeD
Engine Coolant Temperature GaugeE
Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information
display. Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.
Compass
Displays the vehicle’s heading direction.
Trip Computer
See General Information (page 90).
83
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Instrument Cluster
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
See General Information (page 90).
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
Indicates engine coolant temperature. At
normal operating temperature, the level
indicator will be in the normal range. If the
engine coolant temperature exceeds the
normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as
safely possible, switch off the engine and
let the engine cool.
Note: Do not restart the engine until the
cause of overheating has been resolved.
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how much
fuel is in the fuel tank.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump
symbol indicates on which side of your
vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty
reaches 75 mi (120 km) to empty for
MyKey, and at 50 mi (80 km), 25 mi
(40 km), 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi (0 km)
for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
84
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Instrument Cluster
Type 3
E272460
Left Information DisplayA
SpeedometerB
Right Information Display. See General Information (page 90).C
Left Information Display
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information
display. Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.
Trip Computer
See General Information (page 90).
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
See General Information (page 90).
85
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Instrument Cluster
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
The following warning lamps and
indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and operate the
same as a warning lamp but do not
illuminate when you start your vehicle.
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator
(If Equipped)
E144524
It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
It illuminates white when the
system is in standby mode. It illuminates
green when you set the adaptive cruise
speed.
See Using Adaptive Cruise Control
(page 182).
Anti-Lock Braking System
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock brake system function. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Automatic Headlamp High Beam
Indicator (If Equipped)
It illuminates when the system
automatically turns the
headlamp high beam on.
See Automatic High Beam Control
(page 74).
Auto-Start-Stop Indicator (If Equipped)
It illuminates when the engine
has automatically stopped. It
flashes to inform you when the
engine needs to restart. The indicator is
shown with a strikethrough if the system
is not available.
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 138).
Battery
It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on.
If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped)
E151262
It illuminates when you switch
the system off.
See Blind Spot Information
System (page 195).
Brake System Warning Lamp
WARNING: Driving your vehicle
with the warning lamp on is dangerous.
A significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It may take you
longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Driving extended distances with the
parking brake engaged can cause brake
failure and the risk of personal injury.
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
This lamp is a dual function lamp and will
illuminate when:
86
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Instrument Cluster
• You apply the parking brake with the
ignition on.
• Your vehicle has a brake fault or low
brake fluid level, regardless of parking
brake position.
E270480
If the lamp illuminates while you
are moving, you may have the
parking brake applied. Be sure
that the parking brake is off.
Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible if the lamp
continues to illuminate.
Cruise Control Indicator (If Equipped)
E71340
It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
See Using Cruise Control
(page 181).
Direction Indicator
Flashes when the left or right
direction indicator or the hazard
warning flasher turns on. An
increase in the rate of flashing warns of a
failed indicator bulb.
Door Ajar Warning Lamp
It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on and remains on if
any door is open.
Electronic Locking Differential (If
Equipped)
E163170
Illuminates when using the
electronic locking differential.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when your vehicle
is moving, this indicates that the
engine is overheating. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and
switch the engine off. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
See Engine Coolant Check (page 259).
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp
E71880
It illuminates and a chime
sounds until you fasten the
seatbelts.
Four-Wheel Drive Indicators (If
Equipped)
E181780
Illuminates when four-wheel
drive low is engaged.
E181779
Illuminates when four-wheel
drive high is engaged.
Front Airbag
E67017
If it fails to illuminate when you
start your vehicle, continues to
flash or remains on, it indicates
a malfunction. Have the system checked.
Front Fog Lamp Indicator (If Equipped)
It illuminates when you switch
the front fog lamps on.
Headlamp High Beam Indicator
It illuminates when you switch
the headlamp high beam on. It
flashes when you use the
headlamp flasher.
87
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Instrument Cluster
Hood Ajar Warning Lamp
E296055
Illuminates when the ignition is
on and the hood is not
completely closed.
Low Beam Malfunction
E181350
Lights when there is a
malfunction with the low beam
headlamp.
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when you are
driving, refuel as soon as
possible.
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp
It illuminates when your tire
pressure is low. If the lamp
remains on with the engine
running or when driving, check your tire
pressure as soon as possible.
It also illuminates momentarily when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp
is functional. If it does not illuminate when
you switch the ignition on, or begins to
flash at any time, have the system checked
by your authorized dealer.
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning
Lamp
E132353
It illuminates when the washer
fluid is low.
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp
It illuminates when you switch
the ignition on.
If it illuminates when the engine is running
this indicates a malfunction. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and
switch the engine off. Check the engine oil
level. If the oil level is sufficient, this
indicates a system malfunction. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
See Engine Oil Check (page 258).
Parking Lamps
It illuminates when you switch
the parking lamps on.
Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced
Power/Electronic Throttle Control
Illuminates when the system has
detected a powertrain or a
four-wheel drive fault. Contact
an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Service Engine Soon
If it illuminates when the engine
is running this indicates a
malfunction. The On Board
Diagnostics system has detected a
malfunction of the vehicle emission control
system.
If it flashes, engine misfire may be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Drive in a moderate fashion (avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration) and have
your vehicle immediately serviced.
It illuminates when you switch the ignition
on prior to engine start to check the bulb
and to indicate whether your vehicle is
ready for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) testing.
88
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Instrument Cluster
Normally, it illuminates until the engine is
cranked and automatically turns off if no
malfunctions are present. However, if after
15 seconds it flashes eight times, this
indicates that your vehicle is not ready for
Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing.
See Emission Law (page 147).
Stability Control and Traction
Control Indicator
E138639
Flashes during operation.
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or remains
on when the engine is running, this
indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
See Using Stability Control (page 169).
Stability Control and Traction
Control Off Warning Lamp
E130458
It illuminates when you switch
the system off.
Tow Haul Indicator (If Equipped)
E271981
It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
Trail Control (If Equipped)
E272858
It illuminates when you switch
the system on.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition.
Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped)
Sounds the horn twice when you exit your
vehicle with the intelligent access key, after
the last door is closed and your keyless
vehicle is in RUN, indicating your vehicle is
still on.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
89
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Instrument Cluster
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: Your vehicle may or may not be
equipped with all the messages listed in this
chapter. Your vehicle will not display
messages of systems it is not equipped with.
Various systems on your vehicle can be
controlled using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
Corresponding information is displayed in
the information display.
Information Display Controls
(Type 1 and Type 2)
E205893
• Press the up or down arrow buttons to
scroll through the list.
• Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
• Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
• Press and hold the left arrow button at
any time to return to the main menu
display (escape button).
• Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
Menu
You can access the menu using the
information display control.
E204495
This icon gives you the ability to
switch a feature on or off. A
check in the box indicates the
feature is enabled, and unchecked
indicates the feature is disabled.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
90
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Trip 1 and 2
Digital Speedo
Distance to E
Trip Odometer
Trip Timer
Average Fuel
Outside Temp.
All Values
1
1
Type 2
• Digital Speedometer - Shows the speed your vehicle is traveling.
• Distance to E - Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before running
out of fuel.
• Trip Odometer — Registers the distance of individual journeys.
• Trip Timer — The timer stops when you turn your vehicle off and restarts when you
restart your vehicle.
• Average Fuel — Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip.
• Outside Temperature — Shows the outside air temperature.
• All Values — Shows the Distance to E, Trip Odometer, Trip Timer and Average Fuel.
Note: Press and hold OK on the current screen to reset the respective trip, distance, time
and fuel information.
Fuel Economy
Distance to E
Inst Fuel Econ
Average Fuel
Fuel History
1
Average Speed
91
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Fuel Economy
All Values
1
Auto StartStop
1
Type 2
• Distance to Empty - Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before
running out of fuel.
• Inst Fuel Economy - Shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy along
with your Avg MPG since the function was last reset.
• Average Fuel — Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip.
• Fuel History - Shows a bar chart of your fuel history.
• Average Speed — Shows your average speed for a given trip.
• All Values — Shows all fuel economy values (DTE, Inst Fuel Econ, Avg Fuel).
• Auto StartStop - Available Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide details about what
is happening with your system. See Information Messages (page 98).
Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on
the left hand steering wheel controls.
Driver Assist
Traction control
Cross Traffic
1
Enter the submenu and select your setting
Cruise Control
1
Enter the submenu and select your setting
Driver Alert
1
Hill Start Assist
Enter the submenu and
select your setting
Lane Keeping System
1
Enter the submenu and
select your setting
Pre-Collision
Rear Park Aid
Enter the submenu and select your setting
Speed Limiter
1
Tire Monitor
92
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Driver Assist
Tire Pressure
Trailer Sway
1
Type 2
Settings
Auto Engine OffVehicle
Easy Entry/Exit
Enter the submenu and
select your setting
Lighting
Enter the submenu and select your settingLocks
Hold OK to Initialize Neutral TowNeutral
Tow
oil Life XXX% - Hold OK to ResetOil Life
Reset
Enter the submenu and
select your setting
Remote
Start
Enter the submenu and select your settingWindows
Enter the submenu and select your settingWipers
Hold OK to Create MyKeyCreate
MyKey
MyKey
Enter the submenu and select your setting911
Assist
Enter the submenu and select your settingDo Not
Disturb
Enter the submenu and select your settingTraction
Control
Enter the submenu and select your settingMax
Speed
Enter the submenu and select your settingSpeed
Minder
Volume Limiter
93
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Settings
Hold OK to Clear All MyKeysClear
MyKeys
Enter the submenu and select your settingDistanceDisplay
Setup
Enter the submenu and select your settingTemper-
ature
Enter the submenu and select your settingTire Pres-
sure
Enter the submenu and select your settingLanguage
Information Display Controls
(Type 3)
E205893
• Press the up or down arrow buttons to
scroll through the list.
• Press the right arrow button to enter a
sub-menu.
• Press the left arrow button to exit a
menu.
• Press and hold the left arrow button at
any time to return to the main menu
display (escape button).
• Press the OK button to choose and
confirm settings or messages.
Main menu
From the main menu bar on the left side
of the information display, you can choose
from the following categories:
• Display Mode
• Trip 1 & 2
• Fuel Economy
• Driver Assist
• Settings
Scroll up or down to highlight one of the
categories, then press the right arrow key
or OK to enter into that category. Press the
left arrow key as needed to exit back to the
main menu.
Display Mode
Use the up/down arrow buttons to choose
between the following display options.
94
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Display Mode
Distance to Empty
Tach and Gauges
Off Road
Digital Speedometer
Tire Pressure
Average Speed
Trip 1 & 2
You can access the menu using the
information display control.
Note: Some options may appear slightly
different or not at all if the items are
optional.
Trip 1 & 2
All Values
All Values — shows all trip values (Trip Timer, Odometer and Average Fuel).
• Trip Odometer — Shows your accumulated trip distance.
• Trip Timer— The timer stops when you turn your vehicle off and restarts when you
restart your vehicle.
• Average Fuel — Shows your average fuel economy for a given trip.
Note: You can reset your trip information by pressing and holding the OK button on the left
hand steering wheel controls.
Fuel Economy
Use the left and right arrow buttons to
choose the desired fuel economy display.
95
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Fuel Economy
Fuel Economy
Fuel History
Auto StartStop
• Fuel Economy - Shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy, average
fuel economy and distance to empty.
• Fuel History - Shows a bar chart of your fuel history from the past 30 min, average
fuel economy and distance to empty.
• Auto StartStop - Available Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide details about what
is happening with your system. See Information Messages (page 98).
Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on
the left hand steering wheel controls.
Driver Assist
In this mode, you can configure different
driver setting choices.
Note: Some items are optional and may
not appear.
Driver Assist
Blind spotBlind Spot
Enter the submenu and select your
setting
Trailer
Enter the submenu and select your
setting
Trailer Length
Cross Traffic
Alert
Hill Start Assist
Rear Park Aid
Trailer Sway
Enter the submenu and select your settingChimes
Enter the submenu and select your settingCruise Control
Enter the submenu and select your settingDriver Alert
96
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Driver Assist
Enter the submenu and select your settingLane Keeping
Sys
Enter the submenu and select your settingPre-Collision
Tire MonitorTire Monitor
Settings
In this mode, you can configure different
driver setting choices.
Note: Some items are optional and may
not appear.
Settings
Enter the submenu and select your settingAlarmVehicle
Auto Engine Off
Enter the submenu and select your settingLighting
Enter the submenu and select your settingLocks
Enter the submenu and select your settingNeutral Tow
XXX% - Hold OK to ResetOil Life Reset
Enter the submenu and select your settingRemote Start
Seatbelts
Enter the submenu and select your settingWindows
Enter the submenu and select your settingWipers
Mykey StatusMykey StatusMyKey
Hold OK to Create MyKeyCreate MyKey
Always On or User Selectable911 Assist
Enter the submenu and select your settingDo Not Disturb
Enter the submenu and select your settingTraction Control
Enter the submenu and select your settingMax Speed
Enter the submenu and select your settingSpeed Minder
Volume Limiter
97
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Settings
Hold OK to Clear All MyKeysClear MyKeys
Enter the submenu and select your settingMeasurement
Units
Display
Setup
Enter the submenu and select your settingTemperature
Enter the submenu and select your settingGauge Display
Enter the submenu and select your settingTire Pressure
Enter the submenu and select your settingLanguage
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all
messages display or are available. Certain
messages may be abbreviated or shortened
depending upon which cluster type you
have.
E205893
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. The display removes
other messages after a short time.
You need to confirm certain messages
before you can access the menus.
Adaptive Cruise Control
ActionMessage
A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control
from engaging. See Using Cruise Control (page 181).
Adaptive Cruise
Malfunction
A condition exists such that the adaptive cruise cannot func-
tion properly. See Using Cruise Control (page 181).
Adaptive Cruise Not
Available
You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or
water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the
sensor to resolve. See Using Cruise Control (page 181).
Adaptive Cruise Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
98
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The system has disabled the automatic braking.Normal Cruise Active
Automatic Braking
Turned Off
A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control
from engaging.
Front Sensor Not Aligned
The adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver.Adaptive Cruise - Driver
Resume Control
Your vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise.Adaptive Cruise Speed
Too Low to Activate
The adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting the gap
distance and you need to shift the transmission into a lower
gear.
Adaptive Cruise Shift
Down
Airbag
ActionMessage
Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a
blocked sensor.
Occupant Sensor
BLOCKED Remove
Objects Near Passenger
Seat
Alarm and Security
ActionMessage
Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft
Alarm (page 65).
Vehicle Alarm To Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle.
99
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Auto-Start-Stop
ActionMessage
The system is not functioning. A manual restart is required.Auto StartStop Manual
Restart Required
The engine needs to be restarted, press the clutch pedal to
start.
Auto StartStop Press
Clutch to Start Engine
The engine needs to be restarted, press any pedal to start.Auto StartStop Press a
Pedal to Start Engine
Select neutral for the system to restart the engine.Auto StartStop Select
Neutral To Start Engine
Displayed when the vehicle is in StartStop when the door is
opened. Switch the ignition off before leaving the vehicle if
the system has shut down the engine.
Vehicle is ON
The system detects a fault that requires service. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Auto StartStop Malfunc-
tion Service Required
The engine needs to be restarted, press the brake pedal harder
to start.
Auto StartStop Press
Brake Harder to Activate
Conditions are not met for the Auto StartStop system to
function properly.
Auto StartStop Not
Available
Select park for the system to restart the engine.Auto StartStop Shift to
P, then Restart Engine
100
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Battery and Charging System
ActionMessage
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Check Charging System
The battery management system detects an extended low-
voltage condition. Your vehicle will disable various features
to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the electrical
loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage. If the
system voltage has recovered, the disabled features will
operate again as normal.
Low Battery Features
Temporarily Turned Off
The battery management system determines that the battery
is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message will clear once
you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow
faster battery state-of-charge recovery.
Turn Power Off To Save
Battery
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on
or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Charging System Service
Soon
The charging system needs servicing. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Charging System Service
Now
The battery management system determines that the battery
is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as
possible to protect the battery. This message clears once you
restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has
recovered.
Battery State of Charge
Low
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
ActionMessage
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Blindspot System Fault
The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa-
tion System (page 195).
Blindspot Not Available
Sensor Blocked See
Manual
The system detects a vehicle.Cross Traffic Alert
101
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
ActionMessage
The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert
system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information
System (page 195).
Cross Traffic Not Avail-
able Sensor Blocked See
Manual
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic System
Fault
The system automatically turns off and displays this message
when you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have
a trailer blind spot system or when you switch the trailer blind
spot system off through the information display. See Blind
Spot Information System (page 195).
Cross Traffic Alert Deac-
tivated Trailer Attached
The system automatically turns off and displays this message
when you connect a trailer to the vehicle that does not have
a trailer blind spot system or when you connect a trailer and
do not set up a Blind Spot Trailer. See Blind Spot Informa-
tion System (page 195).
Blind Spot Alert Deactiv-
ated Trailer Attached
Displays when the trailer width is wider than 8.2 ft (2.5 m)or
longer than 33 ft (10 m).
Trailer Blind Spot
not Operational
above Specified
Measurements
Doors and Locks
ActionMessage
The door(s) listed is not completely closed.X Door Ajar
The tailgate is not completed closed.Tailgate Ajar
Driver Alert
ActionMessage
Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.Driver Alert Warning Rest
Now
Take a rest soon.Driver Alert Warning Rest
Suggested
102
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Drivetrain
ActionMessage
Slow the vehicle to the displayed speed to allow the elec-
tronic locking differential to engage.
To Engage Locking
Differential Slow to XX
mph/km/h
The electronic locking differential requests the accelerator
to be released in order to engage.
To Engage Locking
Differential Release
Accelerator Pedal
An electronic locking differential (ELD) system fault is
present. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Check Locking Differen-
tial
The transfer case is in the neutral position. This message
indicates that your vehicle is safe to be towed with all four
wheels on the ground.
Neutral Tow Enabled
Leave Transmission in
Neutral
The transfer case is NOT in the neutral position. This message
indicates that your vehicle is NOT safe to be towed with all
four wheels on the ground.
Neutral Tow Disabled
Engine
ActionMessage
The engine has reduced power to help reduce high
engine temperature.
Power Reduced to Lower Engine
Temp
Fuel
ActionMessage
An early reminder of a low fuel condition.Fuel Level Low
The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.Check Fuel Fill Inlet
103
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Keys and Intelligent Access
ActionMessage
A reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle.To START Press Brake
The system does not detect a key in your vehicle.No Key Detected
You pressed the StartStop button to switch off the engine
and your vehicle does not detect your intelligent access key
inside your vehicle.
Restart Now or Key is
Needed
Your vehicle is in the run ignition state.Run Power Active
There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See
an authorized dealer for service.
Starting System Fault
You have successfully programmed an intelligent access key
to the system.
Key Program Successful
You have failed to program an intelligent access key to the
system.
Key Program Failure
You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the
system.
Max Number of Keys
Learned
You have not programmed enough keys to the system.Not Enough Keys
Learned
The key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as possible.Key Battery Low Replace
Soon
Informs you that you are exiting your vehicle and the engine
is on.
Engine ON
104
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Lane Keeping System
ActionMessage
The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
Lane Keeping Sys.
Malfunction Service
Required
The system has detected a condition that has caused the
system to be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Tempor-
arily Not Available
The system has detected a condition that requires you to
clean the windshield in order for it to operate properly.
Front Camera Low Visib-
ility Clean Screen
The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer
as soon as possible.
Front Camera Malfunc-
tion Service Required
The system requests you to keep your hands on the steering
wheel.
Keep Hands on Steering
Wheel
Maintenance
ActionMessage
Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the
engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues
to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Low Engine Oil Pressure
The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less.Change Engine Oil Soon
The oil life left is at 0%.Oil Change Required
The brake fluid level is low, inspected the brake system
immediately.
Brake Fluid Level Low
The brake system needs servicing. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Check Brake System
Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode. This may
not allow some features to operate properly. See an author-
ized dealer.
Transport / Factory
Mode Contact Dealer
The powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction.See Manual
105
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
MyKey
ActionMessage
You cannot program a MyKey.MyKey not Created
MyKey is active.MyKey Active Drive
Safely
When switching on your vehicle and MyKey is in use, displays
that the MyKey speed limit is on.
Speed Limited to XX
MPH/km/h
MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle
speed is approaching 81 mph (130 km/h).
Near Vehicle Top Speed
You have reached the speed limit set for your MyKey.Vehicle at Top Speed of
MyKey Setting
You have an active MyKey with a programmed set speed limit.Check Speed Drive
Safely
Belt-Minder turns on with a MyKey in use.Buckle Up to Unmute
Audio
With a MyKey in use, AdvanceTrac turns on.AdvanceTrac On -
MyKey Setting
With a MyKey in use, traction control turns on.Traction Control On -
MyKey Setting
With a MyKey in use, park aid is always on.MyKey Park Aid Cannot
be Deactivated
With a MyKey in use, lane keeping alert turns on.Lane Keeping Alert On
MyKey Setting
106
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Park Aid
ActionMessage
The system has detected a condition that requires service.
Contact an authorized dealer. See Front Parking Aid (page
176).
Check Front Park Aid
The system has detected a condition that requires service.
Contact an authorized dealer. See Rear Parking Aid (page
175).
Check Rear Park Aid
Displays the park aid status.Front Park Aid On Off
Displays the park aid status.Rear Park Aid On Off
Power Steering
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that
requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Steering Fault Service
Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle
in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Steering Loss Stop
Safely
The power steering system has detected a condition within
the power steering system or passive entry or passive start
system requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.
Steering Assist Fault
Service Required
Pre-Collision Assist
ActionMessage
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Collision Warning
Malfunction
You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or
water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the
sensor to resolve. See Pre-Collision Assist (page 202).
Collision Warning Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Collision Warning Not
Available
107
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Remote Start
ActionMessage
A reminder to push the start button to drive your vehicle after
a remote start.
To Drive: Press Start
Button
Starting System
ActionMessage
A reminder to apply the brake when starting your vehicle .To START Press Brake
The starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to
start your vehicle.
Cranking Time Exceeded
The starter is attempting to start your vehicle.Engine Start Pending
Please Wait
The system has cancelled the pending start.Pending Start Cancelled
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
ActionMessage
One or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure.Tire Pressure Low
The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(page 297).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault
A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in
use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 297). If
the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault
Traction Control
ActionMessage
The status of the traction control system after you switched
it off.
Traction Control Off
The status of the traction control system after you switched
it on.
Traction Control On
108
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
Trail Control
ActionMessage
You must reduce your vehicle speed to use trail control.Reduce Speed To Enter Trail
Control
You must release the park brake to use trail control.Trail Control Not Available with
Park Brake Applied
You successfully enabled trail control and must press
SET to activate.
Trail Control Enabled Use SET
Button to Set Speed
A trail control system fault has occurred, the driver
must resume control.
Trail Control Off Driver Resume
Control
The system has switched off.Trail Control Off
A system fault is present. See About Trail Control
(page 173).
Trail Control Fault See Manual
You must switch the cruise control off to use trail
control.
Trail Control Not Available with
Cruise Control Active
You must close the door to use trail control.Trail Control Not Available with
Driver Door Open
Descent control mode is active and you have to press
the trail control switch to exit.
Descent Control Now Active
Press Trail Control Switch To
Exit
Trailer
ActionMessage
A correct trailer connection is sensed during a given
ignition cycle.
Trailer Connected
A trailer connection becomes disconnected, either
intentionally or unintentionally, and has been sensed
during a given ignition cycle.
Trailer Disconnected
The trailer sway control has detected trailer sway.Trailer Sway Reduce Speed
There are certain faults in your vehicle wiring and trailer
wiring/brake system. See Towing a Trailer (page 214).
Trailer Wiring Fault
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your
lamp.
Trailer Left Turn Lamps Fault
Check Lamps
109
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
ActionMessage
There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your
lamp.
Trailer Right Turn Lamps Fault
Check Lamps
There is a fault with your trailer battery. See Towing
a Trailer (page 214).
Trailer Battery Not Charging See
Manual
There is a fault with your vehicle trailer lighting module.
See Towing a Trailer (page 214).
Trailer Lighting Module Fault
See Manual
4WD
ActionMessage
A 4X4 system fault is present. Contact an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Check 4x4
The 4X4 system is making a shift.4x4 Shift in Progress
Displays when you attempt to switch to 4X4 LOW and
you do not shift the transmission to neutral (N).
For 4x4 LOW Shift to N
Displays when you attempt to switch to 4X4 LOW and
your vehicle's speed is greater than 3 mph (5 km/h).
For 4x4 LOW Slow to 3 MPH
Displays when you attempt to switch from 4X4 LOW
and you do not shift the transmission to neutral (N).
To Exit 4x4 LOW Shift to N
Displays when you attempt to switch from 4X4 LOW
and your vehicle's speed is greater than 3 mph
(5 km/h).
To Exit 4x4 LOW Slow to 3 MPH
110
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Information Displays
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
Directing the Airflow
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the windshield
air vents and de-mister.
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the instrument
panel air vents.
Press and release the button to
direct airflow to the footwell air
vents.
You can direct air through the windshield
and footwell air vents or the instrument
panel and footwell air vents at the same
time.
Setting the Blower Motor Speed
E265389
Turn the control to adjust the volume of
air circulated in the vehicle.
Setting the Temperature
E244106
Turn the control to set the temperature.
Switching the Air Conditioning On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Use air conditioning with recirculated air
to improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
Note: In certain conditions such as
maximum defrost, the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even
though you switch off the air conditioning.
Switching the Climate Control On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Switching Maximum Air
Conditioning On and Off
Turn the temperature control
counterclockwise to the lowest
setting.
111
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Climate Control
Note: Recirculated air flows through the
instrument panel air vents, air conditioning
turns on and the blower motor adjusts to
the highest speed.
Switching Maximum Defrost On
and Off
Turn the temperature control
clockwise to the highest setting.
Note: Air flows through the windshield air
vents, and the blower motor adjusts to the
highest speed.
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice. The heated rear window also turns on
when you select maximum defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off
Press and release the button to
switch between outside air and
recirculated air.
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. This may
reduce the time needed to cool the interior,
when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off, or
prevent you from switching on, in all air flow
modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk
of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on
and off in various air distribution control
combinations during hot weather to improve
cooling efficiency.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE
CONTROL
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius.
Note: You can control some of the climate
features through the touchscreen.
Setting the Temperature
Press and release + or - on the left-hand
side of the climate control to set the
left-hand temperature.
Note: This control also adjusts the
right-hand side temperature when you
switch off dual zone mode.
Press and release + or - on the right-hand
side of the climate control to set the
right-hand temperature.
Setting the Blower Motor Speed
Press and release + or - to adjust
the volume of air circulated in
the vehicle.
Switching Auto Mode On and Off
Press and release the button to
switch on automatic operation,
then set the temperature.
The system adjusts the blower motor
speed, air distribution, air conditioning
operation, and outside or recirculated air
to reach and maintain the temperature you
have set.
Note: You can also switch off dual zone
mode by pressing and holding the button
for more than two seconds.
Switching the Air Conditioning On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Use air conditioning with recirculated air
to improve cooling performance and
efficiency.
112
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Climate Control
Note: In certain conditions such as
maximum defrost, the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even
though you switch off the air conditioning.
Switching the Climate Control On
and Off
Press and release the button.
Switching Defrost On and Off
Press and release the button to
distribute air through the
windshield air vents and
de-mister.
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice.
Switching the Heated Seats On
and Off
Press and release the button to
cycle through the various heat
settings and off.
See Heated Seats (page 124).
Switching Maximum Air
Conditioning On and Off
Press and release the button for
maximum cooling.
The left-hand and right-hand settings set
to LO, recirculated air flows through the
instrument panel air vents, air conditioning
turns on and the blower motor adjusts to
the highest speed.
Switching Maximum Defrost On
and Off
Press and release the button for
maximum defrosting.
The left-hand and right-hand settings set
to HI, outside air flows through the
windshield air vents, and the blower motor
adjusts to the highest speed.
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of
ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns
on when you select maximum defrost.
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off
Press and release the button to
switch between outside air and
recirculated air.
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. This may
reduce the time needed to cool the interior,
when used with A/C, and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may turn off, or
prevent you from switching on, in all air flow
modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk
of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on
and off in various air distribution control
combinations during hot weather to improve
cooling efficiency.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
113
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Climate Control
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a
comfortable temperature in hot weather,
drive with the windows open until you feel
cold air through the air vents.
Manual Climate Control
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position.
Automatic Climate Control
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary. The system automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the interior to your
selected temperature as quickly as possible.
For the system to function efficiently, the
instrument panel and side air vents should
be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during cold
temperatures, the system directs airflow to
the windshield and side window vents. In
addition, the fan may run at a slower speed
until the engine warms up.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot
temperatures and the inside of the vehicle
is hot, the system automatically uses
recirculated air to maximize interior cooling.
Fan speed may also reduce until the air
cools.
Quickly Heating the Interior
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Press AUTO.Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
full heat setting.
2
Direct air to the footwell using the air
distribution buttons.
3
114
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Climate Control
Recommended Settings for Heating
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Press AUTO.Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.
2
Direct air to the footwell using the air
distribution buttons.
3
Quickly Cooling the Interior
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Select MAX A/C.Select MAX A/C.1
Drive with the windows open until you
feel cold air through the air vents.
2
Recommended Settings for Cooling
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Press AUTO.Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.
2
Direct air to the instrument panel using
the air distribution buttons.
3
115
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Climate Control
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather
Automatic climate controlManual climate control
Press the defrost button.Direct air to the windshield using the air
distribution buttons.
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Press A/C.2
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
3
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.
4
HEATED WINDSHIELD (IF
EQUIPPED)
Windshield Wiper De-Icer
E184884
When you switch the heated rear
window on, the windshield wiper
de-icer turns on.
HEATED REAR WINDOW (IF
EQUIPPED)
E184884
Press the button to clear the rear
window of thin ice and fog. The
heated rear window turns off
after a short period of time.
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor
blades or other sharp objects to clean or
remove decals from the inside of the heated
rear window. The vehicle warranty may not
cover damage to the heated rear window
grid lines.
HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS
(IF EQUIPPED)
When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on.
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products. The
vehicle warranty may not cover damage
caused to the mirror housing or glass.
CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air
filter, which gives you and your passengers
the following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.
116
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Climate Control
You can locate the cabin air filter behind
the glove box.
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.
Replace the filter at regular intervals. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 436).
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
dealer.
REMOTE START (IF EQUIPPED)
The climate control system adjusts the
interior temperature during remote start.
You can switch this feature on or off and
adjust the settings using the information
display controls. See Information
Displays (page 90).
You cannot adjust the climate control
setting during remote start operation.
Switch the ignition on to make
adjustments.
Based on your remote start settings, the
following vehicle-dependent features may
or may not remain on after remote starting
your vehicle:
• Climate controlled seats.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Heated mirrors.
• Heated rear window.
• Windshield wiper de-icer.
Note: For dual zone climate controlled
seats, the passenger seat setting defaults
to match the driver seat during remote start.
Automatic Settings
If Auto is on, the system sets the interior
temperature to 72°F (22°C) and heats or
cools the vehicle interior as required to
achieve comfort.
Note: In cold weather, the heated rear
window and heated mirrors turn on.
Last Settings
If Last Settings is on, the system uses the
settings last selected before you turned
off the vehicle.
Heated and Cooled Features
In Auto mode, certain heated features may
switch on during cold weather, and cooled
features during hot weather.
117
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Climate Control
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out
of position or with the seatback reclined
too far can take weight off the seat
cushion and affect the decision of the
passenger sensing system, resulting in
serious injury or death in the event of a
crash. Always sit upright against your
seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not recline the
seatback too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in serious injury in the event of
a collision.
WARNING: Do not place objects
higher than the top of the seat backrest.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death in the
event of a sudden stop or crash.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest so that
your torso is more than 30° from the
upright position.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in
(25 cm) between your breastbone and
the airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
restraint before you sit in or operate your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk
of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do
not adjust the head restraint when your
vehicle is moving.
118
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seats
WARNING: The head restraint is
a safety device. Whenever possible it
should be installed and properly
adjusted when the seat is occupied.
Failure to adjust the head restraint
properly could reduce its effectiveness
during certain impacts.
Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.
Front Seat Head Restraint
E138642
Rear Seat Outermost Head Restraints
E166700
E
D
C
B
A
Rear Seat Center Head Restraint
E166701
A
D
C
B
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.
C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
button (if equipped).
D
Fold button (rear seat outermost
only).
E
Adjusting the Head Restraint
Raising the Head Restraint
Pull the head restraint up.
Lowering the Head Restraint
1. Press and hold button C.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Removing the Head Restraint
1. Pull up the head restraint until it
reaches the highest adjustment
position.
2. Press and hold buttons C and D.
3. Pull up the head restraint.
Note: For rear outermost seats, fold the
head restraint forward for easier removal.
119
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seats
Installing the Head Restraint
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
Folding the Head Restraint
Note: The rear seat outermost head
restraints may fold forward for improved
visibility.
1. Press and hold button E.
2. Pull the head restraint back up to reset.
Tilting Head Restraints (If Equipped)
The front head restraints tilt for extra
comfort.
E144727
1. Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the desired position.
After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward
again to release it to the rearward, untilted
position.
Note: Do not attempt to force the head
restraint backward after it is tilted. Instead,
continue tilting it forward until the head
restraint releases to the upright position.
MANUAL SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not adjust the
driver seat or seat backrest when your
vehicle is moving. This may result in
sudden seat movement, causing the loss
of control of your vehicle.
WARNING: Make sure the seat
fully locks into place by rocking it
backward and forward.
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
E131590
120
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seats
Adjusting the Recliner
E275748
Adjusting the Seat Height
E273865
POWER SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not adjust the
driver seat or seat backrest when your
vehicle is moving. This may result in
sudden seat movement, causing the loss
of control of your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
E274074
121
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seats
Adjusting the Driver Seat Height
E273890
Adjusting the Recliner
E273885
Adjusting the Lumbar
E273887
REAR SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
Removing the Seat Cushion
Super Cab
2
2
1
E131743
122
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seats
Folding the Seat Cushion
E275421
E275422
1. Place the passenger side seat buckles
behind the elastic strap on the seat
backrest.
2. Place the driver side seat buckle behind
the elastic strap on the seat backrest.
3. Pull the tether straps.
4. Raise the seat cushion.
Note: When folding the cushion up, make
sure that the seatbelt buckles are visible to
an occupant and are not under the seat.
Unfolding the Seat Cushion
WARNING: Make sure that cargo
and other objects are not trapped under
the seat cushion and that you return the
seat cushion to the full-down position.
Failure to do so may prevent the seat
from operating properly, which could
increase the risk of serious injury in a
crash.
E275423
1. Push the seat cushion down.
2. Remove the seatbelt buckles from
behind the elastic strap on the seat
backrest.
Note: You must stow the cushion tether
strap in the pocket provided.
Folding the Seat Backrest
WARNING: When folding the seat
backrest down, take care not to get your
fingers caught in the mechanism.
Note: Do not use the rear surface of the rear
seat backrest as a load floor.
Note: Do not unlatch and fold the seat
backrest when the seat cushion is folded
up.
123
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seats
E275420
1. Pull the release strap up.
2. Push the seat backrest forward.
Unfolding the Seat Backrest
WARNING: Make sure that the
seats and the seat backrests are secure
and fully locked in their catches.
Note: When unfolding the seat backrest,
make sure that the seatbelts are visible to
an occupant and not caught behind the
seat.
HEATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: People who are unable
to feel pain to their skin because of
advanced age, chronic illness, diabetes,
spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol
use, exhaustion or other physical
conditions, must use caution when using
the heated seat. The heated seat may
cause burns even at low temperatures,
especially if used for long periods of time.
Do not place anything on the seat that
may block the heat, such as a blanket or
cushion. This can cause the heated seat
to overheat. Do not puncture the seat
with pins, needles or other pointed
objects. This damages the heating
element and can cause the heated seat
to overheat. An overheated seat may
cause serious personal injury.
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so could drain
your vehicle battery.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
The heated seats only operate when you
switch the ignition on.
The maximum temperature is reached
after five or six minutes. It is regulated
thermostatically.
The heated seats remain on until you either
switch the heated seats off or you switch
the ignition off.
124
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Seats
UNIVERSAL GARAGE DOOR
OPENER (IF EQUIPPED)
HomeLink Wireless Control
System
WARNING: Make sure that the
garage door and security device are free
from obstruction when you are
programming. Do not program the
system with the vehicle in the garage.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with any garage door opener that does
not have the safety stop and reverse
feature as required by U.S. Federal
Safety Standards (this includes any
garage door opener manufactured
before April 1, 1982). A garage door
opener which cannot detect an object,
signaling the door to stop and reverse,
does not meet current federal safety
standards. Using a garage door opener
without these features increases the risk
of serious injury or death.
Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale
or lease termination of your vehicle, you
erase the programmed function buttons for
security reasons. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes later in this section.
Note: You can program a maximum of
three devices. To change or replace any of
the three devices after it has been initially
programmed, you must first erase the
current settings. See Erasing the Function
Button Codes.
E188211
The universal garage door opener replaces
the common hand-held garage door
opener with a three-button transmitter
integrated into the driver’s sun visor.
The system includes two primary features,
a garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the
home. You can program garage doors as
well as entry gate operators, security
systems, entry door locks and home or
office lighting.
Additional system information can be
found online at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling the toll-free help line at
1-800-355-3515.
In-Vehicle Programming
This process is to program your in-vehicle
HomeLink function button with your
hand-held transmitter.
Note: The programming steps below
assume you will be programming HomeLink
that was not previously programmed. If your
HomeLink was previously programmed, you
may need to erase your HomeLink buttons.
See Erasing the Function Button Codes.
Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held
transmitter. This helps ensure quicker
training and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
125
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Garage Door Opener
E188212
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, switch your ignition to the on
position, but do not start your vehicle.
2. Press and release the function button
that you would like to program.
3. Hold your hand-held garage door
transmitter 1– 3 in (2–8 cm) away from
the HomeLink button you want to
program.
4. Press and hold the hand-held
transmitter button you want to
program while watching the indicator
light on HomeLink. Continue to hold
the hand-held button until the
HomeLink indicator light flashes rapidly
or is continuously on.
Note: You may need to use a different
method if you live in Canada or have
difficulties programming your gate operator
or garage door opener. See Gate Operator
/ Canadian Programming.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button
you programmed for two seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door. If your garage door
does not operate, watch the HomeLink
indicator light.
If the indicator light stays on, the
programming is complete. Your device
should activate when the HomeLink
button is pressed and released.
If the indicator light flashes rapidly, press
and hold for two seconds and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Repeat
the "press/hold/release" sequence up to
three times to complete the programming
process. If your device still does not
operate, you must program your garage
door. See Programming Your Garage
Door Opener Motor.
To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1 – 4.
For questions or comments, please contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling the toll-free help line at
1-800-355-3515.
Programming Your Garage Door
Opener Motor
Note: You may need a ladder to reach the
unit and you may need to remove the cover
or lamp lens on your garage door opener.
E142659
1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
126
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Garage Door Opener
E188212
3. Press and hold the function button you
want to program for 2 seconds, then
release. Repeat this step. Depending
on your brand of garage door opener,
you may need to repeat this sequence
a third time.
Gate Operator / Canadian
Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)
after several seconds of transmission –
which may not be long enough for
HomeLink to pick up the signal during
programming. Similar to this Canadian law,
some U.S. gate operators are designed to
“time-out” in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the
device during the “cycling” process to
prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and release, every two seconds,
your hand-held transmitter until the
HomeLink indicator light changes to a
rapidly blinking or continuously on light.
2. Release the hand-held transmitter
button.
3. Continue programing HomeLink. See
In-Vehicle Programming, Step 4.
Erasing the Function Button Codes
Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.
E188213
1. Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for
approximately 10 seconds until the
indicator light above the buttons
flashes rapidly.
2. When the indicator light flashes,
release the buttons. You erased the
codes for all buttons.
Reprogramming a Single Button
To program a device to a previously trained
button, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired button. Do
NOT release the button.
2. The indicator light begins to flash after
20 seconds. Without releasing the
button, follow Step 1 in the
Programming section.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink at www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling the toll-free help line at
1-800-355-3515.
127
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Garage Door Opener
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Note: Changes or modifications to your
device not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance can void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment. End Users must
follow the specific operating instructions
for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This
transmitter must be at least 8 in (20 cm)
from the user and must not be co-located
or operating in conjunction with any other
antenna or transmitter.
The term “IC:” before the
certification/registration number only
signifies that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
128
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Garage Door Opener
12 Volt DC Power Point
WARNING: Do not plug optional
electrical accessories into the cigar
lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty, and can result
in fire or serious injury.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
If the power supply does not work after you
switch the ignition off, switch the ignition
on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
damages the power point and may blow
the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the engine is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
USB Port and Power Point
Locations
USB Ports and Power Points may be in the
following locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
• On the front of the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
• On the passenger side floor panel.
• 3rd row on the quarter trim panels.
Note: Some of the USB ports may not have
data transfer capabilities.
110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not keep electrical
devices plugged in the power point
whenever the device is not in use. Do not
use any extension cord with the 110 volt
AC power point, since it will defeat the
safety protection design. Doing so may
cause the power point to overload due
to powering multiple devices that can
reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and
could result in fire or serious injury.
Note: The power point turns off when you
switch off the ignition, when the vehicle is
not in accessory mode or when the battery
voltage drops below 11 volts.
You can use the power point for electric
devices that require up to 150 watts. It is
on the rear of the center console.
129
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Auxiliary Power Points
E247586
When the indicator light on the power point
is:
• On: The power point is working, the
ignition is ON or the vehicle is in
accessory mode.
• Off: The power point is OFF, the ignition
is OFF or the vehicle is not in accessory
mode.
• Flashing: The power point is in fault
mode.
Due to the different technologies used on
its construction, some devices may exceed
the capacity shown on its label when they
are initially plugged-in.
The power outlet temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your
device back in. Let the system cool off and
switch the ignition off to reset the fault
mode. Switch the ignition back on and
make sure the indicator light remains on.
Do not use the power point for certain
electric devices, including:
• Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools or compressor-driven
refrigerators.
• Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment or measuring equipment.
• Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
130
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Auxiliary Power Points
GLOVE COMPARTMENT
The glove box is on the passenger side of
the instrument panel.
Open the glove box using the latch handle.
E223956
Glove Box with Lock (If Equipped)
Lock the glove box using the ignition key.
To lock, close the glove box and insert the
ignition key into the glove box lock and
rotate it clockwise. Remove the key.
To unlock the glove box, insert the ignition
key into the glove box lock and rotate it
counter clockwise.
CENTER CONSOLE
Stow items in the cup holder carefully as
items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or crashes, including
hot drinks which may spill.
E277291
Audio input and or USB port.A
Cup holders.B
Coin storage.C
Auxiliary power point (if
equipped).
D
USB charger (if equipped).E
OVERHEAD CONSOLE (IF
EQUIPPED)
E277082
Press near the rear edge of the door to
open it.
131
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Storage Compartments
REAR SEAT ARMREST (IF
EQUIPPED)
1
2
E131745
1. Push the armrest into the seatback to
store it.
2. Pull the strap to open the armrest.
UNDER SEAT STORAGE
Super Cab
1
2
E188672
1. Lift the seat cushion. See Rear Seats
(page 122).
2. Lift the handle in the direction shown.
3. Slide it in the direction shown to
remove the under seat storage cover.
132
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Storage Compartments
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Extended idling at high
engine speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic.
Always open the garage door before you
start the engine.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
WARNING: Switching off the
engine when your vehicle is still moving
results in a significant decrease in
braking assistance. Higher effort is
required to apply the brakes and to stop
your vehicle. A significant decrease in
steering assistance could also occur. The
steering does not lock, but higher effort
could be required to steer your vehicle.
When you switch the ignition off, some
electrical circuits, for example airbags,
also turn off. If you unintentionally switch
the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and
restart the engine.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all
Canadian interference-causing equipment
standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
IGNITION SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)
E247596
Note: Make sure the key is clean before
inserting it into any lock cylinder.
Note: Do not leave the key in the ignition
for an extended period of time when the
engine is not running. This is to prevent the
vehicle battery from losing charge.
133
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Switching the Ignition Off
Turn the key to position 0.
Switching the Ignition to
Accessory Mode
Turn the key to position I. Electrical
accessories, for example the radio, operate
without the engine running.
Switching the Ignition On
Turn the key to position II. All electrical
circuits and accessories are operational
and the warning lamps and indicators
illuminate.
Starting the Engine
Turn the key to position III. Release the
key when the engine starts.
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION
SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)
Switching the Ignition On to
Accessory Mode
E144447
Press the push button ignition switch once
without your foot on the brake or clutch
pedal. It is on the instrument panel near
the steering wheel. All electrical circuits
and accessories are operational and the
warning lamps and indicators illuminate.
Press the push button ignition switch again
without your foot on the brake or clutch
pedal to switch the ignition off.
Note: The system may not function if the
passive key is close to metal objects or
electronic devices, for example keys or a cell
phone.
Note: The ignition turns off if you leave your
vehicle unattended. This is to prevent the
vehicle battery from losing charge.
Note: A valid passive key must be inside
your vehicle to switch the ignition on and
start the engine.
Starting The Engine - Vehicles with
Manual Transmission (If Equipped)
1. Fully press the clutch pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: If you release the clutch pedal during
engine starting, the engine stops cranking.
Starting The Engine - Vehicles with
Automatic Transmission (If Equipped)
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: If you release the brake pedal during
engine starting, the engine stops cranking.
Vehicles with a Diesel Engine (If
Equipped)
Note: The engine does not crank until the
glow plug indicator turns off. This may take
several seconds in extremely cold
conditions.
134
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Failure to Start - Vehicles with
Manual Transmission (If Equipped)
The system does not function if:
• The passive key frequencies are
jammed.
• The key battery has no charge.
If you are unable to start the engine, do the
following:
1. Insert the passive key into the backup
position. See Passive Key Backup
Position (page 56).
2. With the passive key in this position,
you can use the push button ignition
switch to switch the ignition on and
start the engine.
If the engine does not crank after you fully
press the clutch pedal and press the push
button ignition switch, do the following:
1. Fully press the clutch pedal and the
brake pedal.
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary - Vehicles
with Manual Transmission (If Equipped)
Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The ignition, all electrical circuits and
all warning lamps and indicators turn off.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Stationary - Vehicles
with Automatic Transmission (If
Equipped)
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P).
3. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The ignition, all electrical circuits and
all warning lamps and indicators turn off.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving - Vehicles with
Manual Transmission (If Equipped)
WARNING: Switching off the
engine when your vehicle is still moving
results in a significant decrease in
braking assistance. Higher effort is
required to apply the brakes and to stop
your vehicle. A significant decrease in
steering assistance could also occur. The
steering does not lock, but higher effort
could be required to steer your vehicle.
When you switch the ignition off, some
electrical circuits, for example airbags,
also turn off. If you unintentionally switch
the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and
restart the engine.
1. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch until the engine stops, or press
it three times within two seconds.
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Press the push button ignition switch.
Stopping the Engine When Your
Vehicle is Moving - Vehicles with
Automatic Transmission (If Equipped)
WARNING: Switching off the
engine when your vehicle is still moving
results in a significant decrease in
braking assistance. Higher effort is
required to apply the brakes and to stop
your vehicle. A significant decrease in
steering assistance could also occur. The
steering does not lock, but higher effort
could be required to steer your vehicle.
When you switch the ignition off, some
electrical circuits, for example airbags,
also turn off. If you unintentionally switch
the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and
restart the engine.
135
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Starting and Stopping the Engine
1. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch until the engine stops, or press
it three times within two seconds.
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Shift into park (P).
4. Press the push button ignition switch.
Fast Restart
The system allows you to start the engine
within 10 seconds of switching it off, even
if it does not detect a valid passive key.
Within 10 seconds of switching the engine
off, fully press the brake or clutch pedal
and press the push button ignition switch.
After 10 seconds, you can no longer start
the engine if the system does not detect a
valid passive key.
When you start the engine, it remains
running until you press the push button
ignition switch, even if your vehicle does
not detect a valid passive key. If you open
and close a door when the engine is
running, the system searches for a valid
passive key.
Starting System Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays if you switch the ignition on and do not start the
engine.
Full Accessory Power
Active
Displays when you start the engine as a reminder to fully
press the brake pedal.
To START Press Brake
Displays when you start the engine as a reminder to fully
press the clutch pedal.
To START Press Clutch
Displays when you start the engine as a reminder to fully
press the brake and clutch pedals.
To START Press Brake
and Clutch
Displays if the engine fails to start.Cranking Time Exceeded
Displays if the system does not detect a valid passive key.No Key Detected
Displays if you are unable to start the engine with a correctly
coded key. The system has detected a fault that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Starting System Fault
Displays for 10 seconds if you switch the engine off and the
system does not detect a valid passive key. After 10 seconds,
you can no longer start the engine if the system does not
detect a valid passive key.
Restart Now or Key is
Needed
Key Outside Vehicle Audible
Warning
Sounds when you remove the passive key
from your vehicle and the engine is running.
136
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Starting and Stopping the Engine
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Failure to follow
engine block heater instructions could
result in property damage or serious
personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use your heater
with ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of
electrical shock.
WARNING: Do not fully close the
hood, or allow it to drop under its own
weight when using the engine block
heater. This could damage the power
cable and may cause an electrical short
resulting in fire, injury and property
damage.
Note: The heater is most effective when
outdoor temperatures are below 0°F
(-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by
warming the engine coolant. This allows
the climate control system to respond
quickly. The equipment includes a heater
element (installed in the engine block) and
a wire harness. You can connect the
system to a grounded 120-volt AC
electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following
for a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by
Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or
Canadian Standards Association
(CSA). This extension cord must be
suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and heater cord
plug connections are free and clear of
water. This could cause an electric
shock or fire.
• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a
clean area, clear of combustibles.
• Make sure the heater, heater cord and
extension cord are firmly connected.
• Check for heat anywhere in the
electrical hookup once the system has
been operating for approximately 30
minutes.
• Make sure the system is unplugged and
properly stowed before starting and
driving your vehicle. Make sure the
protective cover seals the prongs of the
block heater cord plug when not in use.
• Make sure the heater system is
checked for proper operation before
winter.
Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are
clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with
a dry cloth if necessary.
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours
of energy per hour of use. The system does
not have a thermostat. It achieves
maximum temperature after
approximately three hours of operation.
Using the heater longer than three hours
does not improve system performance and
unnecessarily uses electricity.
137
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Starting and Stopping the Engine
AUTO-START-STOP
The system helps reduce fuel consumption
by automatically shutting off and restarting
the engine while your vehicle is stopped.
The engine will restart automatically when
you release the brake pedal. In some
situations, your vehicle may restart
automatically, for example:
• To maintain interior comfort
• To recharge the battery
Note: Power assist steering is turned off
when the engine is off.
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system may
require the engine to automatically
restart when the auto-start-stop
indicator illuminates green or flashes
amber. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
The Auto-Start-Stop system status is
available at a glance within the information
display. See Information Displays (page
90).
Enabling Auto-Start-Stop
The system is automatically enabled every
time you start your vehicle if the following
conditions are met:
• The Auto-Start-Stop button is not
pressed (not illuminated).
• Your vehicle exceeds an initial speed
of 3 mph (5 km/h) after you have
initially started the vehicle.
• Your vehicle is stopped.
• Your foot is on the brake pedal.
• The transmission is in drive (D).
• The driver's door is closed.
• There is adequate brake vacuum.
• The interior compartment has been
cooled or warmed to an acceptable
level.
• The front windshield defroster is off.
• The steering wheel is not turned rapidly
or is not at a sharp angle.
• The vehicle is not on a steep road
grade.
• The battery is within optimal operating
conditions (battery state of charge and
temperature in range).
• The engine coolant is at operating
temperature.
• Elevation is below approximately
12,000 ft (3,650 m).
• Ambient temperature is moderate.
The green Auto-Start-Stop
indicator light on the instrument
cluster will illuminate to indicate
when the automatic engine stop occurs.
E146361
If the instrument cluster is
equipped with a grey
Auto-Start-Stop indicator light,
it is illuminated when automatic engine
stop is not available due to one of the
above noted conditions not being met.
Automatic Engine Restart
Any of the following conditions will result
in an automatic restart of the engine:
138
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Unique Driving Characteristics
• Your foot is removed from the brake
pedal.
• You press the accelerator pedal.
• You press the accelerator and the
brake pedal at the same time.
• The driver safety belt becomes
unfastened or the driver door is ajar.
• The transmission is moved into reverse
(R).
• Your vehicle is moving.
• The battery is not within optimal
operating conditions.
• The maximum engine off time is
exceeded.
• When you press the Auto-Start-Stop
button while the engine is stopped
automatically.
• The heated windshield is turned on.
Any of the following conditions may result
in an automatic restart of the engine:
• The blower fan speed is increased or
the climate control temperature is
changed.
• An electrical accessory is turned on or
plugged in.
Disabling Auto-Start-Stop
Press the Auto-Start-Stop
button located on the center
console to switch the system off.
The button will illuminate. The system will
only be deactivated for the current ignition
cycle. Press the button again to restore
Auto-Start-Stop function.
If your vehicle is in an Auto-Start-Stop
state and you shift the transmission to
reverse without pressing the brake, a
message telling you to press the brake
appears. You must press the brake pedal
within 60 seconds, or you will need to shift
to park and manually restart your vehicle.
Note: If the Shift to P, Restart Engine
message appears and the amber
Auto-Start-Stop indicator light is flashing,
automatic restart is not available. The
vehicle must be restarted manually. See
Information Displays (page 90).
139
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Unique Driving Characteristics
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Fuels can cause
serious injury or death if misused or
mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain
benzene, which is a cancer-causing
agent.
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Always switch the engine off before
refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic
and if swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed
immediately call a physician, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases,
excessive or prolonged breathing of
fuel vapor can cause serious illness and
permanent injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses (if worn), flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek
medical attention. Failure to seek
proper medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If you splash fuel on
your skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
thoroughly wash your skin with soap
and water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing fuel vapors could cause an
adverse reaction, serious personal
injury or sickness. Immediately call a
physician if you experience any adverse
reactions.
FUEL QUALITY
Choosing the Right Fuel
E161513
Your vehicle is designed to operate on
regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum
pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87.
140
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuel and Refueling
Some fuel stations, particularly those in
high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as
regular unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating below 87. The use of these fuels
could result in engine damage that will not
be covered by the vehicle warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well
as other conditions, for example when
towing a trailer. See Towing (page 214).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact
an authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal
vehicle and engine performance. For
additional information, refer to
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based
additives, including manganese-based
compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known
as MMT), which is a manganese-based
fuel additive, will impair engine
performance and affect the emission
control system.
FUEL FILLER FUNNEL
LOCATION
The fuel filler funnel is located under the
rear bench seat or behind the rear seat.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Running out of fuel can cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
If your vehicle runs out of fuel:
• Add a minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel
to restart the engine.
• You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after
refueling to allow the fuel system to
pump the fuel from the tank to the
engine. When restarting, cranking time
takes a few seconds longer than
normal.
Note: If your vehicle is on a steep slope,
more fuel may be required.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING: Flow of fuel through
a fuel pump nozzle can produce static
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are
filling an ungrounded fuel container.
141
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuel and Refueling
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an
ungrounded fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container
WARNING: Do not insert the
nozzle of a fuel container or an
aftermarket funnel into the fuel filler
neck. This may damage the fuel system
filler neck or its seal and cause fuel to
run onto the ground.
WARNING: Do not try to pry open
or push open the capless fuel system
with foreign objects. This could damage
the fuel system and its seal and cause
injury to you or others.
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel
in the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized waste
disposal facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Fuel Filler
Funnel Location (page 141).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as
they may not work with the capless fuel
system and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from
a fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
E157452
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
142
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuel and Refueling
REFUELING
Refueling System Overview
E267248
B
C
A
Fuel filler door.A
Fuel tank filler valve.B
Fuel tank filler pipe.C
Your vehicle does not have a fuel tank filler
cap.
E206911
A B
C D
Left-hand side. To open the fuel
filler door, press the center rear
edge of the fuel filler door and
then release.
A
Right-hand side. To open the
fuel filler door, press the center
rear edge of the fuel filler door
and then release.
B
Left-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
C
Right-hand side. Pull the rear of
the fuel filler door to open it.
D
Refueling Your Vehicle
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow
sparks or open flames near the fuel tank
filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell
phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is
extremely hazardous under certain
conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
143
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: The fuel system may
be under pressure. If you hear a hissing
sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not
refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise,
fuel may spray out, which could cause
serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not pry open the
fuel tank filler valve. This could damage
the fuel system. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted
position when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when
the fuel pump nozzle automatically
shuts off for the first time. Failure to
follow this will fill the expansion space
in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel
overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five
seconds before removing the fuel pump
nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain
into the fuel tank.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for
your vehicle.
E139202
A
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the
first notch on the nozzle A. Keep the
fuel pump nozzle resting on the fuel
tank filler pipe.
E139203
A
B
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position
B when refueling. Holding the fuel
pump nozzle in position A can affect
the flow of fuel and shut off the fuel
pump nozzle before the fuel tank is full.
144
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuel and Refueling
E206912
A B
5. Operate the fuel pump nozzle within
the area shown.
E119081
6. When you finish refueling slightly raise
the fuel pump nozzle and slowly
remove it.
7. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Do not attempt to start the engine if you
have filled the fuel tank with incorrect fuel.
Incorrect fuel use could cause damage not
covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have your
vehicle immediately checked.
Refueling System Warning (If Equipped)
If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully
close, a message could appear in the
information display.
Message
Check Fuel Fill Inlet
If the message appears, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe
to do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Fully open the fuel filler door.
5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any
debris that may be restricting its
movement.
6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank
filler valve.
7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the
fuel filler funnel provided with your
vehicle into the fuel filler pipe. See
Fuel Filler Funnel Location (page
141). This action should dislodge any
debris that may be preventing the fuel
tank filler valve from fully closing.
8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel
filler funnel from the fuel filler pipe.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: The message may not immediately
reset. If the message continues to appear
and a warning lamp illuminates, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
FUEL CONSUMPTION
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
See Capacities and Specifications
(page 319).
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an
unspecified amount of fuel that remains
in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge
indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty
reserve varies and should not be relied upon
to increase driving range.
145
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuel and Refueling
Filling the Fuel Tank
For consistent results when refueling:
• Turn the ignition off before fueling; an
inaccurate reading results if the engine
is left running.
• Use the same fill rate
(low-medium-high) each time the tank
is filled.
• Allow no more than one automatic
shut-off when refueling.
Results are most accurate when the filling
method is consistent.
Calculating Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy
figures through the trip computer average
fuel function. See Information Displays
(page 90).
The first 1,000 mi (1,500 km) of driving is
the break-in period of the engine. A more
accurate measurement is obtained after
2,000 mi (3,000 km).
1. Completely fill the fuel tank and record
the initial odometer reading. See
Refueling (page 143).
2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record
the amount of fuel added.
3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel
tank and record the current odometer
reading.
4. Subtract your initial odometer reading
from the current odometer reading.
To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100
kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the
liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers
traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per
gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles
traveled by gallons used.
Keep a record for at least one month and
record the type of driving, for example city
or highway. This provides an accurate
estimate of your vehicle’s fuel economy
under current driving conditions. Keeping
records during summer and winter shows
how temperature impacts fuel economy.
Conditions
• Heavily loading your vehicle reduces
fuel economy.
• Carrying unnecessary weight in your
vehicle may reduce fuel economy.
• Avoid adding accessories that increase
aerodynamic drag to your vehicle such
as bug deflectors, car top carriers and
ski or bike racks.
• Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures.
• Fuel economy may decrease when
driving short distances.
• You will get better fuel economy when
driving on flat terrain than when driving
on hilly terrain.
146
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuel and Refueling
EMISSION LAW
WARNING: Do not remove or alter
the original equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal floor
of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the
vehicle from the engine and exhaust
system heat and noise. On vehicles with
no original equipment floor covering
insulation, do not carry passengers in a
manner that permits prolonged skin
contact with the metal floor. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in
fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components.
Similar federal or provincial laws may
apply in Canada. We do not approve of any
vehicle modification without first
determining applicable laws.
Tampering with emissions
control systems including
related sensors or the Diesel
Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced
engine power and the illumination of the
service engine soon light.
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by
any person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to
the ultimate purchaser or while it is in
use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive
exhaust smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
147
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Engine Emission Control
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for
climactic conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel
filter that is integrated with the fuel tank.
Regular maintenance or replacement is not
needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you
correct the concern, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty,
Prohibited Tampering Acts and
Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb
(4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR). The preceding statements
concerning prohibited tampering acts and
maintenance, and the noise warranty
found in the Warranty Guide, are
applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING: Do not park, idle or
drive your vehicle on dry grass or other
dry ground cover. The emission system
heats up the engine compartment and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating
temperature of the exhaust system is
very high. Never work around or attempt
to repair any part of the exhaust system
until it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short
period of engine operation and stays hot
after the engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may
result in entry of harmful and potentially
lethal fumes into the passenger
compartment. If you smell exhaust
fumes inside your vehicle, have your
vehicle inspected immediately. Do not
drive if you smell exhaust fumes.
WARNING: Do not allow people
or animals in truck beds that have
modifications, such as bed covers or
slide-in campers, when the engine is
running. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
Your vehicle has various emission control
components and a catalytic converter that
enables it to comply with applicable
exhaust emission standards.
To make sure that the catalytic converter
and other emission control components
continue to work properly:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 229).
• Use only the specified fuel listed.
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Your vehicle warranty does not cover
resulting component damage.
148
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Engine Emission Control
The scheduled maintenance items listed
in scheduled maintenance information are
essential to the life and performance of
your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than our parts for
maintenance replacements or for service
of components affecting emission control,
such aftermarket parts should be
equivalent to our genuine parts in
performance and durability.
Illumination of the service engine soon
indicator, charging system warning light or
the temperature warning light, fluid leaks,
strange odors, smoke or loss of engine
power could indicate that the emission
control system is not working properly.
An improperly operating or damaged
exhaust system may allow exhaust to
enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or
improperly operating exhaust system
inspected and repaired immediately.
Do not make any unauthorized changes to
your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle
owners and anyone who manufactures,
repairs, services, sells, leases, trades
vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles
are not permitted to intentionally remove
an emission control device or prevent it
from working. Information about your
vehicle’ s emission system is on the Vehicle
Emission Control Information Decal
located on or near the engine. This decal
also lists engine displacement.
Please consult your warranty information
for complete details.
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the
on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that
monitors the engine’s emission control
system. The system protects the
environment by making sure that your
vehicle continues to meet government
emission standards. The OBD-II system
also assists a service technician in properly
servicing your vehicle.
When the service engine soon
indicator illuminates, the OBD-II
system has detected a
malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may
cause the service engine soon indicator to
illuminate. Examples are:
1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the
engine may misfire or run poorly.
2. Poor fuel quality or water in the
fuel—the engine may misfire or run
poorly.
3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed
properly. See Refueling (page 143).
4. Driving through deep water—the
electrical system may be wet.
You can correct these temporary
malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with
good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel
fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry
out. After three driving cycles without these
or any other temporary malfunctions
present, the service engine soon indicator
should stay off the next time you start the
engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold
engine startup followed by mixed city and
highway driving. You do not require
additional vehicle service.
149
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Engine Emission Control
If the service engine soon indicator remains
on, have your vehicle serviced at the first
available opportunity. Although some
malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may
not have symptoms that are apparent,
continued driving with the service engine
soon indicator on can result in increased
emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced
engine and transmission smoothness and
lead to more costly repairs.
Readiness for Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state and provincial and local
governments may have
Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs
to inspect the emission control equipment
on your vehicle. Failure to pass this
inspection could prevent you from getting
a vehicle registration.
If the service engine soon
indicator is on or the bulb does
not work, your vehicle may need
service. See On-Board Diagnostics.
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if
the service engine soon indicator is on or
not working properly, for example, the bulb
does not work, or if the OBD-II system has
determined that some of the emission
control systems have not been properly
checked. In this case, the vehicle is not
ready for I/M testing.
If you have just serviced the vehicle’s
engine or transmission or the battery has
recently run down or you have replaced it,
the OBD-II system may indicate that the
vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To
determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M
testing, turn the ignition key to the on
position for 15 seconds without cranking
the engine. If the service engine soon
indicator blinks eight times, it means that
the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if
the service engine soon indicator stays on
solid, it means that your vehicle is ready
for I/M testing.
The OBD-II system checks the emission
control system during normal driving. A
complete check may take several days.
If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing,
you can perform the following driving cycle
consisting of mixed city and highway
driving:
1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an
expressway or highway followed by 20
minutes of stop-and-go driving with at
least four 30-second idle periods.
2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least
eight hours with the ignition off. Then,
start the vehicle and complete the
above driving cycle. The vehicle must
warm up to its normal operating
temperature. Once started, do not turn
off the vehicle until the above driving
cycle is complete.
If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M
testing, you need to repeat the above
driving cycle.
150
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Engine Emission Control
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNING: Always fully apply the
parking brake and make sure you shift
into park (P). Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake
pedal and accelerator pedal
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds will limit engine performance,
which may result in difficulty maintaining
speed in traffic and could lead to serious
injury.
Note: A cold engine has a higher idle
speed. This increases the tendency for your
vehicle to creep when you have selected a
drive gear.
Transmission Selector Lever
Positions
E269654
Park.P
Reverse.R
Neutral.N
Drive.D
Sport mode and manual shifting.S
Press the button (1) on the transmission
selector lever (2) to select reverse (R) or
drive (D). After the transmission is in drive
(D), you can then press the button (1) on
the transmission selector lever (2) again
to select sport (S). The current gear
displays on the instrument panel.
Park (P)
Note: To move the transmission selector
lever from park (P), apply the brake with
ignition key in position II.
Note: An audible warning sounds if you
open the driver door and you have not
moved the selector lever to park (P). The
battery saver deactivates the audible
warning after a period of time.
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the driven wheels and the transmission
is locked. You can start the engine with the
transmission selector lever in this position.
Reverse (R)
Shift the selector lever to reverse (R) to
allow your vehicle to move backward.
Neutral (N)
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the driven wheels but the transmission
is not locked. You can start the engine with
the transmission selector lever in this
position.
Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for
the best fuel economy and smoothness.
Shift the transmission selector lever to
drive (D) to allow your vehicle to move
forward and shift automatically through
the forward gears.
The transmission shifts to the appropriate
gear for optimum performance based on
ambient temperature, road gradient,
vehicle load and your input.
151
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Transmission
Sport Mode (S)
Switch on sport mode by shifting the
transmission selector lever to sport (S). In
sport mode the transmission selects the
optimum gear for best performance. This
gear selection is typically lower than that
of drive (D) and the shifts are faster.
Tow Mode
E246592
To switch on tow mode, press
the button on the center console
until tow mode is active. The
indicator light illuminates in the instrument
cluster when the system becomes active.
The tow mode feature:
• Moves upshifts to higher engine speeds
to reduce the frequency of
transmission shifting.
• Provides engine braking in all forward
gears, which slows your vehicle and
assists you in controlling your vehicle
when descending a slope.
• Depending on driving conditions and
load conditions, may downshift the
transmission, slow your vehicle and
control your vehicle speed when
descending a hill, without pressing the
accelerator pedal. The amount of
downshift braking provided varies
based upon the amount you press the
brake pedal.
The tow mode feature improves
transmission operation when towing a
trailer or a heavy load. All transmission
gear ranges are available when using tow
mode.
To switch off the tow mode feature and
return to normal driving mode, press the
button on the center console twice. The
indicator light turns off when the system
turns off. Tow mode also turns off when
you power down your vehicle.
SelectShift™ Automatic
Transmission
This feature gives you the ability to change
gears up or down as desired.
As long as the engine speed does not
exceed the maximum allowable limit,
downshifts are allowed. SelectShift
automatically downshifts at low engine
speeds in order to prevent engine stalls.
Note: Engine damage may occur if you
maintain excessive engine revving without
shifting.
SelectShift does not automatically upshift,
even if the engine is approaching the RPM
limit.
For 10 speed transmissions - with the
transmission selector lever in sport (S)
position:
• Press the (+) button on the
transmission selector lever to upshift.
• Press the (-) button on the
transmission selector lever to
downshift.
E269656
To exit SelectShift mode, return the
transmission selector lever to drive (D).
When your vehicle is stationary, only the
1st and 2nd gears can be selected. Manual
shifting is sequential, therefore gears
cannot be skipped.
152
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Transmission
Progressive Range Selection
Progressive Range Selection gives you the
ability to lockout gears from the automatic
shifting range. This may provide you with
an improved driving experience for
example, in slippery conditions or when
experiencing a steep slope.
With the transmission in drive (D), press
the – button to active PRS. The available
and selected gears appear on the
instrument cluster.
All available gears display with the current
gear indicated. Press the – button again to
lock out gears beginning with the highest
gear. For example, press the – button or
twice to lock out 10th and 9th gears. Only
the available gears display and the
transmission shifts between the available
gears. Press the + button to unlock gears
to allow the transmission to shift to higher
gears. The transmission shifts within the
gear range you select.
Brake-Shift Interlock
WARNING: When doing this
procedure, you need to take the
transmission out of park (P) which
means your vehicle can roll freely. To
avoid unwanted vehicle movement,
always fully apply the parking brake prior
to doing this procedure. Use wheels
chocks if appropriate.
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning
lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
may not be working properly. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: For some markets this feature is
disabled.
Your vehicle has a brake-shift interlock
feature that prevents moving the gearshift
lever from park (P) when the ignition is on
and you do not press the brake pedal.
The system requires service if you cannot
move the gearshift lever out of park (P)
with the ignition on and the brake pedal
pressed. It is possible that a fuse has blown
or your vehicle’s brake lamps are not
operating properly. See Fuses (page 240).
If the fuse is not blown and the brake
lamps are properly working, the following
procedure allows you to move the selector
lever from park (P):
Note: See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if this procedure is used.
10 Speed Transmission
Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off before performing this
procedure.
E269652
1. Insert a screwdriver between the shifter
boot material and the trim ring (1) to
release the retainer tabs from the top
panel trim ring.
2. Lift the shifter boot (2) upwards.
153
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Transmission
E269653
3. Locate the lower white lever (3)
located on the side of the transmission
selector lever.
4. Using the screwdriver, move the lower
white lever (3) towards the front of the
transmission selector lever.
5. When holding the lower white lever (3)
in the forward position, move the
transmission selector lever out of the
park (P) position and into another gear.
Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning
This feature may increase durability and
provide consistent shift feel over the life
of your vehicle. A new vehicle or
transmission may have firm shifts, soft
shifts or both. This operation is considered
normal and does not affect function or
durability of the transmission. Over time,
the adaptive learning process fully updates
transmission operation.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud
or Snow
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more
than a minute or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur, or the
engine may overheat.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
it may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
154
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Transmission
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The four-wheel drive system in your vehicle
is a part-time system activated using the
rotary switch mounted in the center
console. In normal rear-wheel drive, the 2H
drive operation system directs torque to
the rear axle. Moving the switch to 4H or
4L directs drive torque to both the front
and rear axles, providing four-wheel drive.
Depending on your vehicle, further
four-wheel drive options may be available
on the switch panel located on the center
console.
USING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
Note: For important information regarding
the safe operation of this type of vehicle,
see General Information in the Wheels and
Tires chapter.
Note: Do not use 4H or 4L mode on dry,
hard surfaced roads. Doing so can produce
excessive noise, increase tire wear and may
damage drive components. 4H or 4L mode
is only intended for consistently slippery or
loose surfaces. Use of 4L mode on these
surfaces may produce some noise, such as
occasional clunks, but should not damage
drive components.
Note: Selecting 4L when your vehicle is
moving, should not perform a shift until your
vehicle is stationary. This is normal and
should be no reason for concern. Refer to
Shifting to or from 4L (4X4 Low) for proper
operation.
Note: You can switch on and switch off the
electronic locking differential by pressing
the locking differential button. See
Electronic Locking Differential (page 162).
4WD Indicator Lights
Note: When a 4X4 system fault is present,
the system can typically remain in whichever
4X4 mode was selected prior to the fault
condition occurring. It should not default to
4X2 in all circumstances. When the warning
displays, have your vehicle serviced by an
authorized dealer.
4X2
E181778
Momentarily illuminates when
you select 2H.
4X4 HIGH
E181779
Continuously illuminates when
you select 4H.
4X4 LOW
E181780
Continuously illuminates when
you select 4L.
CHECK 4X4
Displays when a 4X4 fault is
present.
Using the Electronic Shift on the
Fly 4WD system
E277079
155
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
2H (4X2)
For general on-road driving, this mode
provides optimal smoothness and fuel
economy. Sends power to the rear wheels
only.
Note: 2H may engage or disengage based
on terrain mode selection. See Principle of
Operation (page 155).
4H (4X4 HIGH)
Provides mechanically locked four-wheel
drive power to both the front and rear
wheels for use in off-road or winter
conditions such as deep snow, sand or
mud. This mode is not for use on dry
pavement.
Note: 4H may engage or disengage based
on terrain mode selection. See Principle of
Operation (page 155).
4L (4X4 LOW)
Provides mechanically locked four-wheel
drive power to both the front and rear
wheels with additional gearing for
increased torque multiplication. Intended
only for off-road applications such as deep
sand, steep grades, or pulling heavy
objects.
Note: 4L may engage or disengage based
on terrain mode selection. See Principle of
Operation (page 155).
Shifting Between 4WD System Modes
Note: Momentarily releasing the accelerator
pedal when performing a shift aids the
performance of engagement or
disengagement.
Note: Do not perform this operation if the
rear wheels are slipping or when applying
the accelerator pedal.
Note: You may hear some noise as the
system shifts or engages; this is normal.
You can move the control between 2H to
4H at a stop or when driving up to 68 mph
(110 km/h). The information display may
display a message indicating a 4X4 shift
and the LED for the selected mode flashes.
Once the shift is complete, the LED light
for the selected mode remains illuminated.
Shifting To or From 4L (4X4 low)
Note: You may hear some noise as the
system shifts or engages; this is normal.
1. Stop your vehicle when it is safe to do
so.
2. Place the transmission in neutral (N).
3. Turn the transfer shift switch from 2H
to 4L or 4L to 2H.
The information display should display a
message indicating a 4X4 shift is in
progress followed by the system mode
selected. If any of the above shift
conditions are not present, the shift should
not occur and the information display
shows information guiding you through the
proper shifting procedures.
How Your Vehicle Differs From
Other Vehicles
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
Truck and utility vehicles can differ from
some other vehicles. Your vehicle may be
higher to allow it to travel over rough
terrain without getting hung up or
damaging underbody components.
156
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
The differences that make your vehicle so
versatile also make it handle differently
than an ordinary passenger car.
Maintain steering wheel control at all
times, especially in rough terrain. Since
sudden changes in terrain can result in
abrupt steering wheel motion, make sure
you grip the steering wheel from the
outside. Do not grip the spokes of the
steering wheel.
Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage
from concealed objects such as rocks and
stumps.
You should either know the terrain or
examine maps of the area before driving.
Map out your route before driving in the
area. To maintain steering and braking
control of your vehicle, you must have all
four wheels on the ground and they must
be rolling, not sliding or spinning.
Driving Off-Road With Truck and
Utility Vehicles
Note: On some models, the initial shift from
two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive when
your vehicle is moving can cause some
momentary clunk or ratchet sounds. This is
the front drivetrain coming up to speed.
Note: Your vehicle may have a front air
dam. Due to low ground clearance, you can
damage it when taking your vehicle off-road.
You can take the air dam off by removing
the bolts that secure it.
Note: Momentarily releasing the
accelerator pedal when a shift in progress
message displays, should improve
engagement or disengagement
performance.
Four-wheel drive vehicles are specially
designed for driving on sand, snow, mud
and rough terrain and have operating
characteristics that are somewhat
different from conventional vehicles, both
on and off the road.
The transfer case supplies power to all four
wheels. On four-wheel drive vehicles, the
transfer case allows you to select different
4WD modes when necessary. You can find
information on transfer case operation and
shifting procedures in this chapter. You can
find information on transfer case
maintenance in the Maintenance chapter.
You should become thoroughly familiar
with this information before you operate
your vehicle.
Four-wheel drive uses all four wheels to
power your vehicle. This increases traction,
enabling you to drive over terrain and road
conditions that a conventional two-wheel
drive vehicle cannot.
Basic Operating Principles
• Drive slower in strong crosswinds which
can affect the normal steering
characteristics of your vehicle.
• When driving your vehicle on surfaces
made slippery by loose sand, water,
gravel, snow or ice proceed with care.
• Do not use 4H or 4L on dry, hard
surfaced roads. Doing so can produce
excessive noise, increase tire wear and
may damage drive components. 4H or
4L modes are only for consistently
slippery or loose surfaces.
If Your Vehicle Leaves the Road
If your vehicle leaves the road, reduce your
vehicle speed and avoid severe braking.
When your vehicle speed decreases, ease
your vehicle back onto the road. Do not
sharply turn the steering wheel when
returning your vehicle to the road.
It may be safer to stay on the shoulder of
the road and gradually slow down before
returning to the road. You may lose control
if you do not slow down or if you too
sharply or abruptly turn the steering wheel.
157
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
It may be less risky to strike small objects,
such as freeway reflectors, with minor
damage to your vehicle rather than
attempt a sudden return to the road which
could cause your vehicle to slide sideways
out of control or roll over. Remember, your
safety and the safety of others should be
your primary concern.
Emergency Maneuvers
In an unavoidable emergency situation
where a sudden sharp turn must be made,
remember to avoid over-driving your
vehicle and turn the steering wheel only as
rapidly and as far as required to avoid the
emergency. Excessive steering can result
in loss of vehicle control. Apply smooth
pressure to the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal when you require changes in vehicle
speed. Avoid abrupt steering, acceleration
and braking. This could result in an
increased risk of vehicle roll over, loss of
vehicle control and personal injury. Use the
available road surface to bring your vehicle
to a safe direction of travel.
In the event of an emergency stop, avoid
skidding the tires and do not attempt any
sharp steering wheel movements.
If your vehicle goes from one type of
surface to another such as concrete to
gravel there can be a change in the way
your vehicle responds to a maneuver using
steering, acceleration or braking.
Driving in Special Conditions with
Four-Wheel Drive
Four-wheel drive vehicles are suitable for
driving on sand, snow, mud and rough
roads and have operating characteristics
that are somewhat different from
conventional vehicles, both on and off the
freeway.
When driving at slow speeds off road under
high load conditions, use a low gear when
possible. Low gear operation maximizes
the engine and transmission cooling
capability.
Basic Operating Principles
When driving your vehicle on surfaces
made slippery by loose sand, water, gravel,
snow or ice proceed with care.
Sand
When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Shift to a lower gear and drive steadily
through the terrain. Apply the accelerator
slowly and avoid excessive wheel slip.
Do not drive your vehicle in deep sand for
an extended period of time. This can cause
the system to overheat.
To resume operation, switch the ignition
off and allow the system to cool down for
a minimum of 15 minutes.
When driving at slow speeds in deep sand
under high outside temperatures, use a low
gear when possible. Low gear operation
maximizes the engine and transmission
cooling capability.
Avoid driving at excessive speeds, this
causes vehicle momentum to work against
you and your vehicle could become stuck
to the point that assistance may be
required from another vehicle. Remember,
you may be able to back out the way you
came if you proceed with caution.
Mud and Water
Mud
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even four-wheel drive vehicles can
lose traction in slick mud. If your vehicle
does slide, steer in the direction of the slide
until you regain control of your vehicle.
158
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
After driving through mud, clean off residue
stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.
Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating
driveshafts can cause an imbalance that
could damage drive components.
Water
If you must drive through high water, drive
slowly. Traction or brake capability may
be limited.
When driving through water, determine the
depth and avoid water higher than the
bottom of the hubs. If the ignition system
gets wet, your vehicle may stall.
Once through water, try the brakes. Wet
brakes do not stop your vehicle as
effectively as dry brakes. Drying improves
by applying light pressure to the brake
pedal when slowly moving.
Note: Driving through deep water may
damage the transmission. If the front or rear
axle is submerged in water, the axle
lubricant and power transfer unit lubricant
should be checked and changed if
necessary.
E143950
“Tread Lightly” is an educational program
designed to increase public awareness of
land-use regulations and responsibilities
in our nations wilderness areas. Ford Motor
Company joins the U.S. Forest Service and
the Bureau of Land Management in
encouraging you to help preserve our
national forest and other public and private
lands by “treading lightly.”
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain
Although natural obstacles may make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down
a hill or steep incline, you should drive
straight up or straight down.
Note: Avoid turning on steep slopes or
hills. A danger lies in losing traction; slipping
sideways and possible vehicle roll over.
Whenever driving on a hill, determine
beforehand the route you intend to use. Do
not drive over the crest of a hill without
seeing what conditions are on the other
side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill
without the aid of an observer.
When climbing a steep slope or hill, start
in a lower gear rather than downshifting to
a lower gear from a higher gear once the
ascent has started. This reduces strain on
the engine and the possibility of stalling.
If your vehicle stalls, do not try to turn
around because this could cause vehicle
roll over. It is better to reverse back to a
safe location.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power could cause
the tires to slip, spin or lose traction,
resulting in loss of vehicle control.
E143949
159
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
Descend a hill in the same gear you would
use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive
brake application and brake overheating.
Do not descend in neutral. Disengage
overdrive or move the transmission
selector lever to a lower gear. When
descending a steep hill, avoid sudden hard
braking as you could lose control. The front
wheels have to be turning in order to steer
your vehicle.
If your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, steadily
apply the brakes. Do not pump the brakes.
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING: If you are driving in
slippery conditions that require tire
chains or cables, then it is critical that
you drive cautiously. Keep speeds down,
allow for longer stopping distances and
avoid aggressive steering to reduce the
chances of a loss of vehicle control
which can lead to serious injury or death.
If the rear end of your vehicle slides while
cornering, steer in the direction of the
slide until you regain control of your
vehicle.
Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause
transmission damage.
Four-wheel drive vehicles have advantages
over two-wheel drive vehicles in snow and
ice but can skid like any other vehicle.
Should you start to slide when driving on
snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control.
Avoid sudden applications of power and
quick changes of direction on snow and
ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and
steadily when starting from a full stop.
Avoid sudden braking. Although a
four-wheel drive vehicle may accelerate
better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in
snow and ice, it cannot stop any faster as
braking occurs at all four wheels. Do not
become overconfident as to road
conditions.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance
between you and other vehicles for
stopping. Drive slower than usual and
consider using one of the lower gears. In
emergency stopping situations, apply the
brake steadily. Do not pump the brake
pedal. See Hints on Driving With
Anti-Lock Brakes (page 164).
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow
WARNING: Do not spin the wheels
at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The tires may
fail and injure a passenger or bystander.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
you may rock it out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature,
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more
than a minute, damage to the transmission
and tires may occur or the engine may
overheat.
Parking
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning
lamp remains illuminated, the brakes
may not be working properly. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
160
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
WARNING: Apply the parking
brake, shift into park (P), switch the
ignition off and remove the key before
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
On four-wheel drive vehicles, when the
transfer case is in the neutral (N) position,
the engine and transmission disconnect
from the rest of the driveline. Therefore,
your vehicle is free to roll even if the
automatic transmission is in park (P) or
the manual transmission is in gear. Do not
leave your vehicle unattended with the
transfer case in the neutral (N) position.
Fully set the parking brake and turn off the
ignition when leaving your vehicle.
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on
your vehicle have been designed and
tested to provide predictable performance
whether loaded or empty. For this reason,
we strongly recommend that you do not
make modifications such as adding or
removing parts that include lift kits or
stabilizer bars or by using replacement
parts not equivalent to the original factory
equipment.
We recommend that you use caution when
your vehicle has either a high load or device
such as ladders or luggage racks. Any
modifications to your vehicle that raise the
center of gravity may cause your vehicle
to roll over when there is a loss of vehicle
control.
Failure to maintain your vehicle correctly
may void the warranty, increase your repair
cost, reduce vehicle performance and
operational capabilities and adversely
affect you and your passenger's safety. We
recommend you frequently inspect your
vehicle's chassis components when your
vehicle is subject to off road usage.
161
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)
ELECTRONIC LOCKING
DIFFERENTIAL (IF EQUIPPED)
Note: Do not operate the system on dry
hard surface roads. Doing so could lead to
excessive tire noise and wear. Use the
system only on consistently slippery or loose
surfaces.
The system locks the left and right portions
of the rear axle together to form a solid
driving axle, resulting in increased rear
wheel traction in certain conditions.
Press and hold the electronic differential
lock button for 2 seconds to activate the
system.
Note: The lock button is on the center
console.
E277073
The electronic differential lock can lock
and unlock when the internal gears are
aligned and no torque load is placed on
the differential. To aid alignment, drive the
vehicle in a straight line with the
accelerator pedal released. Alternatively,
drive slowly forward and backward while
moving the steering wheel from side to side
to allow the electronic differential lock to
lock.
High vehicle speed and high accelerator
pedal application inhibit the electronic
locking differential system engagement.
Follow the instruction on the instrument
cluster for engagement and
disengagement.
Note: You can use the system in any drive
mode 2H, 4H or 4L.
Note: When you engage the system, the
Electronic Stability Program (ESP) functions
such as Stability Control, Traction Control,
Hill Descent Control, Emergency stop signal,
Hill Start Assist and Trailer Sway Control
are deactivated, the ESP Off indicator
illuminates, and the HDC on indicator turns
off.
Note: When the anti-lock braking system
is operating, the system disengages.
The electronic locking differential system
can affect various terrain modes. See
Principle of Operation (page 171).
Operating Electronic Locking
Differential with Spare or
Mismatched Tires
The size of the spare tire can affect the
performance of the electronic locking
differential system. When there is a
significant size difference between the two
rear tires, you could have limited electronic
locking differential functionality. If your
electronic locking differential has difficulty
disengaging, release your accelerator pedal
and turn the steering wheel in the opposite
direction while rolling forward.
Note: We recommend that you engage and
disengage the electronic locking differential
when stopped, and a spare tire is mounted
on the rear axle.
162
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Rear Axle
Electronic Locking Differential Engagement Speed and Availability
Automatic Re-
Engagement Speed
Automatic Disen-
gage Speed
Engagement SpeedTerrain Modes (4X4
Modes
20 mph (30 km/h)25 mph (41 km/h)20 mph (30 km/h)Normal (2H, 4H)
20 mph (30 km/h)25 mph (41 km/h)20 mph (30 km/h)grass/Gravel/Snow
(4H)
20 mph (30 km/h)25 mph (41 km/h)20 mph (30 km/h)Mud/Ruts (4H)
55 mph (90 km/h)60 mph (100 km/h)55 mph (90 km/h)Sand (4H)
Automatic Re-
Engagement Speed
Automatic Disen-
gage Speed
Engagement Speed4X4 Mode
No set SpeedNo set SpeedNo set Speed4L
163
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Rear Axle
GENERAL INFORMATION
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out and an
authorized dealer should check them. If the
vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder
in the steering wheel while braking, an
authorized dealer should check your vehicle.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear and does not contribute to
brake noise. See Cleaning the Wheels
(page 277).
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
Brake Over Accelerator
In the event the accelerator pedal
becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady
and firm pressure to the brake pedal to
slow the vehicle and reduce engine power.
If you experience this condition, apply the
brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe
stop. Switch the engine off, move the
transmission to park (P) and apply the
parking brake. Inspect the accelerator
pedal and the area around it for any items
or debris that may be obstructing its
movement. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
Emergency Brake Assist
Emergency brake assist detects when you
brake heavily by measuring the rate at
which you press the brake pedal. It
provides maximum braking efficiency as
long as you press the pedal. Emergency
brake assist can reduce stopping distances
in critical situations.
Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
This lamp momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on. If the light does not
illuminate during start up, remains on or
flashes, the anti-lock braking system may
be disabled. Have the system checked by
an authorized dealer. If the anti-lock brake
system is disabled, normal braking is still
effective.
See Warning Lamps and Indicators
(page 86).
Note: Indicators vary depending on region.
E270480
This lamp also illuminates
momentarily when you switch
the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not
illuminate when you switch the
ignition on, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer. If the brake warning
lamp illuminates with the parking brake
released, have the system checked
immediately.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
164
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Brakes
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal may pulse and may travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You
may also hear a noise from the system. This
is normal.
PARKING BRAKE
Vehicles With Automatic
Transmission
WARNING: Always set the parking
brake fully and leave your vehicle with
the transmission selector lever in
position P.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill move the transmission selector
lever to position P and turn the steering
wheel away from the curb.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill move the transmission
selector lever to position P and turn the
steering wheel toward the curb.
Vehicles With Manual
Transmission
WARNING: Always set the parking
brake fully.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill select first gear and turn the
steering wheel away from the curb.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill select reverse gear and turn
the steering wheel toward the curb.
All Vehicles
Note: Do not press the release button while
pulling the lever up.
To apply the parking brake:
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its
fullest extent.
To release the parking brake:
1. Press the brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the lever up slightly.
3. Press the release button and push the
lever down.
HILL START ASSIST
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in
your vehicle when the system turns on.
At all times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system will turn
off if a malfunction is apparent or if you
rev the engine excessively. Failure to take
care may result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
When the system is active, your vehicle
remains stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows time to move your foot
from the brake to the accelerator pedal.
The system releases the brakes
automatically once the engine has
165
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Brakes
developed sufficient torque to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space.
The system activates on any slope that
causes your vehicle to roll.
Note: There is no warning light to indicate
the system is either on or off.
Using Hill Start Assist
1. Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed and shift into
first gear when facing uphill or reverse
(R) when facing downhill.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system activates
automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle remains on
the slope without rolling away for
about two to three seconds. This hold
time automatically extends if you are
in the process of driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
system releases the brakes
automatically.
Note: When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal and press the pedal again when
the system is active, you will experience
significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This
is normal.
Switching the System On and Off
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the
information display. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off.
When you switch the ignition on, the
system automatically turns on.
166
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Brakes
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
USING TRACTION CONTROL
WARNING: The stability and
traction control light illuminates steadily
if the system detects a failure. Make sure
you did not manually disable the traction
control system using the information
display controls or the switch. If the
stability control and traction control light
is still illuminating steadily, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer
immediately. Operating your vehicle with
the traction control disabled could lead
to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
Switching the System Off
E166706
The switch for the stability and traction
control system is on the console.
When you switch the system off, a
message and an illuminated icon appear
on the instrument cluster.
Use the switch again to return the traction
control system to normal operation.
Your vehicle may have MyKey restrictions
regarding this feature. See Principle of
Operation (page 57).
System Indicator Lights and
Messages
E138639
The stability and traction control
light temporarily illuminates on
engine start-up and flashes:
• When a driving condition activates
either of the systems.
• If a problem occurs in either of the
systems.
E130458
The stability and traction control
off light temporarily illuminates
on engine start-up and stays on:
• When you switch the traction control
system off.
• When you select an alternative stability
control mode.
167
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: Vehicle modifications
involving braking system, aftermarket
roof racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic
stability control system. In addition,
installing any stereo loudspeakers may
interfere with and adversely affect the
electronic stability control system. Install
any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as
far as possible from the front center
console, the tunnel, and the front seats
in order to minimize the risk of interfering
with the electronic stability control
sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of
the electronic stability control system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that even
advanced technology cannot defy the
laws of physics. It's always possible to
lose control of a vehicle due to
inappropriate driver input for the
conditions. Aggressive driving on any
road condition can cause you to lose
control of your vehicle increasing the risk
of personal injury or property damage.
Activation of the electronic stability
control system is an indication that at
least some of the tires have exceeded
their ability to grip the road; this could
reduce the operator's ability to control
the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss
of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your
electronic stability control system
activates, SLOW DOWN.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
If the stability control or traction control
system detects a fault, the following may
occur:
• The stability and traction control light
illuminates steadily.
• The stability control and traction
control systems do not enhance your
vehicle's ability to maintain traction of
the wheels.
If the stability control or traction control
system activates, the following may occur:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
• A vibration in the brake pedal.
• The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
• If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake pedal, the
pedal may move as the system applies
higher brake force.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle.
Electronic Stability Control
The system helps to prevent your vehicle
skidding or laterally sliding by individually
applying the brakes to one or more wheels
and, if necessary, reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
The system helps to prevent rollovers by
detecting your vehicle's roll motion, and
individually applying the brakes to one or
more wheels.
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle's ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Using Traction Control (page 167).
168
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Stability Control
E72903
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
USING STABILITY CONTROL
AdvanceTrac™ with Roll Stability
Control™ (RSC™)
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
E277072
You can switch the electronic stability
control systems off.
When you shift the transmission into
reverse (R), the systems are disabled.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on independently. See Using
Traction Control (page 167).
AdvanceTrac with RSC Features
Traction
control system
Electronic
stability
control
Roll stability
control
Stability
control OFF
light
Button func-
tions
EnabledEnabledEnabledIlluminated
during bulb
check
Default at start-
up
DisabledEnabledEnabledIlluminatedButton pressed
momentarily
DisabledDisabled
After Enabled
1
IlluminatedButton pressed
and held for
more than 5
seconds
169
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Stability Control
AdvanceTrac with RSC Features
EnabledEnabledEnabledNot illuminatedButton pressed
again after
deactivation
DisabledDisabled
Enabled
1
IlluminatedTransfer case
switched to
4WD Low
1
Roll Stability Control is disabled in the Sand Terrain Mode.
170
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Stability Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Using the Terrain Management
System
The terrain management system optimizes
drivability and comfort by maximizing
traction when operating on different types
of terrain.
E282969
Press the TM button on the center console
to choose between the following modes:
Note: Changing terrain modes could
automatically change your 4X4 setting for
optimal performance.
E283048
Normal - For on-road
conditions. Select this mode
before driving on surfaces which
are similar to a hard road surface or once
the need for a special mode has passed.
Note: This is the default when you switch
on your vehicle and whenever you select 4x2
via the four-wheel drive control.
E283044
Grass/Gravel/Snow - For
off-road conditions. Select this
mode where loose or slippery
material such as packed snow, ice, grass,
or a thin layer of gravel or sand covers a
firm surface. If your vehicle cannot gain
traction in deep snow, switching off the
traction control system could help.
Note: Make sure you switch traction control
back on when you regain traction.
E225313
Mud/Ruts - For off-road
conditions. Select this mode for
muddy, rutted, soft or uneven
terrain.
E283037
Sand - For off-road conditions.
Select this mode in soft dry sand
or deep gravel. If crossing wet
sand that could be sufficiently deep
enough for the wheels to sink into the
surface, select Mud/Ruts mode.
Note: The Grass/Gravel/Snow, Sand and
Mud/Ruts modes are for off-road use only.
Note: The curve control portion of the
AdvanceTrac® system is unavailable when
you select Sand or Mud/Ruts. If the system
becomes inoperable, selecting some modes
may not be possible and a message
displays. If it becomes inoperable due to a
system fault, all of the mode indicators on
the control turn off and one of the following
messages appears in the information
display:
TERRAIN MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FAULT
Switching the engine on and off may clear
the fault. If that does not work, have the
system serviced by an authorized dealer.
MODE CHANGE NOT ACCEPTED,
RETRY
This mode change cannot be made at the
time of your request. Try the mode change
again.
Off-road Screen
You can continuously monitor the
real-time status of your vehicle's off-road
systems using the information display.
171
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Terrain Control (If Equipped)
Note: Operating your vehicle in any of the
off-road modes does not guarantee that it
cannot become stuck in sand, snow or mud
or other debris. It is your responsibility to
assess off-road situations and determine if
the terrain is passable.
Transfer Case Availability
SandMud/RutsGrass/Gravel/
Snow
Normal
1
Drive selection
/ Terrain mode
Not AvailableNot AvailableNot AvailableAvailable4x2
AvailableAvailableAvailableAvailable4x4 High
AvailableAvailableAvailableAvailable4x4 Low
1
Default Terrain Mode across ignition cycles.
172
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Terrain Control (If Equipped)
ABOUT TRAIL CONTROL
WARNING: The system does not
control speed in low traction conditions
or extremely steep slopes. The system
is designed to be an aid and does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you
leave your vehicle, always apply the
parking brake and shift the transmission
into park (P) for automatic transmission
or first gear for manual transmission.
Trail control lets you focus on steering
during low-speed and off-road use by
controlling your vehicle's acceleration and
braking.
You can use trail control under the
following speeds:
• 20 mph (31 km/h) in two-wheel or
four-wheel drive high range.
• 10 mph (15 km/h) in four-wheel drive
low range.
• 5 mph (8 km/h) in reverse (R).
You may hear a noise from the anti-lock
brake system pump motor when you use
the system. This is normal.
SWITCHING TRAIL CONTROL
ON AND OFF
E272858
Press the button.
The system switches off if you press the
button again or exceed 42 mph (68 km/h).
SETTING THE TRAIL CONTROL
SPEED
Note: The buttons are on the steering
wheel.
Drive to your preferred speed.
Press button to increase the set
current speed.
Press button to decrease the set
current speed.
Note: The indicator changes color.
You can adjust the set speed in small or
large increments. Press the toggle button
upward or downward once to adjust the
set speed in small increments. Press and
hold the toggle button upward or
downward to adjust the set speed in large
increments.
You can also adjust the set speed by
braking.
Note: Pressing the brake pedal does not
switch off the system.
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
E265298
Press the button.
TRAIL CONTROL INDICATORS
E272858
173
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Trail Control
TRAIL CONTROL – TROUBLESHOOTING
Trail Control – Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays when you must reduce your vehicle speed to
use trail control.
Reduce Speed To Enter Trail
Control
Displays when you must release the park brake to use
trail control.
Trail Control Not Available with
Park Brake Applied
Displays when you must switch off the trailer backup
assist to use trail control.
Trail Control Not Available
While Pro Trailer Backup
Assist™ Active
Displays when you successfully enabled trail control
and can set a speed with the SET+ or SET- control.
Trail Control Enabled Use SET
Button to Set Speed
Displays when a system fault has occurred when trail
control was active and the driver must resume control.
Trail Control Off Driver Resume
Control
Displays when the system has turned off.Trail Control Off
Displays when a system fault is present. See the trail
control section in your Owner's Manual.
Trail Control Fault See Manual
Displays when you must be in drive (D), neutral (N) or
reverse (R) to use trail control.
Trail Control To Activate Select
Gear
Displays when you must switch the cruise control off
to use trail control.
Trail Control Not Available with
Cruise Control Active
Displays when you must close the driver door to use
trail control.
Trail Control Not Available with
Driver Door Open
Displays when the system detects you may be stuck
in sand and turns trail control on to the lowest set
speed.
Set Trail Control to 2 km/h to
Aid in Getting Unstuck in Sand
You switched Descent Control off, causing the system
to turn trail control propulsion off. The vehicle still
brakes if descending a hill. You must press the trail
control switch to reset the system and switch it off.
You can press the switch again to switch this system
on.
Descent Control Now Active
Press Trail Control Switch To
Exit
174
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Trail Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in
reverse (R) and when using the sensing
system.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control
systems, inclement weather, air brakes,
external motors and fans may affect the
correct operation of the sensing
system.This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects,
particularly those close to the ground.
Note: If your vehicle has MyKey™, the
sensing system cannot be switched off
when a MyKey™ is present. See Principle
of Operation (page 57).
Note: Keep the sensors on the bumper or
fascia free from snow, ice and large
accumulations of dirt. If the sensors are
covered, the system’s accuracy can be
affected. Do not clean the sensors with
sharp objects.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to
the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned
or bent, the sensing zone may be altered
causing inaccurate measurement of
obstacles or false alerts.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts. For example, large trailer
hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
that may block the normal detection zone
of the system. Remove the add-on device
to prevent false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer to your
vehicle, the rear parking aid may detect the
trailer and therefore provide an alert. Disable
the rear parking aid when you connect a
trailer to prevent the alert.
The sensing system warns the driver of
obstacles within a certain range of your
vehicle. The system turns on automatically
whenever you switch the ignition on.
You can switch the system off through the
information display menu or from the
pop-up message that appears once you
shift the transmission into reverse (R). See
General Information (page 90). If your
vehicle has a parking aid button, you can
switch the system off by pressing the
button.
If a fault is present in the system, a warning
message appears in the information
display. See Information Messages
(page 98).
REAR PARKING AID (IF EQUIPPED)
The rear sensors are only active when the
transmission is in reverse (R). As your
vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the
rate of the audible warning increases.
When the obstacle is less than 12 in
(30 cm) away, the warning sounds
continuously. If the system detects a
stationary or receding object farther than
12 in (30 cm) from the corners of the
bumper, the tone sounds for only three
seconds. Once the system detects an
object approaching, the warning sounds
again.
175
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Parking Aids
E130178
Coverage area of up to 6 ft (1.8 m) from
the rear bumper. There may be decreased
coverage area at the outer corners of the
bumper.
The system detects certain objects while
the transmission is in reverse (R):
• Your vehicle is moving toward a
stationary object at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is not moving, but a
moving object is approaching the rear
of your vehicle at a speed of 3 mph
(5 km/h) or less.
• Your vehicle is moving at a speed of
less than 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving
object is approaching the rear of your
vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph
(5 km/h).
The system provides audio warnings only
when your vehicle is moving or when your
vehicle is stationary and the detected
obstacle is less than 12 in (30 cm) away
from the bumper.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
The system provides obstacle distance
indication through the information display.
The distance indicator displays when the
transmission is in reverse (R).
The indicator displays:
• As the distance to the obstacle
decreases the indicator blocks
illuminate and move towards the
vehicle icon.
• If there is no obstacle detected, the
distance indicator blocks are greyed
out.
FRONT PARKING AID (IF EQUIPPED)
The front sensors are active when the
transmission is in any position other than
park (P) and your vehicle is traveling at low
speed.
E187330
Coverage area of up to 28 in (70 cm) from
the front bumper. The coverage area
decreases at the outer corners.
When your vehicle approaches an object,
a warning tone sounds. When your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the warning
tone repeat rate increases. The warning
tone sounds continuously when an object
is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the front
bumper.
176
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Parking Aids
You can switch the system off through the
information display menu or from the
pop-up message that appears once you
shift the transmission into reverse (R). See
General Information (page 90). If your
vehicle has a parking aid button, you can
switch the system off by pressing the
button.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
The system provides obstacle distance
indication through the information display.
The indicator displays:
• As the distance to the obstacle
decreases the indicator blocks
illuminate and move towards the
vehicle icon.
• If there is no obstacle detected, the
distance indicator blocks turn grey.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the
front sensing system provides audio
warnings when your vehicle is moving and
the detected obstacle is moving towards
your vehicle. Once the vehicle is stationary,
the audio warning stops after two seconds.
Visual indication is always present in
reverse (R).
If the transmission is in drive (D) or any
other forward gear (for example, low (L),
sport (S) or any forward gear in a manual
transmission), the front sensing system
provides audio and visual warnings when
your vehicle is moving below a speed of
5 mph (8 km/h) and an obstacle is inside
the detection area. Once the vehicle is
stationary, the audio warning stops after
two seconds and the visual indication
stops after four seconds. If the obstacles
detected are within 12 in (30 cm), the
visual indication remains on.
If the transmission is in neutral (N), the
system provides visual indication only
when your vehicle is moving at 5 mph
(8 km/h) or below and an obstacle is
inside the detection area. Once your vehicle
is stationary, the visual indication stops
after four seconds.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
WARNING: The rear view camera
system is a reverse aid supplement
device that still requires the driver to use
it in conjunction with the interior and
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close
to either corner of the bumper or under
the bumper, might not be seen on the
screen due to the limited coverage of the
camera system.
WARNING: Reverse your vehicle
slowly. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Use caution when the
rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo
door is ajar, the camera will be out of
position and the video image may be
incorrect. All guidelines disappear when
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: Use caution when
turning camera features on or off when
the transmission is not in park (P). Make
sure your vehicle is not moving.
The rear view camera system provides a
video image of the area behind your
vehicle.
177
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Parking Aids
During operation, lines appear in the
display which represent your vehicle’ s path
and proximity to objects behind your
vehicle.
E133364
The rear view camera is on the tailgate.
Using the Rear View Camera
System
The rear view camera system displays
what is behind your vehicle when you place
the transmission in reverse (R).
The system uses three types of guides to
help you see what is behind your vehicle:
• Active guidelines: Show the intended
path of your vehicle while reversing.
• Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path
your vehicle is moving in while reversing
in a straight line. This can be helpful
when backing into a parking space or
aligning your vehicle with another
object behind you.
• Centerline: Helps align the center of
your vehicle with an object (for
example, a trailer).
Note: If the image comes on while the
transmission is not in reverse (R), have the
system inspected by your authorized dealer.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what you are towing behind your vehicle.
This might not provide adequate coverage
as it usually provides in normal operation
and you might not see some objects. In
some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear
once you engage the trailer tow connector.
The camera may not operate correctly
under the following conditions:
• Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse
lamps are not operating.
• Mud, water or debris obstructs the
camera's view. Clean the lens with a
soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive
cleaner.
• The rear of your vehicle is hit or
damaged, causing the camera to
become misaligned.
Camera System Settings
You can access the rear view camera
system settings in the display screen. See
Settings (page 404).
Camera guidelines
Note: Active guidelines and fixed guidelines
are only available when the transmission is
in reverse (R).
Note: The centerline is only available if
active or fixed guidelines are on.
178
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Parking Aids
A B C D
F
E
E142436
Active guidelinesA
CenterlineB
Fixed guideline: Green zoneC
Fixed guideline: Yellow zoneD
Fixed guideline: Red zoneE
Rear bumperF
Active guidelines only show with fixed
guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn
the steering wheel to point the guidelines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position changes while reversing,
your vehicle might deviate from the original
intended path.
The fixed and active guidelines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guidelines do not
show when the steering wheel position is
straight.
Always use caution while reversing.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects are getting closer to
your vehicle as they move from the green
zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the
side view mirrors and rear view mirror to
get better coverage on both sides and rear
of your vehicle.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
E190459
The system provides an image of your
vehicle and the sensor zones. The zones
will highlight green, yellow and red when
the parking aid sensors detect an object in
the coverage area.
179
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Parking Aids
Manual Zoom
WARNING: When manual zoom
is on, the full area behind your vehicle
may not show. Be aware of your
surroundings when using the manual
zoom feature.
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: Only the centerline shows when you
enable manual zoom.
Selectable settings for this feature are
zoom in (+) and zoom out (-). Press the
symbol on the camera screen to change
the view. The default setting is zoom off.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only
active while the transmission is in reverse
(R).
Rear Camera Delay
Selectable settings for this feature are on
and off. The default setting for the rear
camera delay is OFF.
When shifting the transmission out of
reverse (R) and into any gear other than
park (P), the camera image remains in the
display until your vehicle speed reaches
6 mph (10 km/h). This occurs when the
rear camera delay feature is on.
180
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Parking Aids
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Cruise control lets you maintain a set
speed without keeping your foot on the
accelerator pedal. You can use cruise
control when your vehicle speed is greater
than 20 mph (30 km/h).
USING CRUISE CONTROL
WARNING: Do not use cruise
control on winding roads, in heavy traffic
or when the road surface is slippery. This
could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
WARNING: When you are going
downhill, your vehicle speed could
increase above the set speed. The
system does not apply the brakes.
Note: The system cancels if your vehicle
speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under
the set speed when driving uphill.
E266656
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel. See Cruise Control (page 67).
Switching Cruise Control On
Press ON.
E71340
The indicator appears in the
information display.
Setting the Cruise Speed
Drive to the speed you prefer.
Press to set the current speed.
Press to set the current speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color.
Changing the Set Speed
Press and release to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and release to decrease
the set speed in small
increments.
Press and hold either button to accelerate
or decelerate, respectively. Release the
button when you reach the speed you
prefer.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal until
you reach the speed you prefer. Press
either button.
Note: If you accelerate by pressing only the
accelerator pedal, the set speed does not
change. When you release the accelerator
pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that
you previously set.
Canceling the Set Speed
Press the button, or tap the
brake pedal to cancel the set
speed.
Note: The system remembers the set
speed.
181
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Resuming the Set Speed
Press to resume the set speed.
Switching Cruise Control Off
E265297
Press and release the button
when the system is in standby
mode or switch the ignition off.
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL
WARNING: Always pay close
attention to changing road conditions
when using adaptive cruise control. The
system does not replace attentive
driving. Failing to pay attention to the
road may result in a crash, serious injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not use the
adaptive cruise control when entering or
leaving a highway, on roads with
intersections or roundabouts or
non-vehicular traffic or roads that are
winding, slippery, unpaved, or steep
slopes.
WARNING: Do not use the system
in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy
rain, spray or snow.
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer that has
aftermarket electronic trailer brake
controls. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes
other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of
the system. Failure to do so may result
in a loss of vehicle control, which could
result in serious injury.
WARNING: Adaptive cruise control
may not detect stationary or slow
moving vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).
WARNING: Adaptive cruise control
does not detect pedestrians or objects
in the road.
WARNING: Adaptive cruise control
does not detect oncoming vehicles in the
same lane.
WARNING: Adaptive cruise control
is not a crash warning or avoidance
system.
WARNING: Do not use adaptive
cruise control with a snow plow blade
installed.
The system adjusts your vehicle speed to
maintain the set gap between you and the
vehicle in front of you in the same lane.
You can select four gap settings.
The system uses a radar sensor that
projects a beam directly in front of your
vehicle.
182
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
E266656
The adaptive cruise controls are on the
steering wheel.
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
On
E294678
Press and release the button.
E144529
The indicator, current gap setting
and set speed appear in the
information display.
E164805
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
Drive to the speed you prefer.
Press and release either button.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the information display.
E164805
A vehicle graphic illuminates if there is a
vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is
active, the speedometer may vary slightly
from the set speed displayed in the
information display.
Following a Vehicle
WARNING: When following a
vehicle, your vehicle does not decelerate
automatically to a stop, nor does your
vehicle always decelerate quickly
enough to avoid a crash without driver
intervention. Always apply the brakes
when necessary. Failing to do so may
result in a crash, serious injury or death.
WARNING: Adaptive cruise control
only warns of vehicles detected by the
radar sensor. In some cases there may
be no warning or a delayed warning. You
should always apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to do so may result in
a crash, serious injury or death.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and
you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive
cruise control may provide a small
temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Note: The brakes may emit noise when
applied by the system.
183
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
to maintain a preset gap distance. A
vehicle graphic illuminates in the
instrument cluster.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap
from the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates
to a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out
of the lane you are in.
• Your vehicle speed falls below 12 mph
(20 km/h).
• You set a new gap distance.
The system applies the brakes to slow your
vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
from the vehicle in front. The system only
applies limited braking. You can override
the system by applying the brakes.
If the system determines that its maximum
braking level is not sufficient, an audible
warning sounds, a message appears in the
information display and an indicator
flashes when the system continues to
brake. Take immediate action.
Setting the Gap Distance
You can decrease or increase the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front by pressing the gap control.
E263697
Press and release to decrease
the gap distance.
E263696
Press and release to increase the
gap distance.
E164805
The selected gap appears in the
information display as shown by the bars
in the image.
Note: The gap setting is time dependent
and therefore the distance adjusts with your
vehicle speed.
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings
Dynamic
behavior
Distance GapGraphic
display,
bars indic-
ated
between
vehicles
Sport.Closest.1
Normal.Close.2
Normal.Medium.3
Comfort.Far.4
Each time you switch the system on, it
selects the last chosen gap setting.
Overriding the Set Speed
WARNING: If you override the
system by pressing the accelerator
pedal, it does not automatically apply
the brakes to maintain a gap from any
vehicle ahead.
184
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
When you press the accelerator pedal, you
override the set speed and gap distance.
E144529
Use the accelerator pedal
normally to intentionally exceed
the set speed limit.
When you override the system, the green
indicator light illuminates and the vehicle
image does not appear in the information
display.
The system resumes operation when you
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a
lower speed if following a slower vehicle.
Changing the Set Speed
Press and release to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and release to decrease
the set speed in small
increments.
Press and hold either button to change the
set speed in large increments. Release the
button when you reach the speed you
prefer.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal until
you reach the speed you prefer. Press
either button.
The system may apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed displays continuously in the
information display when the system is
active.
Canceling the Set Speed
Press and release the button or
tap the brake pedal.
The set speed does not erase.
Resuming the Set Speed
Press and release the button.
Your vehicle speed returns to the
previously set speed and gap setting. The
set speed displays continuously in the
information display when the system is
active.
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of
the set speed and intend to return to it.
Automatic Cancellation
The system is not functional at vehicle
speeds below 12 mph (20 km/h). The
information display indicates low engine
speed, an audible alarm sounds and the
automatic braking releases if the vehicle
drops below this speed.
Automatic cancellation can also occur
when:
• The tires lose traction.
• You apply the parking brake.
Note: If the engine speed drops too low, an
audible warning sounds and a message
appears in the information display.
Automatic braking releases.
Hilly Condition Usage
Note: An audible alarm sounds and the
system shuts down if it applies brakes for
an extended period of time. This allows the
brakes to cool. The system functions
normally again when the brakes have
cooled.
Select a lower gear during prolonged
downhill driving on steep slopes, such as
mountainous areas, when the system is
active. In such situations, the system needs
additional engine braking to reduce the
load on the vehicle’s regular brake system
to prevent the brakes from overheating.
185
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
Off
E294678
Press and release the button
when the system is in standby
mode, or switch the ignition off.
Note: You erase the set speed and gap
setting when you switch the system off.
Detection Issues
WARNING: On rare occasions,
detection issues can occur due to the
road infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these
cases, the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening,
if required.
WARNING: If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
The radar sensor has a limited field of view.
It may not detect vehicles at all or detect
a vehicle later than expected in some
situations. The lead vehicle graphic does
not illuminate if the system does not
detect a vehicle in front of you.
E71621
Detection issues can occur:
When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.
A
With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect
these vehicles once they move
fully into your lane.
B
There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front
when driving into and coming out
of a bend or curve in the road.
C
In these cases, the system may brake late
or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and
take action when necessary.
If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the
radar-sensing zone may change. This could
cause missed or false vehicle detection.
186
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
Optimal system performance requires a
clear view of the road by the
windshield-mounted camera.
Optimal performance may not occur if:
• The camera is blocked.
• There is poor visibility or lighting
conditions.
• There are bad weather conditions.
System Not Available
Conditions that can cause the system to
deactivate or prevent the system from
activating when requested include:
• A blocked sensor.
• High brake temperature.
• A failure in the system or a related
system.
Blocked Sensor
E267381
A message displays if something obstructs
the radar signals from the sensor. The
sensor is in the lower grille. The system
cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does
not function when something blocks the
sensor.
Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is
behind a fascia panel.
Keep the front of your vehicle free of dirt,
metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors and aftermarket lights may also
block the sensor.
Possible Causes and Actions for This Message Displaying:
ActionCause
Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion.
The surface of the radar is dirty or
obstructed.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the radar to detect that it is free
from obstruction.
The surface of the radar is clean but the
message remains in the display.
Do not use the system in these conditions
because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the
radar signals.
187
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
ActionCause
Do not use the system in these conditions
because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
Water, snow or ice on the surface of the
road may interfere with the radar signals.
Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise
control.
You are in a desert or remote area with no
other vehicles and no roadside objects.
Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning with no
actual block. A false blocked condition either self clears, or clears after you restart your
vehicle.
Switching to Normal Cruise
Control
WARNING: Normal cruise control
will not brake when your vehicle is
approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected
and apply the brakes when necessary.
E71340
The cruise control indicator light
replaces the adaptive cruise
control indicator light if you
select normal cruise control. The gap
setting does not display, and the system
does not respond to lead vehicles.
Automatic braking remains active to
maintain set speed.
You can change from adaptive cruise
control to normal cruise control through
the information display.
188
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Cruise Control (If Equipped)
DRIVER ALERT (IF EQUIPPED)
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING: You are responsible
for controlling your vehicle at all times.
The system is designed to be an aid and
does not relieve you of your responsibility
to drive with due care and attention.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
WARNING: Take regular rest
breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for
the system to warn you.
WARNING: Certain driving styles
may result in the system warning you
even if you are not feeling tired.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all
limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the
road lane markings.
WARNING: If damage occurs in
the immediate area surrounding the
sensor, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by
us.
Note: The system may not operate correctly
if you modify the ride height.
Note: Keep the windshield free from
obstructions. For example, bird droppings,
insects, snow or ice.
Note: If the camera is blocked or if the
windshield is damaged, the system may not
function.
Note: If enabled in the menu, the system
activates at speeds above 40 mph
(64 km/h). When below the activation
speed, the information display informs the
driver that the system is unavailable.
E249505
The system automatically monitors your
driving behavior using various inputs
including the front camera sensor.
If the system detects that your driving
alertness is reduced below a certain
threshold, the system alerts you using a
chime and a message in the information
display.
USING DRIVER ALERT
Switching the System On and Off
Switch the system on or off using the
information display. See General
Information (page 90).
When active, the system monitors your
alertness level based upon your driving
behavior in relation to the lane markings
and other factors.
189
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
System Warnings
Note: The system does not issue warnings
below approximately 40 mph (64 km/h).
The warning system has two stages. First,
the system issues a temporary warning
that you need to take a rest. This message
only appears for a short time. If the system
detects further reduction in driving
alertness, it may issue another warning
that remains in the information display for
a longer time. You can press OK on the
steering wheel control to clear the warning.
System Display
When active, the system runs
automatically in the background and only
issues a warning if required. You can view
the status at any time using the
information display. See General
Information (page 90).
The alertness level is shown by six steps
in a colored bar.
E131358
The current assessment of your alertness
is within a typical range.
E131359
The current assessment of your alertness
indicates that you should rest as soon as
safely possible.
The status bar travels from left to right as
the calculated alertness level decreases.
As the meter approaches the rest icon, the
color turns from green to yellow to red.
The yellow position indicates the first
warning is active and the red position
indicates the second warning is active.
Note: If you have recently received a
warning, you should consider resting, even
if the current assessment is within the
typical range.
Note: If the camera sensor cannot track the
road lane markings, or if your vehicle speed
drops below approximately 40 mph
(64 km/h), the alertness level changes to
grey for a short time and the information
display informs you that the system is
unavailable.
Resetting the System
You can reset the system by either:
• Switching the ignition off and on.
• Stopping the vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver’s door.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: You are responsible
for controlling your vehicle at all times.
The system is designed to be an aid and
does not relieve you of your responsibility
to drive with due care and attention.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always drive with due
care and attention when using and
operating the controls and features on
your vehicle.
190
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all
limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the
road lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in
a false or missed warning.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from
obstruction.
WARNING: If damage occurs in
the immediate area surrounding the
sensor, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by
us.
Note: The system works above 40 mph
(64 km/h).
Note: The system works as long as the
camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: When you select aid or alert and aid
mode and the system detects no steering
activity for a short period, the system alerts
you to put your hands on the steering wheel.
The system may detect a light grip or
touch on the steering wheel as hands off
driving.
Note: The system may not function with a
blocked camera, or if the windshield is
damaged or dirty.
E249505
When you switch the system on and it
detects an unintentional drift out of your
lane is likely to occur, the system notifies
or assists you to stay in your lane through
the steering system and information
display. In Alert mode, the system provides
a warning by vibrating the steering wheel.
In Aid mode, the system provides steering
assistance by gently counter steering your
vehicle back into the lane.
When the system is functioning in the
combined Alert and Aid mode, the system
first provides steering assistance by gently
counter steering your vehicle back into the
lane, followed by a warning that vibrates
the steering wheel if the vehicle is still out
of the lane markings.
Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system on or off setting is stored
until it is manually changed, unless a MyKey
is detected. If the system detects a MyKey,
it defaults to on and the mode sets to alert.
191
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
E299637
Press the button on the direction indicator
stalk to switch the system on or off.
System Settings
The system has optional setting menus
available. The system stores the last
known selection for each of these settings.
You do not need to readjust your settings
each time you switch the system on.
Mode: This setting allows you to select
which of the system features you can
enable.
E165515
Alert only – Provides a steering wheel
vibration when the system detects an
unintended lane departure.
E165516
Aid only – Provides steering assistance
toward the lane center when the system
detects an unintended lane departure.
E165517
AlertA
AidB
Alert + Aid – Provides steering assistance
toward the lane center.
If your vehicle continues drifting out of the
lane after the lane keeping aid corrects the
vehicle, the system provides a steering
wheel vibration.
Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate
general zone coverage. They do not provide
exact zone parameters.
Intensity: This setting affects the intensity
of the steering wheel vibration used for the
alert and alert + aid modes. This setting
does not affect the aid mode.
192
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
• Low.
• Normal.
• High.
System Display
E151660
If you switch the system on in alert mode,
an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane
markings appears in the information
display.
If you switch the system on in aid or alert
and aid mode, a separate white icon also
appears, or in some vehicles arrows display
with the lane markings.
When you switch off the system, the lane
marking graphics do not display.
While the system is on, the color of the
lane markings change to indicate the
system status.
Grey: Indicates that the system is
temporarily unable to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated side. This
may be because:
• Your vehicle is under the activation
speed.
• Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
• The road has no or poor lane markings
in the camera field-of-view.
• The camera is obscured or unable to
detect the lane markings due to
environmental, traffic or vehicle
conditions. For example, significant sun
angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or
fog, following a large vehicle that is
blocking or shadowing the lane or poor
headlamp illumination.
See Troubleshooting for additional
information.
Green: Indicates that the system is
available or ready to provide a warning or
intervention on the indicated side.
Yellow: Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a lane
keeping aid intervention.
Red: Indicates that the system is providing
or has just provided a lane keeping alert
warning.
The system can be temporarily suppressed
at any time by the following:
• Quick braking.
• Fast acceleration.
• Using the direction indicator.
• Evasive steering maneuver.
• Driving too close to the lane markings.
Troubleshooting
Why is the feature not available when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Your vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature.
The sun is shining directly into the camera lens.
A quick intentional lane change has occurred.
193
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
Why is the feature not available when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings.
Driving at high speeds in curves.
The last alert warning or aid intervention occurred a short time ago.
Ambiguous lane markings, for example in construction zones.
Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light.
Sudden offset in lane markings.
ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active.
There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield.
You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you.
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa.
There is standing water on the road.
Faint lane markings, for example partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads.
Lane width is too narrow or too wide.
The camera has not been calibrated after a windshield replacement.
Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads.
Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the
Aid or Alert and Aid mode?
High cross winds are present.
There is a large road crown.
Rough roads, grooves or shoulder drop-offs.
Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure.
The tires have been changed, or the suspension has been modified.
194
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not use the blind
spot information system as a
replacement for using the interior and
exterior mirrors or looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The
blind spot information system is not a
replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
E255695
The system is designed to detect vehicles
that may have entered the blind spot zone.
The detection area is on both sides of your
vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft
(4 m) beyond the rear bumper. The
detection area extends to approximately
59 ft (18 m) beyond the rear bumper when
the vehicle speed is greater than 30 mph
(48 km/h) to alert you of faster
approaching vehicles.
Note: The system does not prevent contact
with other vehicles. It is not designed to
detect parked vehicles, pedestrians, animals
or other infrastructures.
Using the Blind Spot Information
System
Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: The system does not operate in park
(P) or reverse (R).
Vehicles with Manual Transmission
The system turns on when all of the
following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: The system does not operate in
reverse (R).
System Lights and Messages
E142442
195
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
When the system detects a vehicle, an
alert indicator illuminates in the exterior
mirror on the side the approaching vehicle
is coming from. If you turn the direction
indicator on for that side of your vehicle,
the alert indicator flashes.
Note: The system may not alert you if a
vehicle quickly passes through the detection
zone.
Blocked Sensors
E280125
The sensors are inside the tail lamp on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
If the sensors become blocked, a message
may appear in the information display. See
Information Messages (page 98). The
alert indicators remain illuminated but the
system does not alert you.
Blind Spot Information System
with Trailer Tow (If Equipped)
E225007
The blind spot information system with
trailer tow is designed to aid you in
detecting vehicles that may have entered
the detection area zone (A). The detection
area is on both sides of your vehicle and
trailer, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to the end of your trailer.
When you attach a trailer and have set up
a blind spot trailer, the blind spot
information system with trailer tow
becomes active when driving forward
above 6 mph (10 km/h).
You can switch the system off in the
information display. See General
Information (page 90). If you switch the
blind spot information system off, blind
spot information system with trailer tow
automatically turns off.
196
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
Setting up a Blind Spot Trailer
E225008
Trailer lengthA
Trailer widthB
Trailer hitch ballC
You can set-up a trailer to work with the
system through the information display.
See General Information (page 90).
When setting up a trailer, a sequence of
screens appear asking for trailer
information.
• Select Trailer Screen: Trailer A, Trailer
B or Trailer C.
Select one of the trailers and press OK.
The menu goes to the next screen.
• Is the width less than 8.2 ft (2.5 m) and
length less than 33 ft (10 m)?
If no, the system turns off.
If yes, the menu goes to the next screen.
• Trailer width measurement:
The width of the trailer is measured at the
front of the trailer. It is not measured at the
widest point of the trailer. The maximum
width at the front of the trailer that the
system can support is 8.2 ft (2.5 m).
Note: You do not need to enter an exact
trailer width measurement. You only need
to confirm that the width of the trailer is
8.2 ft (2.5 m) or less.
• Trailer length measurement:
The trailer length is the distance between
the trailer hitch ball and the rear of the
trailer. The maximum length that the
system can support is 33 ft (10 m).
• Enter length of trailer:
Toggling up or down using the menu
buttons increases or decreases the
measurement by 3 ft (1 m). Select a length
that is equal to or within 3 ft (1 m) of the
actual measured length. For example, if
the actual measured length is 25 ft (7.6 m),
toggle the length in the menu to 27 ft
(8.2 m). When you enter the length of the
trailer, the system setup is saved.
Note: When you connect a trailer and do
not set up a Blind Spot Trailer, the system
turns off and a warning appears in the
instrument display.
Note: If the trailer is actually a bike rack or
cargo rack with electrical lighting, enter a
length of 3 ft (1 m). Cross Traffic Alert
remains on for trailers with a length of 3 ft
(1 m) or less.
Note: Proper measurement and
measurement entry is required for the
system to function as designed.
System Operation
If you select a trailer in the information
display prior to connecting a trailer, the
system loads that configuration and the
information display shows a message
when you connect the trailer. A second
message appears stating cross traffic alert
is off. The blind spot information system
with trailer tow still functions normally
when driving forward.
If you connect a trailer prior to selecting a
trailer in the information display, a
message appears asking you to select a
trailer from the list of trailers or to add a
trailer. In order for the blind spot
information system with trailer tow to
function, you must select an existing trailer
197
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
or add a new trailer. If you ignore the
request or if you exit the screen, a message
appears stating the system has turned off
due to a trailer connect. This message may
not appear until your vehicle speed reaches
22 mph (35 km/h).
The blind spot information system with
trailer tow activates when driving forward
for that particular trailer set up. If you cycle
the ignition, the blind spot information
system with trailer tow continues to
function using the last trailer you select.
Trailer Considerations
The system is designed to work with a
trailer with a front width of 8.2 ft (2.5 m)
or less, and a total length from the trailer
hitch ball to the rear of the trailer of 33 ft
(10 m) or less.
Some trailers may cause a slight change
in system performance:
• Large box trailers may cause false
alerts to occur when driving next to
infrastructures or near parked cars. A
false alert may also occur while making
a 90-degree turn.
• Trailers that have a width greater than
8.2 ft (2.5 m) at the front and have a
total length greater than 20 ft (6 m)
may cause delayed alerts when a
vehicle is passing at high speed.
• Box trailers that have a width greater
than 8.2 ft (2.5 m) at the front may
cause early alerts when you pass a
vehicle.
• Clam shell or V-Nose box trailers with
a width greater than 8.2 ft (2.5 m) at
the front may cause delayed alerts
when a vehicle traveling the same
speed as your vehicle merges lanes.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault, a warning
lamp illuminates and a message displays.
See Information Messages (page 98).
Switching the System On and Off
You can switch the system off using the
information display. See General
Information (page 90). When you switch
the system off, you do not receive alerts
and the information display shows a
system off message. The warning indicator
in the cluster also illuminates. When you
switch the system on or off, the alert
indicators flash twice.
Note: The system remembers the last
setting when you start your vehicle.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not use the cross
traffic alert system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
reversing out of a parking space. The
cross traffic alert system is not a
replacement for careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due
care and attention. Failure to take care
may result in a crash.
The system is designed to alert you of
vehicles approaching from the sides when
you shift into reverse (R).
198
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
Using the Cross Traffic Alert
System
The system is designed to detect vehicles
that approach with a speed up to 37 mph
(60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the
sensors are partially, mostly or fully
obstructed. Slowly reversing helps increase
the coverage area and effectiveness.
The system turns on when you start the
engine and you shift into reverse (R). The
system turns off when you shift out of
reverse (R).
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only
partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
199
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
E142441
Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at narrow angles. The sensor on
the left-hand side is mostly obstructed and
zone coverage on that side is severely
reduced.
System Lights, Messages and
Audible Alerts
E142442
When the system detects a vehicle, an
indicator illuminates in the exterior mirror
on the side the approaching vehicle is
coming from. A tone sounds and a
message appears in the information
display.
Blocked Sensors
E280125
The system uses radar sensors that are in
the tail lamp on each side of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors could affect system
performance.
200
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
If the sensors are blocked, a message may
appear in the information display when
you shift into reverse (R). See Information
Messages (page 98).
System Limitations
The system may not correctly operate
when any of the following occur:
• The sensors are blocked.
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
are obstructing the sensors.
• Vehicles approach at speeds greater
than 37 mph (60 km/h).
• The vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
False Alerts
Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a
factory equipped trailer tow module and it
is towing a trailer, the system turns off. If
your vehicle has a tow bar but no factory
equipped trailer tow module, we
recommend that you switch the system off
manually. Operating the system with a
trailer attached causes poor performance.
In certain instances, false alerts may
illuminate the alert indicator even though
there is no vehicle in the coverage zone.
Some amount of false alerts are normal,
they are temporary and self-correct.
System Errors
If the system detects a fault a message
displays. See Information Messages
(page 98).
Switching the System Off and On
You can temporarily switch the system off
using the information display. See General
Information (page 90). When you switch
system off, a message displays. See
Information Messages (page 98).
Note: The system turns on each time you
switch the ignition on and you shift into
reverse (R). If you temporarily switch the
system off, it turns on the next time you
switch the ignition on.
To permanently switch the system off,
contact an authorized dealer.
STEERING
Electric Power Steering
WARNING: The electric power
steering system has diagnostic checks
that continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays
in the information display. Stop your
vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Switch the ignition off. After at least 10
seconds, switch the ignition on and
watch the information display for a
steering system warning message. If a
steering system warning message
returns, have the system checked as
soon as possible.
WARNING: If the system detects
an error, you may not feel a difference in
the steering, however a serious condition
may exist. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible. Failure to do so may
result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power-assisted steering system. There is
no fluid reservoir to check or fill.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving (or if the ignition is turned
off), you can steer the vehicle manually,
but it takes more effort. Extreme
continuous steering may increase the effort
it takes for you to steer. This occurs to
prevent internal overheating and
permanent damage to your steering
system. If this should occur, you will neither
201
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
lose the ability to steer the vehicle
manually nor will it cause permanent
damage. Typical steering and driving
maneuvers will allow the system to cool
down and steering assist will return to
normal.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• An improperly inflated tire.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
A high crown in the road or high crosswinds
may also make the steering seem to
wander or pull.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST (IF
EQUIPPED)
WARNING: You are responsible
for controlling your vehicle at all times.
The system is designed to be an aid and
does not relieve you of your responsibility
to drive with due care and attention.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not
detect vehicles that are driving in a
different direction, cyclists or animals.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not
operate during hard acceleration or
steering. Failure to take care may lead
to a crash or personal injury.
WARNING: The system may fail
or operate with reduced function during
cold and severe weather conditions.
Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can
adversely affect the system. Keep the
front camera and radar free of snow and
ice. Failure to take care may result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: In situations where the
vehicle camera has limited detection
capability, this may reduce system
performance. These situations include
but are not limited to direct or low
sunlight, vehicles at night without tail
lights, unconventional vehicle types,
pedestrians with complex backgrounds,
running pedestrians, partly obscured
pedestrians, or pedestrians that the
system cannot distinguish from a group.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system cannot
help prevent all crashes. Do not rely on
this system to replace driver judgment
and the need to maintain a safe distance
and speed.
Note: To achieve full system performance,
you must break in the braking system. See
General Information (page 164).
Note: The warning indicator may flash for
a short period of time when you start your
vehicle.
Using the Pre-Collision Assist
System
The Pre-Collision Assist system is active
at speeds above approximately 3 mph
(5 km/h) and pedestrian detection is active
at speeds up to 50 mph (80 km/h).
202
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
E156130
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
another stationary vehicle, a vehicle
traveling in the same direction as yours, or
a pedestrian within your driving path the
system provides three levels of
functionality:
E255268
1. Alert
2. Brake Support
3. Active Braking
Alert: When active, the system provides a
flashing visual warning and an audible
warning sound.
Brake Support: Assists the driver in
reducing collision speed by preparing the
brake system for rapid braking. Brake
support does not automatically activate
the brakes, but if the driver presses the
brake pedal even lightly, brake support
could add additional braking up to full
force.
Active Braking: Active braking may
activate if the system determines that a
collision is imminent. The system may help
the driver reduce impact damage or avoid
the crash completely.
Note: If you perceive Pre-Collision Assist
alerts as being too frequent or disturbing,
then you can reduce the alert sensitivity,
though the manufacturer recommends
using the highest sensitivity setting where
possible. Setting lower sensitivity would
lead to fewer and later system warnings.
Distance Indication and Alert
This function provides a graphical
indication of the time gap to other
preceding vehicles traveling in the same
direction. The distance indication and alert
screen in the information display shows a
graphic similar to the one that follows.
E190004
If the time gap to a preceding vehicle is
small, a red visual indication displays to
the driver.
Note: Distance indication and alert
deactivates and the graphics do not display
when adaptive cruise control is active.
203
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
Time GapDistance GapGraphicsSensitivitySpeed
>0.9sec>82 ft (25 m)GreyNormal
62 mph
(100 km/h)
0.6sec - 0.9sec
56–82 ft
(17–25 m)
YellowNormal
62 mph
(100 km/h)
<0.6sec<56 ft (17 m)RedNormal
62 mph
(100 km/h)
Adjusting Pre-Collision Assist Settings
You can adjust alert and distance alert
sensitivity to one of three possible settings
by using the information display control.
See General Information (page 90).
You can switch the distance alert and
indication function off using the
information display controls. See General
Information (page 90).
If required, you can switch active braking
off using the information display controls.
See General Information (page 90).
Note: We recommend that you turn the
Pre-Collision Assist system off if you install
a snow plow or similar object in such a way
that it may block the radar sensor. Your
vehicle remembers the last selected setting
when you switch it off and then back on.
Blocked Sensors
E271779
If a message regarding a blocked sensor
or camera appears in the information
display, the radar signals or camera images
are obstructed. The radar sensor is located
behind a fascia cover near the driver side
of the lower grille. With an obstructed
radar, the Pre-Collision Assist system does
not function and cannot detect a vehicle
ahead. With the front camera obstructed,
204
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
the Pre-Collision Assist system does not
respond to pedestrians or stationary
vehicles and the system performance on
moving vehicles reduces. The following
table lists possible causes and actions for
when this message displays.
ActionCause
Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or remove the object causing the obstruc-
tion
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty
or obstructed in some way.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the radar to detect that there
is no obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean
but the message remains in the display.
The Pre-Collision Assist system is tempor-
arily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist should
automatically reactivate a short time after
the weather conditions improve.
Heavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering
with the radar signals.
The Pre-Collision Assist system is tempor-
arily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist should
automatically reactivate a short time after
the weather conditions improve.
Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface
of the road may interfere with the radar
signals.
Contact an authorized dealer to have the
radar checked for proper coverage and
operation.
Radar is out of alignment due to a front end
impact.
Clean the outside of the windshield in front
of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is
dirty or obstructed in some way.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the camera to detect that there
is no obstruction.
The windshield in front of the camera is
clean but the message remains in the
display.
Note: Proper system operation requires a
clear view of the road by the camera. Have
any windshield damage in the area of the
camera's field of view repaired.
Note: If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the radar sensing
zone may change. This could cause missed
or false vehicle detections. Contact an
authorized dealer to have the radar checked
for proper coverage and operation.
Note: If your vehicle detects excessive heat
at the camera or a potential misalignment
condition, a message may display in the
information display indicating temporary
sensor unavailability. When operational
conditions are correct, the message
deactivates. For example, when the ambient
temperature around the sensor decreases
or the sensor automatically recalibrates
successfully.
205
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Aids
LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle Loading - with and
without a Trailer
This section guides you in the
proper loading of your vehicle,
trailer, or both. Keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design
rating capability, with or without
a trailer. Properly loading your
vehicle provides maximum return
of vehicle design performance.
Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the
following terms for determining
your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the
vehicle’s Tire and Loading
Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload
Payload is the combined weight
of cargo and passengers that your
vehicle is carrying. The maximum
payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The
label is either on the B-pillar or the
edge of the driver door. Vehicles
exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and
loading label. Look for “The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum
payload. The payload listed on the
Tire and Loading Information label
206
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Load Carrying
is the maximum payload for your
vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional
equipment on your vehicle, you
must determine the new payload.
Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed
on the Tire and Loading label.
When towing, trailer tongue
weight or king pin weight is also
part of payload.
WARNING: The
appropriate loading capacity of
your vehicle can be limited either
by volume capacity (how much
space is available) or by payload
capacity (how much weight the
vehicle should carry). Once you
have reached the maximum
payload of your vehicle, do not
add more cargo, even if there is
space available. Overloading or
improperly loading your vehicle
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and vehicle rollover.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight
Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable
weight that a single axle (front or
rear) can carry. These numbers
are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label. The label is
located on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its Gross Axle
Weight Rating.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle.
This includes all options,
equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety
Compliance Certification label.
The label is located on the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver
seating position.
The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating.
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
207
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Load Carrying
WARNING: Exceeding the
Safety Compliance Certification
label vehicle weight limits can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight
Maximum loaded trailer weight is
the highest possible weight of a
fully loaded trailer the vehicle can
tow. Consult an authorized dealer
(or the RV and Trailer Towing
Guide available at an authorized
dealer) for more detailed
information.
GCWR (Gross Combined
Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable
weight of the vehicle and the
loaded trailer, including all cargo
and passengers, that the vehicle
can handle without risking
damage. (Important: The towing
vehicle’s braking system is rated
for operation at Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating, not at Gross
Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should
be used for safe control of towed
vehicles and for trailers where the
Gross Combined Weight of the
towing vehicle plus the trailer
exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating of the towing vehicle.
The gross combined weight must
never exceed the Gross Combined
Weight Rating.
Note: For trailer towing
information refer to the RV and
Trailer Towing Guide available at
an authorized dealer.
WARNING: Do not exceed
the GVWR or the GAWR
specified on the certification
label.
WARNING: Do not use
replacement tires with lower
load carrying capacities than the
original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and
GAWR limitations. Replacement
tires with a higher limit than the
original tires do not increase the
GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Exceeding any
vehicle weight rating can
adversely affect the
performance and handling of
your vehicle, cause vehicle
damage and can result in the
loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Steps for determining the
correct load limit:
1. Locate the statement "The
combined weight of occupants
and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
208
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Load Carrying
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight
of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lb. and there will
be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and
luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a
trailer, load from your trailer
will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the
available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating
the available amount of cargo
and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You decide
to go golfing. Is there enough load
capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You
and four friends average 220
pounds (99 kilograms) each and
the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each.
The calculation would be: 1400 -
(5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100
- 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have
enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends
and your golf bags. In metric units,
the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) -
(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 -
67.5 = 72.5 kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a
1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo
and luggage capacity. You and
one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home
improvement store to finish that
patio you have been planning for
the past two years. Measuring the
inside of the vehicle with the rear
seat folded down, you have room
for twelve 100-pound
(45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to
transport the cement to your
home? If you and your friend each
weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms),
the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440
209
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Load Carrying
- 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do
not have enough cargo capacity
to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load
weight by at least 240 pounds
(104 kilograms). If you remove
three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load
calculation would be:1400 - (2 x
220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 -
900 = 60 pounds. Now you have
the load capacity to transport the
cement and your friend home. In
metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99
kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) =
635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms.
The above calculations also
assume that the loads are
positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload
the front or the rear gross axle
weight rating specified for your
vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
Special Loading Instructions
for Owners of Pick-up Trucks
and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING: When loading
the roof racks, we recommend
you evenly distribute the load,
as well as maintain a low center
of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with
higher centers of gravity, may
handle differently than unloaded
vehicles. Take extra precautions,
such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance,
when driving a heavily loaded
vehicle.
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS
Note: If you use a roof rack, the fuel
consumption of your vehicle is higher and
you may experience different driving
characteristics.
Note: Read and follow the manufacturer's
instructions when you are fitting a roof rack.
LOAD RETAINING FIXTURES (IF
EQUIPPED)
Tie Down Points
WARNING: Do not use the load
retaining fixtures for towing. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed the
maximum load rating of the load
retaining fixtures. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Check the load
retaining fixtures for damage before
using them. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
Note: Use the load retaining fixtures to
retain the loads within the loadspace. Using
the load retaining fixtures for any other
purpose may lead to vehicle damage.
210
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Load Carrying
Note: Exceeding the maximum load rating
of the load retaining fixtures may lead to
vehicle damage.
Note: The number of tie down points may
vary depending on your vehicle model.
E131643
Load Rating of the Tie Down Points: 661 lb
(300 kg).
211
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Load Carrying
TAILGATE LOCK
The tailgate lock can help prevent theft of
the tailgate.
E295939
Insert the ignition key into the tailgate lock.
Turn it to the left to lock the tailgate. Turn
it to the right to unlock the tailgate.
MANUAL TAILGATE
Note: Do not exceed the maximum
permissible tailgate load of 485 lb (220 kg).
Note: Vehicles with a tow bar or rear
bumper should not have the tailgate
lowered without the support cables in place.
Note: Make sure that you keep a firm grip
on the tailgate to prevent it from dropping
down.
Lowering the Tailgate
Note: Do not lower the tailgate if a load
bed extension is fitted.
Note: Maximum permissible load for a
tailgate with a load bed extension is 110 lb
(50 kg).
1
2
3
E135868
1. Raise the tailgate slightly.
2. Pull the support cable rearward.
3. Release the support cable from the
tailgate.
4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 to pull out the
support cable on the other side.
Note: Lower the tailgate for better ingress
or egress of the loads.
REMOVING THE TAILGATE
WARNING: Always properly
secure cargo to prevent shifting cargo or
cargo falling from the vehicle. Failure to
do so could result in compromised
vehicle stability and serious personal
injury to vehicle occupants or others.
You can remove the tailgate for more
loading room.
212
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Tailgate
E295026
1. Locate and disconnect the in-line
connector. It is under the pickup box
on the center right-hand side of the
vehicle near the spare tire.
2. There is a protective cap in the glove
box. Install it on the in-line connector
that remains under the pickup box.
3. Partially lower the tailgate. Carefully
feed the tailgate harness up through
the gap between the pickup box and
the bumper and place it out of the way
under the pickup box.
4. Lower the tailgate.
E163092
5. Use a screwdriver to gently pry the
spring clip on each connector past the
head of the support screw. Disconnect
the cable.
6. Disconnect the other cable.
E295025
7. Lift the tailgate to 45 degrees from
horizontal.
8. Lift the right side off its hinge.
E295024
9. Remove the tailgate from the left-hand
side hinge by sliding it to the right.
Reverse the steps to reinstall the tailgate.
213
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Tailgate
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNING: Do not exceed
the GVWR or the GAWR
specified on the certification
label.
WARNING: Towing trailers
beyond the maximum
recommended gross trailer
weight exceeds the limit of your
vehicle and could result in engine
damage, transmission damage,
structural damage, loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover
and personal injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed
the lowest rating capacity for
your vehicle or trailer hitch.
Overloading your vehicle or
trailer hitch can impair your
vehicle stability and handling.
Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not cut, drill,
weld or modify the trailer hitch.
Modifying the trailer hitch could
reduce the hitch rating.
WARNING: Do not exceed
the maximum vertical load on
the tow ball. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not tow a
trailer fitted with electric trailer
brakes unless your vehicle is
fitted with a compatible
aftermarket electronic trailer
brake controller. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in
the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
For additional information and
assistance, we recommend that
you contact an authorized
dealer.
Note: Your vehicle includes trailer
stability control if it has an
electronic stability program (ESP).
When towing a trailer:
• Obey country specific
regulations for towing a trailer.
• Do not exceed 62 mph
(100 km/h) even if a country
allows higher speeds under
certain conditions.
• Place loads as low as possible
and central to the axle of your
trailer. For best stability of the
trailer in an unladen vehicle,
place the load in the trailer
towards the nose within the
maximum nose load as this
gives the best stability. See
Recommended Towing
Weights (page 215).
214
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
• Reduce the stipulated
maximum permitted gross
combination mass by 10% for
every additional 1,000 ft
(300 m) in high altitude
regions above 1,000 ft
(300 m).
• Use a low gear when
descending a steep downhill
slope.
The stability of your vehicle to
trailer combination is dependent
on the quality of the trailer.
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
WARNING: Turning off trailer sway
control increases the risk of loss of
vehicle control, serious injury or death.
Ford does not recommend disabling this
feature except in situations where speed
reduction may be detrimental (such as
hill climbing), the driver has significant
trailer towing experience, and can control
trailer sway and maintain safe operation.
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Note: In some cases, if vehicle speed is too
high, the system may activate multiple
times, gradually reducing vehicle speed.
This feature applies your vehicle brakes at
individual wheels and, if necessary, reduces
engine power. If the trailer begins to sway,
the stability control light flashes and the
message TRAILER SWAY REDUCE
SPEED appears in the information display.
The first thing to do is slow your vehicle
down, then pull safely to the side of the
road and check for proper tongue load and
trailer load distribution. See Load
Carrying (page 206).
RECOMMENDED TOWING
WEIGHTS
WARNING: Towing trailers
beyond the maximum
recommended gross trailer
weight exceeds the limit of your
vehicle and could result in engine
damage, transmission damage,
structural damage, loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover
and personal injury.
Note: Certain states require
electric trailer brakes for trailers
over a specified weight. Be sure to
check state regulations for this
specified weight. The maximum
trailer weights listed may be limited
to this specified weight, as your
vehicle's electrical system may not
include the wiring connector
needed to use electric trailer
brakes.
215
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
Trailer Hitch Identification
Using the illustration that follows,
identify the type of trailer hitch on
your vehicle. This helps to
determine the correct towing
capacity.
E284302
Light Duty Trailer Hitch.1
Heavy Duty Trailer Hitch.2
Towing Capacities
If your vehicle has a light duty
trailer hitch, the maximum towing
capacity is 3,500 lb (1,588 kg).
If your vehicle has a heavy duty
trailer hitch, use the chart that
follows to find your towing
capacity.
216
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
Max Tow
With
Trailer
Brake
Max Tow
Without
Trailer
Brake
Gross
Combina-
tion Mass
FDRDriveBody Style
7,500 lb
(3,400 kg)
1,650 lb
(750 kg)
12,500 lb
(5,670 kg)
3.732WD
Super Cab
Chassis
7,500 lb
(3,400 kg)
1,650 lb
(750 kg)
12,150 lb
(5,510 kg)
3.732WD
Super Cab
7,500 lb
(3,400 kg)
1,650 lb
(750 kg)
12,400 lb
(5,620 kg)
3.734WD
7,500 lb
(3,400 kg)
1,650 lb
(750 kg)
12,250 lb
(5,555 kg)
3.732WD
SuperCrew
Cab
7,500 lb
(3,400 kg)
1,650 lb
(750 kg)
12,500 lb
(5,670 kg)
3.734WD
Trailer Nose Weight
Maximum Nose
Weight
Minimum Nose
Weight
Variant
350 lb (159 kg)
10% of the towed
weight
Light Duty Trailer Hitch
750 lb (340 kg)
10% of the towed
weight
Heavy Duty Trailer
Hitch
ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS
Follow these guidelines for safe towing:
• Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
• Consult your local motor vehicle laws
for towing a trailer.
• See the instructions included with
towing accessories for the proper
installation and adjustment
specifications.
• Service your vehicle more frequently if
you tow a trailer. See your scheduled
maintenance information. See
Scheduled Maintenance (page 436).
• If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives
you.
217
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
See Load limits in the Load Carrying
chapter for load specification terms found
on the tire label and Safety Compliance
label and instructions on calculating your
vehicle's load. See Load Limit (page 206).
Remember to account for the trailer
tongue weight as part of your vehicle load
when calculating the total vehicle weight.
Trailer Towing Connector
E193232
When attaching the trailer wiring connector
to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting
connector that works with the vehicle and
trailer functions. Some seven-position
connectors may have the SAE J2863 logo,
which confirms that it is the proper wiring
connector and works correctly with your
vehicle.
FunctionColor
Left turn signal and stop lampYellow
Ground (-)White
Electric brakesBlue
Right turn signal and stop
lamp
Green
Battery (+)
1
Orange
Running lightsBrown
Reverse lightsGrey
1
Your vehicle must recognize the trailer
before the trailer can receive power.
Safety Chains
Note: Do not attach safety chains to the
bumper. Always connect the safety chains
to the frame or hook retainers of your trailer
hitch.
Install trailer safety chains to the trailer
hitch as recommended by the
manufacturer. Cross the chains under the
trailer tongue and allow enough slack for
turning tight corners. Do not allow the
chains to drag on the ground.
E265060
If the trailer safety chain hook has a latch,
make sure the latch is fully closed.
218
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
Trailer Brakes
WARNING: Do not connect a
trailer's hydraulic brake system directly
to your vehicle's brake system. Your
vehicle may not have enough braking
power and your chances of having a
collision greatly increase.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you
install them properly and adjust them to
the manufacturer's specifications. The
trailer brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined
weight rating.
Separate functioning brake systems
are required for safe control of towed
vehicles and trailers weighing more
than 1500 lb (680 kg) when loaded.
Trailer Lamps
WARNING: Never connect any
trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail
lamp wiring; this may damage the
electrical system resulting in fire. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as
possible for assistance in proper trailer
tow wiring installation. Additional
electrical equipment may be required.
Trailer lamps are required on most towed
vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake
lights, turn signals and hazard lights are
working.
Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing up
to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer
combination before starting on a trip.
When turning, make wider turns so the
trailer wheels clear curbs and other
obstacles.
When Towing a Trailer
• Do not drive faster than 70 mph
(113 km/h) during the first 500 mi
(800 km).
• Do not make full-throttle starts.
• Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly
after you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
• When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
transmission in park (P) to aid engine
and transmission cooling and to help
A/C performance.
• Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed
control may turn off automatically
when you are towing on long, steep
grades.
• Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not apply the
brakes continuously, as they may
overheat and become less effective.
• If your transmission is equipped with a
Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use
this feature when towing. This provides
engine braking and helps eliminate
excessive transmission shifting for
optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
• If your vehicle is equipped with
AdvanceTrac with RSC, this system
may turn on during typical cornering
maneuvers with a heavily loaded trailer.
This is normal. Turning the corner at a
slower speed while towing may reduce
this tendency.
219
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
• If you are towing a trailer frequently in
hot weather, hilly conditions, at the
gross combined weight rating, or any
combination of these factors, consider
refilling your rear axle with synthetic
gear lubricant if the axle is not already
filled with it. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 315).
• Allow more distance for stopping with
a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
brake gradually.
• Avoid parking on a grade. However, if
you must park on a grade:
1. Turn the steering wheel to point your
vehicle tires away from traffic flow.
2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
3. Place the automatic transmission in
park (P).
4. Place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels. Chocks are not
included with your vehicle.
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
temporary or conventional spare tire. A
temporary spare tire is different in diameter
or width, tread-type, or is from a different
manufacturer than the road tires on your
vehicle. Consult information on the tire
label or Safety Compliance label for
limitations when using.
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or
Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to
rise above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher
than 6 in (15 cm) above the bottom
edge of the rear bumper.
Exceeding these limits may allow water to
enter vehicle components:
• Causing internal damage to the
components.
• Affecting driveability, emissions, and
reliability.
Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime
the rear axle has been submerged in water.
Water may have contaminated the rear
axle lubricant, which is not normally
checked or changed unless a leak is
suspected or other axle repair is required.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
WARNING: If your vehicle has a
steering wheel lock make sure the
ignition is in the accessory or on position
when being towed.
220
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
Emergency Towing
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies, a car-hauling
trailer or a flatbed transport vehicle, you
can flat-tow with all wheels on the ground,
regardless of the powertrain and
transmission configuration, under the
following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward for
towing in a forward direction.
• Place the transmission in neutral (N).
If you cannot move the transmission
into neutral (N), you may need to
override the gear shifter. See
Automatic Transmission (page 151).
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in
recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust
fumes from entering your vehicle. See
Climate Control (page 111).
Follow these guidelines if you have a need
for recreational towing, such as towing
your vehicle behind a motorhome. These
guidelines are designed to prevent damage
to your transmission.
You can put your vehicle in neutral tow for
recreational towing by placing the transfer
case in its neutral position and engaging
the four-wheel-down towing feature.
Perform the steps in the following section
after positioning your vehicle behind the
tow vehicle and properly securing them
together.
Note: Make sure you properly secure your
vehicle to the tow vehicle.
1. Put the ignition in the on position, but
do not start the engine. If your vehicle
has an ignition key, turn the key to the
on position. If your vehicle has
intelligent access, press the engine
START/STOP button once without
pressing the brake pedal.
2. Press and hold the brake pedal.
3. Rotate the four-wheel drive switch to
2H.
4. Shift the transmission to neutral (N).
5. Enable Neutral Tow by selecting
Settings in the information display
menu.
6. Then select Vehicle.
7. Then select Neutral Tow and follow
the instructions on screen.
Note: If successfully completed, the
information display shows NEUTRAL TOW
LEAVE IN N or Neutral Tow Enabled
Leave Transmission in Neutral. This
indicates that your vehicle is safe to tow
with all wheels on the ground.
Note: If you do not see the message in the
display, you must switch the ignition off and
perform the procedure again from the
beginning.
Note: You may hear an audible noise as the
transfer case shifts into its neutral position.
This is normal.
8. Leave the transmission in neutral (N)
and turn the ignition key as far as it can
go towards the off position. It does not
turn fully off when the transmission is
in neutral (N). If your vehicle has an
ignition key, you must leave the key in
the ignition when towing. To lock and
unlock your vehicle, use the keyless
entry keypad or an extra set of keys. If
221
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
your vehicle has intelligent access,
press the engine START/STOP button
once without pressing the brake pedal.
You do not need to leave your keys in
the vehicle. You can lock and unlock
your vehicle as you normally do.
9. Release the brake pedal.
WARNING: Do not disconnect the
battery during recreational towing. It
prevents the transfer case from shifting
properly and may cause the vehicle to
roll, even if the transmission is in park
(P).
WARNING: Shifting the transfer
case to its neutral position for
recreational towing may cause the
vehicle to roll, even if the transmission is
in park (P). It may injure the driver and
others. Make sure you press the foot
brake and the vehicle is in a secure, safe
position when you shift to neutral (N).
Note: Failing to put the transfer case in its
neutral position may damage vehicle
components.
Note: You can check the four-wheel-down
towing status at any time by opening the
driver door or by switching the ignition to the
accessory or on position and verifying the
confirmation message appears in the
cluster.
To exit four-wheel-down towing and return
the transfer case to the 2H position:
1. With your vehicle still properly secured
to the tow vehicle, switch the ignition
to the on position but do not start the
engine. If your vehicle has an ignition
key, turn the key to the on position. If
your vehicle has intelligent access,
press the engine START/STOP button
once without pressing the brake pedal.
2. Press and hold the brake pedal.
3. Shift the transmission out of neutral
(N) and into park (P).
4. Observe the messages on the
information display screen.
Note: If completed successfully, the
instrument cluster displays 4X2, and
Neutral Tow Disabled.
Note: If the indicator light and message do
not display, you must perform the procedure
again from the beginning.
Note: You may hear an audible noise as the
transfer case shifts out of its neutral
position. This is normal.
222
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Towing
BREAKING-IN
Tires
New tires need to be run-in for
approximately 300 mi (500 km). During
this time, you may experience different
driving characteristics.
Brakes and Clutch
Avoid heavy use of the brakes and clutch
if possible for the first 100 mi (150 km) in
town and for the first 1,000 mi (1,500 km)
on freeways.
Engine
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1,000 mi (1,500 km). Vary your speed
frequently and change up through the
gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Vehicles With a Diesel Engine
During the first 2,000 mi (3,000 km), you
may notice a ticking sound when your
vehicle slows down. This is due to
adjustments of your new diesel engine and
is normal.
ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Your fuel economy is affected by several
things, such as how you drive, the
conditions you drive under, and how you
maintain your vehicle.
You may improve your fuel economy by
keeping these things in mind:
• Accelerate and slow down in a smooth,
moderate fashion.
• Drive at steady speeds without
stopping.
• Anticipate stops; slowing down may
eliminate the need to stop.
• Combine errands and minimize
stop-and-go driving.
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
• Drive at reasonable speeds (traveling
at 55 mph [88 km/h] uses 15% less
fuel than traveling at 65 mph [105
km/h]).
• Keep the tires properly inflated and use
only the recommended size.
• Use the recommended engine oil.
• Perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
Avoid these actions; they reduce your fuel
economy:
• Sudden accelerations or hard
accelerations.
• Revving the engine before turning it off.
• Idle for periods longer than one minute.
• Warm up your vehicle on cold
mornings.
• Use the air conditioner or front
defroster.
• Use the speed control in hilly terrain.
• Rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving.
• Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a
trailer.
• Carry unnecessary weight
(approximately 1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is
lost for every 400 lb [180 kilogram] of
weight carried).
• Driving with the wheels out of
alignment.
Conditions
• Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a
trailer may reduce fuel economy at any
speed.
• Adding certain accessories to your
vehicle (for example bug deflectors,
rollbars, light bars, running boards, ski
racks or luggage racks) may reduce
fuel economy.
223
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Hints
• To maximize the fuel economy, drive
with the tonneau cover installed (if
equipped).
• Using fuel blended with alcohol may
lower fuel economy.
• Fuel economy may decrease with lower
temperatures during the first 5–10 mi
(12–16 km) of driving.
• Driving on flat terrain offers improved
fuel economy as compared to driving
on hilly terrain.
• Transmissions give their best fuel
economy when operated in the top
cruise gear and with steady pressure
on the gas pedal.
• Four-wheel-drive operation (if
equipped) is less fuel efficient than
two-wheel-drive operation.
• Close the windows for high-speed
driving.
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -13°F (-25°C).
OFF-ROAD DRIVING
Before going off-roading, consult with your
local governmental agencies to determine
designated off-road trails and recreation
areas. Also, be sure to understand any
off-road vehicle registration requirements
for the area in which you plan on driving.
Before taking your vehicle off-roading, a
basic vehicle inspection should be done to
make sure that the vehicle is in top working
condition.
Basic Off-road Driving Techniques
• Grip the steering wheel with thumbs
on the outside of the rim. This reduces
the risk of injury due to abrupt steering
wheel motions that occur when
negotiating rough terrain. Do not grip
the steering wheel with thumbs inside
the rim.
• Look ahead on your route noting
upcoming obstacles, surface texture
or color changes or any other factors
which may indicate a change in
available traction, and adjust the
vehicle speed and route accordingly.
• Always keep available ground
clearance in mind and pick a route that
minimizes the risk of catching the
underside of the vehicle on an obstacle.
• When negotiating low speed obstacles,
applying light brake pressure in
conjunction with the throttle helps
prevent the vehicle from jerking and
allows you to negotiate the obstacle
in a more controlled manner. Using 4L
also helps with this.
Crossing Obstacles
• Review the path ahead before
attempting to cross any obstacle. It is
best if the obstacle is reviewed from
outside the vehicle so that there is a
good understanding of terrain condition
both in front of and behind the
obstacle.
• If a large obstacle such as a rock
cannot be avoided, choose a path that
places the rock directly under the tire
rather than the undercarriage of the
vehicle. This helps prevent damage to
your vehicle.
224
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Hints
Hill Climbing
WARNING: Extreme care should
be used when steering the vehicle in
reverse down a slope so as not to cause
the vehicle to swerve out of control.
• Always attempt to climb a steep hill
along the fall line of the slope and not
diagonally.
• If the vehicle is unable to make it up
the hill, DO NOT attempt to turn back
down the slope. Place the vehicle in
low range and slowly back down in
reverse.
• When descending a steep slope, select
low gear and activate hill descent
control. Use the throttle and brake
pedals to control your descent speed
as described earlier in this section using
hill descent control. Hill descent control
is functional in reverse (R) and should
be used in this situation.
After Off-Road Driving
It is important to complete a full vehicle
inspection after off-road driving. Some
items to check include:
• Check the wheels and undercarriage
for a buildup of mud or debris, which
can cause vehicle vibration.
• Make sure that the grille and radiator
are clear of any obstructions that may
affect cooling.
• Make sure that the brakes are in proper
working order and free of any mud,
stones and debris, which can become
trapped around the brake rotor,
backing plate and caliper.
• Check that the air filter is clean and dry.
• Inspect for torn or punctured boots on
ball joints, half shafts, steering gears.
• Inspect exhaust system for damage or
looseness.
• Inspect undercarriage fasteners. If any
are loose or damaged, tighten or
replace and make sure that you use the
proper torque specification.
• Inspect the wheels for dents, cracks,
or other damage.
• Clear any debris from the exhaust
components. For example, grass or hay.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNING: Do not drive through
flowing or deep water as you may lose
control of your vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water,
check the depth. Never drive through water
that is higher than the bottom of the wheel
hubs.
E176913
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction may
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
225
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Hints
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Check that the horn works.
• Check that the exterior lights work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that
the steering power assist works.
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat
designed to fit the footwell of your
vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal
area. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot
move freely can cause loss of vehicle
control and increase the risk of serious
personal injury.
WARNING: Secure the floor mat
to both retention devices so that it
cannot slip out of position and interfere
with the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place
additional floor mats or any other
covering on top of the original floor mats.
This could result in the floor mat
interfering with the operation of the
pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Always make sure that
objects cannot fall into the driver foot
well while your vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped
under the pedals causing a loss of
vehicle control.
E142666
To install the floor mats, position the floor
mat eyelet over the retention post and
press down to lock in position.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to
make sure they are secure.
226
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company
offers a complimentary roadside
assistance program. This program is
separate from the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty.
The service is available:
• 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
• For the coverage period supplied with
your vehicle.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare
(except vehicles supplied with a tire
inflation kit).
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance (key replacement
cost is the customer's responsibility).
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall deliver up
to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L)
of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle.
Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery
service to two no-charge occurrences
within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft
(30 m) of a paved or county
maintained road, no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law, shall tow Ford
eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer
within 35 mi (56 km) of the
disablement location or to the nearest
authorized dealer. If a member
requests a tow to an authorized dealer
that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from
the disablement location, the member
shall be responsible for any mileage
costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).
• Roadside Assistance includes up to
$200 for a towed trailer if the disabled
eligible vehicle requires service at the
nearest authorized dealer. If the towing
vehicle is operational but the trailer is
not, then the trailer does not qualify for
any roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance
identification card and place it in your
wallet for quick reference. This card is in
the Owner's Manual kit.
United States vehicle customers who
require Roadside Assistance, call
1-800-241-3673.
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
for yourself, Ford Motor Company
reimburses a reasonable amount for
towing to the nearest dealership within
35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement
information, United States vehicle
customers call 1-800-241-3673.
Customers need to submit their original
receipts.
227
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Roadside Emergencies
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a
vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of
Canada, Limited offers a complimentary
roadside assistance program. This program
is eligible within Canada or the continental
United States.
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage
is concurrent with the powertrain coverage
period of your vehicle. Canadian roadside
coverage and benefits may differ from the
U.S. coverage.
If you require more information, please call
us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit
our website at www.ford.ca.
HAZARD FLASHERS
Note: The hazard flashers operate when
the ignition is in any position, or if the key is
not in the ignition. If used when the vehicle
is not running, the battery loses charge. As
a result, there may be insufficient power to
restart your vehicle.
The flasher control is on the
instrument panel. Use your
hazard flashers when your
vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other
motorists.
• Press the flasher control and all front
and rear direction indicators flash.
• Press the button again to switch them
off.
FUEL SHUTOFF
WARNING: If your vehicle has
been involved in a crash, have the fuel
system checked. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in fire, personal
injury or death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle
after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure
that various systems are safe to restart.
Once the vehicle determines the systems
are safe, then the vehicle allows you to
restart.
Note: In the event that your vehicle does
not restart after your third attempt, contact
a qualified technician.
The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of
fuel to the engine in the event of a
moderate to severe crash. Not every
impact causes a shutoff.
Should your vehicle shut off after a crash,
you may restart your vehicle.
If your vehicle has a key system:
1. Switch off the ignition.
2. Switch to start position.
3. Switch off the ignition.
4. Switch on the ignition to re-enable the
fuel pump.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1 through 4.
If your vehicle has a push button start
system:
1. Press START/STOP to switch off your
vehicle.
2. Press the brake pedal and
START/STOP to switch on your
vehicle.
3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal
and press START/STOP to switch off
your vehicle.
228
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Roadside Emergencies
4. You can attempt to start the vehicle
by pressing the brake pedal and
START/STOP, or press START/STOP
without pressing the brake pedal.
5. If the vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1 through 4.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNING: The gases around the
battery can explode if exposed to flames,
sparks, or lit cigarettes. An explosion
could result in personal injury or vehicle
damage.
WARNING: Batteries contain
sulfuric acid which can burn skin, eyes
and clothing, if contacted.
WARNING: Use only an
adequate-sized cable with insulated
clamps.
Preparing Your Vehicle
Note: Do not attempt to push-start your
automatic transmission vehicle. Automatic
transmissions do not have push-start
capability. Attempting to push-start a
vehicle with an automatic transmission may
cause transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your
vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the
disabled vehicle as this could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the
two vehicles do not touch. Turn all
accessories off.
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING: Do not attach the
cables to fuel lines, engine rocker covers,
the intake manifold or electrical
components as grounding points. Stay
clear of moving parts. To avoid reverse
polarity connections, make sure that you
correctly identify the positive (+) and
negative (-) terminals on both the
disabled and booster vehicles before
connecting the cables. Battery positions
may vary.
Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle
represents the booster vehicle.
4
2
1
3
E142664
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable
to the positive (+) terminal of the
discharged battery.
229
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Roadside Emergencies
2. Connect the other end of the positive
(+) cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the assisting battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the
negative (-) terminal of the assisting
battery.
E152134
4. Make the final connection of the
negative (-) cable to an exposed metal
part of the stalled vehicle's engine, or
connect the negative (-) cable to the
ground connection point, if available.
WARNING: Do not connect the
end of the second cable to the negative
(-) terminal of the battery to be jumped.
A spark may cause an explosion of the
gases that surround the battery.
Jump Starting
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and rev the engine moderately, or press
the accelerator gently to keep your
engine speed between 2000 and 3000
rpms, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. After starting the disabled vehicle, run
both vehicle engines for an additional
three minutes before disconnecting the
jumper cables.
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
4
1
3
2
E142665
1. Remove the jumper cable from the
ground metal surface or connecting
point, if available.
2. Remove the jumper cable on the
negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
3. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the booster
vehicle's battery.
4. Remove the jumper cable from the
positive (+) terminal of the disabled
vehicle's battery.
After starting your disabled vehicle and
removing the jumper cables, allow your
vehicle to idle for several minutes so the
battery can recharge.
230
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Roadside Emergencies
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a
professional towing service or, if you are a
member of a roadside assistance program,
your roadside assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. We do
not approve a slingbelt towing procedure.
If you tow your vehicle incorrectly, or by
any other means, vehicle damage may
occur.
We produce a towing manual for all
authorized tow truck operators. Have your
tow truck operator refer to this manual for
proper hook-up and towing procedures for
your vehicle.
Towing an all-wheel or four-wheel drive
vehicle requires that all wheels be off the
ground, such as using a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment. This prevents
damage to the transmission, all-wheel or
four-wheel drive system and vehicle.
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies, a car-hauling
trailer or a flatbed transport vehicle, you
can flat-tow with all wheels on the ground
under limited conditions. See Towing the
Vehicle on Four Wheels (page 220).
TOWING POINTS (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Using recovery hooks
is dangerous and should only be done by
a person familiar with proper vehicle
recovery safety practices. Improper use
of recovery hooks may cause hook failure
or separation from the vehicle and could
result in serious injury or death.
WARNING: Always slowly remove
the slack from the recovery strap prior
to pulling. Failure to do so can introduce
significantly higher loads which can
cause the recovery hooks to break off, or
the recovery strap to fail which can cause
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Never link two straps
together with a clevis pin. These heavy
metal objects could become projectiles
if the strap breaks and can cause serious
injury or death.
Your vehicle comes equipped with
frame-mounted front recovery hooks.
These hooks should never have a load
applied to them greater than the gross
vehicle weight rating of your vehicle.
231
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Roadside Emergencies
Before using recovery hooks:
• Make sure all attaching points are
secure and capable of withstanding
the applied load.
• Never use chains, cables or tow straps
with metal hook ends.
• Only use recovery straps that have a
minimum breaking strength two to
three times the gross vehicle weight of
the stuck vehicle.
• Make sure the recovery strap is in good
condition and free of visible cuts, tears
or damage.
• Use a damper device such as a tarp,
heavy blanket or piece of carpet
draped over the recovery strap to help
absorb the energy in the event the
strap breaks.
• Make sure the stuck vehicle is not
loaded heavier than its gross vehicle
weight rating specified on the
certification label.
• Always align the tow vehicle and stuck
vehicle in a straight line (within 10
degrees).
• Keep bystanders to the sides of the
vehicle, at a distance of at least twice
the length of the recovery strap. This
helps avoid injury from the hazard of a
recovery hook or strap breaking, or a
vehicle lurching into their path.
232
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Roadside Emergencies
GETTING THE SERVICES YOU
NEED
Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be
performed by an authorized dealer. While
any authorized dealer handling your vehicle
line will provide warranty service, we
recommend you return to your selling
authorized dealer who wants to ensure
your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs
require special training and equipment, so
not all authorized dealers are authorized
to perform all warranty repairs. This means
that, depending on the warranty repair
needed, you may have to take your vehicle
to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to
perform a repair after taking your vehicle
to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be
made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or
remanufactured or other parts that are
authorized by Ford.
Away From Home
If you are away from home when your
vehicle needs service, contact the Ford
Customer Relationship Center or use the
online resources listed below to find the
nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:
Mailing address
Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)
Additional information and resources are
available online:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
These are some of the items that can be
found online:
• U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name,
City/State or Zip Code.
• Owner Manuals.
• Maintenance Schedules.
• Recalls.
• Ford Extended Service Plans.
• Ford Genuine Accessories.
• Service specials and promotions.
In Canada:
Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
Website
www.ford.ca
Twitter
@FordServiceCA (English Canada)
@FordServiceQC (Quebec)
Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns, or are
unsatisfied with the service you are
receiving, follow these steps:
1. Contact your Sales Representative or
Service Advisor at your selling or
servicing authorized dealer.
233
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Customer Assistance
2. If your inquiry or concern remains
unresolved, contact the Sales Manager,
Service Manager or Customer Relations
Manager.
3. If you require assistance or clarification
on Ford Motor Company policies,
please contact the Ford Customer
Relationship Center.
In order to help us serve you better, please
have the following information available
when contacting a Customer Relationship
Center:
• Vehicle Identification Number.
• Your telephone number (home and
business).
• The name of the authorized dealer and
city where located.
• The vehicle’ s current odometer reading.
In some states within the United States,
you must directly notify Ford in writing
before pursuing remedies under your
state's warranty laws, and Ford is also
allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the
United States, a consumer has the option
of submitting a warranty dispute to the
BBB Auto Line before taking action under
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to
the extent allowed by state law, before
pursuing replacement or repurchase
remedies provided by certain state laws.
This dispute handling procedure is not
required prior to enforcing state created
rights or other rights which are independent
of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
state replacement or repurchase laws.
IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)
California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d)
requires that, if a manufacturer or its
representative is unable to repair a motor
vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s
applicable express warranty after a
reasonable number of attempts, the
manufacturer shall be required to either
replace the vehicle with one substantially
identical or repurchase the vehicle and
reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to
the actual price paid or payable by the
consumer (less a reasonable allowance
for consumer use). The consumer has the
right to choose whether to receive a refund
or replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b)
presumes that the manufacturer has had
a reasonable number of attempts to
conform the vehicle to its applicable
express warranties if, within the first 18
months of ownership of a new vehicle or
the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever
occurs first:
1. Two or more repair attempts are made
on the same non-conformity likely to
cause death or serious bodily injury OR
2. Four or more repair attempts are made
on the same nonconformity (a defect
or condition that substantially impairs
the use, value or safety of the vehicle)
OR
3. The vehicle is out of service for repair
of nonconformities for a total of more
than 30 calendar days (not necessarily
all at one time).
In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer
must also notify the manufacturer of the
need for the repair of the nonconformity
at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126
234
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Customer Assistance
You are required to submit your warranty
dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting
in court any rights or remedies conferred
by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b).
You are also required to use BBB AUTO
LINE before exercising rights or seeking
remedies created by the Federal
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C.
sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies
not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
THE BETTER BUSINESS
BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE
PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)
Your satisfaction is important to Ford
Motor Company and to your dealer. If a
warranty concern has not been resolved
using the three-step procedure outlined
earlier in this chapter in the Getting the
Services you need section, you may be
eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO
LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration.
During mediation, a representative of the
BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor
Company to explore options for settlement
of the claim. If an agreement is not reached
during mediation or you do not want to
participate in mediation, and if your claim
is eligible, you may participate in the
arbitration process. An arbitration hearing
will be scheduled so that you can present
your case in an informal setting before an
impartial person. The arbitrator will
consider the testimony provided and make
a decision after the hearing.
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within forty
days after you file your claim with the BBB.
You are not bound by the decision, and
may reject the decision and proceed to
court where all findings of the BBB Auto
Line dispute, and decision, are admissible
in the court action. Should you choose to
accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford
is then bound by the decision, and must
comply with the decision within 30 days
of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information provided below, please call or
write to request a program application.
You will be asked for your name and
address, general information about your
new vehicle, information about your
warranty concerns, and any steps you have
already taken to try to resolve them. A
Customer Claim Form will be mailed that
will need to be completed, signed and
returned to the BBB along with proof of
ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will
review the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by
calling BBB AUTO LINE at
1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE
3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center
at 1-800-392-3673.
For additional information refer to the
Better Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
235
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Customer Assistance
UTILIZING THE
MEDIATION/ARBITRATION
PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY)
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where
you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford
of Canada and the authorized dealer to
resolve a factory-related vehicle service
concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of
Canada participates in an impartial third
party mediation/arbitration program
administered by the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straight forward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
In the CAMVAP program, impartial
third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at
mutually convenient times and places in
an informal environment. These impartial
arbitrators review the positions of the
parties, make decisions and, when
appropriate, render awards to resolve
disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair,
and final as the arbitrator’s award is
binding on both you and Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For
more information, without charge or
obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial
Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685
or visit www.camvap.ca.
GETTING ASSISTANCE
OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND
CANADA
Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign
country, contact the appropriate foreign
embassy or consulate. These officials can
inform you of local vehicle registration
regulations and where to find unleaded
fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper
sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel
recommended for your vehicle, contact
our Customer Relationship Center.
The use of improper fuels in your vehicle
without proper conversion may damage
the effectiveness of your emission control
system and may cause engine knocking or
serious engine damage. Ford Motor
Company or Ford of Canada is not
responsible for any damage caused by use
of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may
also result in difficulty importing your
vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you
are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region,
Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands
and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the
Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. If
the authorized dealer cannot help you,
contact the corresponding Ford Customer
Assistance Center:
FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:
236
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Customer Assistance
E-mailFaxPhone
Customer Relation-
ship Center
apemcrc@ford.comN/AN/AAsia Pacific
expcac@ford.com-+1 313 594 4857
Caribbean and
Central America
menacac@ford.com971 4 3327 266
Ford
Middle East
80004443673
Lincoln
80004441067
UAE
80004441066
Saudi Arabia
8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell
phone users in Saudi
800850078
Kuwait
22280384
nafcrc@ford.comN/AN/ANorth Africa
prcac@ford.comN/A+1-800-841-3673
Puerto Rico and U.S.
Virgin Islands
ssacrc@ford.comN/AN/ASub-Saharan Africa
infokr1@ford.com or
infokr@lincoln.com
N/A+82-02-1600-6003South Korea
If you buy your vehicle in North America
and then relocate to any of the above
locations, register your vehicle
identification number (VIN) and new
address with Ford Global Trade Services
by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country,
contact the nearest authorized dealer. In
the event your inquiry is unresolved,
communicate your concern with the
dealership’s Sales Manager, Service
Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
If you require additional assistance or
clarification, please contact the respective
Customer Relationship Center as
previously listed.
Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.
237
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Customer Assistance
ORDERING ADDITIONAL
OWNER'S LITERATURE
To order the publications in this portfolio,
contact Helm, Incorporated at:
HELM, INCORPORATED
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call
toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, Incorporated can also be reached
by their website:
www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased
by credit card, check or money order.)
Obtaining a French Owner’s
Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained
from your authorized dealer or by
contacting Helm, Incorporated using the
contact information listed previously in this
section.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has
a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Ford Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Ford Motor
Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to
http://www.safercar.gov; or write
to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue,
Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
(CANADA ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
238
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Customer Assistance
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor-
vehicles.html (English)
Website
http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/signaler-defauts-vehicules-
automobiles.html (French)
Website
1–800–333–0510Phone
Ford of Canada Contact Information
www.ford.caWebsite
1–800–565-3673Phone
239
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Customer Assistance
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS
Left-Hand Drive
E264973
Pre-fuse box.A
Engine compartment fuse box.B
Passenger compartment fuse
box.
C
High current fuse box.D
Note: The passenger compartment fuse
box is on the right-hand side for right-hand
drive vehicles.
Pre-fuse Box
E206156
Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box in the
engine compartment attached to the
positive battery post. This box contains
several high current fuses. If replacement
of these high current fuses is required, see
an authorized dealer.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
E206157
WARNING: Always disconnect the
battery before servicing high current
fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the
cover to the power distribution box
before reconnecting the battery or
refilling fluid reservoirs.
The engine compartment fuse box has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads.
When you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you need to reset some features.
See Changing the 12V Battery (page 263).
Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover
to remove it.
240
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
High Current Fuse Box
E206158
Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box in the
engine compartment below the engine
compartment fuse box. This box contains
several high current fuses. If replacement
of these high current fuses is required, see
an authorized dealer.
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
E206167
The fuse box is behind the access cover on
the outermost side of the steering column.
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
WARNING: Always disconnect the
battery before servicing high current
fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the
cover to the power distribution box
before reconnecting the battery or
refilling fluid reservoirs.
The engine compartment fuse box has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads. When you disconnect and
reconnect the battery, you need to reset
some features. See Changing the 12V
Battery (page 263). Lift the release levers
at the rear of the cover to remove it.
241
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
E190797
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used.
15A
1
1
Starter motor solenoid relay.-2
Rain sensor.
5A
2
3
Blower motor relay.-4
Auxiliary power point 3 - console rear.
20A
1
5
Trailer park lamp relay.-6
Powertrain control module.
20A
2
7
Cannister vent solenoid.
20A
2
8
Fuel vapor shutoff valve.
Canister purge valve.
242
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Variable cam timing valve 1 and 2.
Heated oxygen sensors.
Powertrain control module relay.-9
Auxiliary power point 1 - instrument panel.
20A
1
10
Ignition coils.
15A
3
11
A/C control drive.
15A
3
12
Transaxle warmer.
Auxiliary water pump.
Aspirator valve control.
Fan clutch.
Oil pump.
Turbo bypass.
Not used (spare).
15A
3
13
Not used (spare).
15A
3
14
Run/start relay.-15
Auxiliary power point 2 - instrument panel.
20A
1
16
Auxiliary power point - rear cargo area.
20A
1
17
Not used (spare).
10A
2
18
Electric power assist steering.
10A
2
19
Lighting control switch.
10A
2
20
Transmission Run/Start relay.
5A
2
21
Air conditioning compressor.
10A
2
22
Voltage quality module.
7.5A
2
23
Not used (spare).
10A
2
24
Anti-lock brake system.
10A
3
25
243
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used (spare).
10A
3
26
Not used.-27
Powertrain control module.
10A
2
28
USB charge port.
7.5A
2
29
Not used.-30
Not used.-31
Fuel pump relay.-32
A/C clutch relay.-33
Trailer reverse lamp.
10A
2
34
Not used (spare).
15A
2
35
Not used.-36
Heated exterior mirror.
10A
2
37
Trailer right turn and stop lamp relay.-38
Trailer left turn and stop lamp relay.-39
Trailer reverse lamp relay.-40
Horn relay.-41
4WD (four-wheel drive) motor no. 2 relay.-42
Not used.-43
Not used.-44
Not used (spare).
5A
2
45
Not used (spare).
10A
3
46
Brake pedal switch.
10A
3
47
Horn.
20A
2
48
244
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Transmission control module. Oil pump.
15A
2
49
Wiper park heater.
10A
2
50
Not used.-51
Not used.-52
Rear differential lock.
15A
2
53
Not used.-54
Not used.-55
4WD motor no. 1 relay.-86
1
M-type fuse.
2
Micro 2 fuse.
3
Micro 3 fuse.
Power Distribution Box - Bottom
There are fuses on the bottom of the fuse
box. To access the bottom of the fuse box:
A
1
2
E206171
1
Towards the front side of the
vehicle.
A
1. Release the two latches on both sides
of the fuse box.
245
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
2. Raise the rear side of the fuse box from
the cradle.
3
5
5
E206174
3. Move the fuse box toward the rear side
of the engine compartment and rotate
as shown.
4. Pivot the rear side of the fuse box to
access the bottom side.
5. Release the two latches to open the
fuse cover.
246
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
E190798
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Trailer left turn and stop.
15A
1
56
Not used.-57
Not used.-58
Not used.-59
Fuel pump control module.
30A
2
60
Not used.-61
Body control module 1 -
lighting.
50A
2
62
Trailer right turn and stop.
15A
1
63
Trailer brakes.
30A
1
64
247
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Heated driver seat.
20A
1
65
Four wheel drive.
25A
1
66
Body control module 2 -
lighting.
50A
2
67
Rear window defroster.
30A
1
68
Anti-lock brake system
valves.
30A
1
69
Passenger power seat.
30A
1
70
Trailer park lamps.
25A
2
71
Not used.-72
Trailer module.
30A
1
73
Driver power seat.
30A
1
74
Not used.-75
Not used.-76
Not used.-77
Not used.-78
Blower motor.
40A
2
79
Heated passenger seat.
20A
1
80
Inverter.
40A
1
81
Anti-lock brake system
pump.
60A
2
82
Windshield wiper motor.
30A
1
83
Starter motor solenoid.
30A
1
84
248
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Not used.-85
Trailer module.
40A
2
87
1
M-type fuse.
2
LPJ-type fuse.
Battery Mounted Fuse Link
E200936
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Alternator.225A1
Electronic power assist steering.125A2
High Current Fuse Box
E206158
249
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse Number
Not used.-1
Body control module.125A2
Voltage quality module (supplies rear lamp blind spot,
rear view camera, head up display, 4x4 switch, image
processing module and adaptive cruise control radar).
50A3
Busbar through to power distribution box.-4
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
The fuse box is below and outboard of the
steering column behind the access cover.
E145984
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used.-1
Not used (spare).
7.5A
1
2
Driver door lock.
20A
1
3
250
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used (spare).
5A
1
4
Branded audio amplifier.
20A
1
5
Not used (spare).
10A
2
6
Not used (spare).
10A
2
7
Security horn
10A
2
8
Telematics.
10A
2
9
Not used (spare).
5A
2
10
Not used (spare).
5A
2
11
Electronic control panel.
7.5A
2
12
Climate control.
Instrument cluster.
7.5A
2
13 Steering column control module.
Data link connector.
Extended power module (for Restraints module and
Occupant module).
10A
2
14
Gateway module.
10A
2
15
Data link connector.
Not used (spare).
15A
1
16
Not used (spare).
5A
2
17
Ignition switch.
5A
2
18 Lock solenoid.
Push button start.
Extended power module (for Restraints module and
Occupant module).
7.5A
2
19
Not used (spare).
7.5A
2
20
Humidity and in-car temperature sensor.
5A
2
21
251
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Protected ComponentFuse RatingFuse or Relay
Number
Not used (spare).
5A
2
22
Inverter.
10A
1
23
Door lock switch.
Central locking system.
20A
1
24
Driver door power window.
30A
1
25
Not used (spare).
30A
1
26
Not used (spare).
30A
1
27
Branded audio amplifier.
20A
1
28
Not used (spare).
30A
1
29
Not used (spare).
30A
1
30
Not used (spare).
15A
1
31
Radio transceiver module.
10A
1
32 Door entry remote.
SYNC.
Audio unit.
20A
1
33
Run/start relay.
30A
1
34
Not used (spare).
5A
1
35
Auto-dimming interior mirror.
15A
1
36
Mirror adjustment control.
Not used (spare).
20A
1
37
Power windows.
30A
3
38
1
Micro 2 fuse.
2
Micro 3 fuse.
3
PTC fuse.
252
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
CHANGING A FUSE
Fuses
WARNING: Always replace a fuse
with one that has the specified
amperage rating. Using a fuse with a
higher amperage rating can cause severe
wire damage and could start a fire.
E217331
If electrical components in the vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown
fuses are identified by a broken wire within
the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses
before replacing any electrical
components.
Fuse Types
E207206
Fuse TypeCallout
Micro 2A
Micro 3B
MaxiC
MiniD
253
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
Fuse TypeCallout
M CaseE
J CaseF
J Case Low ProfileG
254
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Fuses
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Switch the ignition off
and apply the parking brake.
WARNING: Do not touch the
electronic ignition system parts after you
have switched the ignition on or when
the engine is running. The system
operates at high voltage. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Keep your hands and
clothing clear of the engine cooling fan.
Make sure that you fit filler caps securely
after carrying out maintenance checks.
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. Authorized repairers are best
qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly, with a wide range of highly
specialized tools.
In addition to regular servicing, we
recommend that you carry out the
following checks.
Check Daily
• Exterior lamps.
• Interior lamps.
• Warning lamps and indicators.
Check When Refueling
• Brake fluid level. See Brake Fluid
Check (page 261).
• Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 262).
• Tire pressures. See Technical
Specifications (page 313).
• Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
(page 280).
Check Monthly
• Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 258).
• Engine coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 259).
• Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
• Air conditioning operation.
• Parking brake operation.
• Horn operation.
• Tightness of lug nuts.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
E206129
1
1. Pull the hood release lever. See
Instrument Panel (page 18).
255
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
E271769
2. Slightly lift the hood.
3. Move the catch to the left for vehicles
with left hand drive. Move the catch to
the right for vehicle with right hand
drive.
4. Open the hood.
E201861
5. The hood strut automatically supports
the hood.
Closing the Hood
1. Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight.
2. If necessary, apply a downward force
on the leading edge of the hood prior
to engage with the latch, to latch the
hood fully.
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
256
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
E276868
Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 259).A
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 258).B
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 258).C
Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 261).D
Engine compartment fuse box. See Changing a Fuse (page 253).E
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 263).F
Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 262).G
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 271).H
257
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
E161560
A B
Minimum.A
Maximum.B
ENGINE OIL CHECK
To check the engine oil level consistently
and accurately, do the following:
1. Make sure the parking brake is on. Make
sure the transmission is in park (P) or
neutral (N).
2. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature.
3. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
4. Switch the engine off and wait 15
minutes for the oil to drain into the oil
pan. Checking the engine oil level too
soon after you switch the engine off
may result in an inaccurate reading.
5. Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 255).
6. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint-free cloth. See Under
Hood Overview (page 257).
7. Reinstall the dipstick and remove it
again to check the oil level. See
Engine Oil Dipstick (page 258).
8. Make sure that the oil level is between
the maximum and minimum marks. If
the oil level is at the minimum mark,
add oil immediately. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 319).
9. If the oil level is correct, replace the
dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.
Note: Do not remove the dipstick when the
engine is running.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Adding Engine Oil
WARNING: Do not remove the
filler cap when the engine is running.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
E142732
258
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
Only use oils certified for gasoline engines
by the American Petroleum Institute (API).
An oil with this trademark symbol
conforms to the current engine and
emission system protection standards and
fuel economy requirements of the
International Lubricants Specification
Advisory Committee (ILSAC).
To top up the engine oil level do the
following:
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
2. Remove the engine oil filler cap. See
Under Hood Overview (page 257).
Turn it counterclockwise and remove
it.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 319). You may
have to use a funnel to pour the engine
oil into the opening.
4. Recheck the oil level.
5. If the oil level is correct, replace the
dipstick and make sure it is fully seated.
6. Replace the engine oil filler cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Make sure you install the oil filler cap
correctly.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.
OIL CHANGE INDICATOR
RESET
Use the information display controls on
the steering wheel to reset the oil change
indicator.
From the main menu scroll to:
Action and descriptionMessage
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Settings
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Vehicle
Press the right arrow button,
then from this menu scroll
to the following message.
Oil Life
Press and hold the OK
button until the instrument
cluster displays the
following message.
Hold OK to
Reset
Reset Successful
When the oil change indic-
ator resets the instrument
cluster displays 100%.
Remaining Life
{00}%
If the instrument cluster
displays one of the following
messages, repeat the
process.
Not Reset
Reset Cancelled
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNING: Do not dispose of
coolant in the household refuse or the
public sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
259
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
WARNING: Do not put coolant in
the windshield washer reservoir. If
sprayed on the windshield, coolant could
make it difficult to see through the
windshield.
E170684
Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAX marks on the
coolant reservoir at ambient temperature.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, immediately add coolant.
The coolant concentration should be
maintained within 48% to 50%, which
equates to a freeze point between -29°F
(-34°C) and -35°F (-37°C).
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems.
Adding Coolant
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap
with a thick cloth to prevent the
possibility of scalding and slowly remove
the cap. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid
to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas
immediately with plenty of water and
contact your physician.
WARNING: Undiluted coolant is
flammable and may ignite if spilled on a
hot exhaust.
We do not recommend the use of recycled
engine coolant since a Ford-approved
recycling process is not yet available.
Do not mix different colors or types of
coolant in your vehicle.
Note: Add a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze
and water or prediluted engine coolant that
meets the correct specification.
Note: Use fluids which meet the
specifications or requirements defined. Use
of other fluids may lead to damage which
is not covered by the vehicle Warranty. See
Capacities and Specifications (page 315).
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1. Remove the coolant reservoir cap.
2. Add coolant to the MAX mark, do not
overfill.
3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
260
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
In case of emergency, you can add water
without engine coolant in order to reach a
vehicle service location.
Note: Prolonged use of an incorrect dilution
of coolant can cause damage, for example
corrosion, overheating or freezing.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CHECK
Note: Transmission fluid should be checked
by an authorized dealer. If required, fluid
should be added by an authorized dealer.
Have an authorized dealer check and
change the transmission fluid at the
correct service interval. See Maintenance
(page 255). Your transmission does not
consume fluid. However, the fluid level
should be checked if the transmission is
not working properly, (i.e., if the
transmission slips or shifts slowly) or if you
notice some sign of fluid leakage.
Do not use supplemental transmission
fluid additives, treatments or cleaning
agents. The use of these materials may
affect transmission operation and result
in damage to internal transmission
components.
BRAKE FLUID CHECK
WARNING: Do not use any fluid
other than the recommended brake fluid
as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use
of incorrect fluid could result in the loss
of vehicle control, serious personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid
from a sealed container. Contamination
with dirt, water, petroleum products or
other materials may result in brake
system damage or failure. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in the
loss of vehicle control, serious personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid
to touch your skin or eyes. If this
happens, rinse the affected areas
immediately with plenty of water and
contact your physician.
WARNING: A fluid level between
the MAX and MIN lines is within the
normal operating range and there is no
need to add fluid. A fluid level not in the
normal operating range could
compromise the performance of the
system. Have your vehicle checked
immediately.
E170684
261
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir
cap must remain in place and fully tight,
unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 315).
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
Your vehicle is equipped with an electric
power steering (EPS) system. There is no
fluid reservoir to check or fill.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
WARNING: If you operate your
vehicle in temperatures below 40°F
(5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection. Failure to use washer fluid
with antifreeze protection in cold
weather could result in impaired
windshield vision and increase the risk
of injury or accident.
Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is
low. Only use a washer fluid that meets
Ford specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 315).
State or local regulations on volatile
organic compounds may restrict the use
of methanol, a common windshield washer
antifreeze additive. Washer fluids
containing non-methanol antifreeze
agents should be used only if they provide
cold weather protection without damaging
the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or
washer system.
CHARGING THE 12V BATTERY
Battery Management System (If
Equipped)
The battery management system monitors
battery conditions and takes actions to
extend battery life. If excessive battery
drain is detected, the system may
temporarily disable certain electrical
features to protect the battery. Those
electrical accessories affected include the
rear defrost, heated/cooled seats, climate
control fan, heated steering wheel, audio
and navigation system. A message may be
shown in the information displays to alert
the driver that battery protection actions
are active. These messages are only for
notification that an action is taking place,
and not intended to indicate an electrical
problem or that the battery requires
replacement.
Electrical accessory installation
Note: Charging and replacing the battery
requires the driver power window to be
re-initialized. See Windows and Mirrors
(page 77).
To ensure proper operation of the Battery
Management System, any electrical
devices that are added to your vehicle
should not have their ground connection
made directly at the negative battery post.
A connection at the negative battery
terminal can cause inaccurate
measurements of the battery condition
and potential incorrect system operation.
When a battery replacement is required,
you must use a recommended
replacement battery that matches the
electrical requirements of the vehicle.
262
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
After battery replacement, or in some
cases after charging the battery with the
external charger, the Battery Management
System requires eight hours of vehicle
sleep time (key off with doors closed) to
relearn the new battery state of charge.
Prior to relearning the state of charge, the
Battery Management System may disable
electrical features (to protect the battery)
earlier than normal.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can
cause personal injury. Therefore, do not
allow flames, sparks or lighted
substances to come near the battery.
When working near the battery, always
shield your face and protect your eyes.
Always provide correct ventilation.
WARNING: When lifting a
plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in
personal injury and damage to the
vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain
sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when
working near the battery to protect
against possible splashing of acid
solution. In case of acid contact with skin
or eyes, flush immediately with water for
a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt
medical attention. If acid is swallowed,
call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals and related accessories
contain lead and lead compounds. Wash
hands after handling.
WARNING: This vehicle may have
more than one battery. Removing the
battery cables from only one battery
does not disconnect your vehicle
electrical system. Make sure you
disconnect the battery cables from all
batteries when disconnecting power.
Failure to do so may cause serious
personal injury or property damage.
WARNING: For vehicles with
Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement
is different. You must replace the battery
with one of exactly the same
specification.
The battery is located in the engine
compartment. See Under Hood
Overview (page 257).
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free
battery. It does not require additional
water during service.
If your vehicle battery has a cover, make
sure you correctly install it after cleaning
or replacing the battery.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry and the
battery cables tightly fastened to the
battery terminals. If any corrosion is
present on the battery or terminals, remove
the cables from the terminals and clean
with a wire brush. You can neutralize the
acid with a solution of baking soda and
water.
We recommend that you disconnect the
negative battery cable terminal from the
battery if you plan to store your vehicle for
an extended period.
263
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
To maintain correct operation of the
battery management system, if you add
any electrical devices to your vehicle, do
not connect the ground connection directly
to the negative battery terminal. A
connection at the negative battery terminal
can cause inaccurate measurements of
the battery condition and potential
incorrect system operation.
Note: Electrical accessories or components
added to your vehicle by you or an
authorized dealer, may adversely affect
battery performance, durability and the
performance of other electrical systems on
your vehicle.
If a replacement battery is required, we
recommend you use a Ford replacement
battery that matches the electrical
requirements of your vehicle.
If you disconnect or replace the battery
and your vehicle has an automatic
transmission, transmission must relearn
its adaptive strategy. Because of this, the
transmission may shift firmly when first
driven. This is normal operation while the
transmission fully updates its operation to
optimum shift feel.
Remove and Reinstall the Battery
To disconnect or remove the battery, do
the following:
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
example lights and radio.
3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
disconnecting the battery.
Note: The engine management system has
a power hold function and remains powered
for a period after you switch the ignition off.
This is to allow diagnostic and adaptive
tables to be stored. Disconnecting the
battery without waiting can cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
4. Disconnect the negative (-) battery
cable terminal first.
5. Disconnect the positive (+) battery
cable terminal last.
6. Remove the battery securing clamp.
7. Remove the battery.
8. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Before reconnecting the battery,
make sure the ignition remains switched off.
Note: If you only disconnect the negative
battery cable terminal, make sure it is
isolated or placed away from the battery
terminal to avoid un-intended connection
or arcing.
Note: Make sure the battery cable terminals
are fully tightened.
Note: If you disconnect or replace the
battery, you must reset the clock and the
pre-set radio stations once the battery is
reconnected.
Battery Disposal
E107998
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
264
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E222238
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
alcohol or windscreen washer concentrate.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length.
Note: If you install wiper blades of the
wrong length, the wiper blades can clash
damaging the wiper system.
E279824
1. Pull the wiper blade and arm away
from the glass.
E279825
2. Squeeze the blade's lock pin and tab
on the bottom of the arm to release
the wiper blade.
3. Slide the blade out to remove it from
the arm hook.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
If your vehicle has been involved in a crash,
have the aim of the headlamp beam
checked by an authorized dealer.
265
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
E142592
8 ft (2.4 m)A
Ground to the center of the
headlamp high beam bulb
B
25 ft (7.6 m)C
Horizontal reference lineD
Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1. Park your vehicle on level ground
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) from a wall
or screen.
2. Measure the distance from the ground
to the center of the headlamp high
beam bulb and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m)
long horizontal reference line on the
wall or screen at this height.
Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center line
of the headlamp high beam bulb. Refer to
the graphic below step 4.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
3. Switch on the low beam headlamps
and open the hood.
E142465
4. On the wall or screen you will observe
a flat zone of high intensity light
located at the top of the beam pattern.
If the top edge of the flat zone of high
intensity light is not on the horizontal
reference line, adjust the aim of the
headlamp beam.
E284602
266
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
5. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver or socket wrench, to turn
the adjuster clockwise or
counterclockwise to adjust the vertical
aim of the headlamp. The horizontal
edge of the brighter light should touch
the horizontal reference line.
6. Close the hood and switch off the
lamps.
REMOVING A HEADLAMP
Contact an authorized dealer.
CHANGING A BULB
Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs
Note: Do not touch the bulb glass.
E284568
Headlamp assembly:
A. High beam bulb.
B. Low beam bulb.
C. Front park and direction indicator bulb.
Replacing the High Beam Headlamp
Bulb
E284569
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. With the hood open, locate and
carefully remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and
remove it.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp
Bulb
E284581
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. With the hood open, locate and
carefully remove the cover.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and
remove it.
267
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing the Front Park and Direction
Indicator Bulb
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing LED Headlamp Bulbs
All bulbs in this assembly except for the
direction indicator bulb are LED. If an LED
fails have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible. Contact an authorized dealer.
Front Side Marker Bulb
E301637
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. Remove the lamp from the wheel lip
molding by releasing the clip.
3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Approach Lamp and Side Direction
Indicator (If Equipped)
A
B
E133683
Side direction indicator.A
Approach lamp.B
If an LED fails have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible. Contact an authorized
dealer.
Front Fog Lamps
E284974
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. To access the bulb, reach behind the
bumper.
3. Disconnect the electrical connector.
4. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and
remove it.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Note: You cannot separate the bulb from
the bulb holder.
268
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
Replacing LED Fog Lamp Bulbs (If
Equipped)
If an LED fails have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible. Contact an authorized
dealer.
Rear Lamps
Type 1
Tail, Brake, Reversing, and Direction
Indicator
E284588
E284593
Brake and rear park bulb.A
Rear direction indicator bulb.B
Reverse lamp bulb.C
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. Open the tailgate to access the rear
lamp assemblies.
3. Remove the two bolts from the tail
lamp assembly. Then, carefully pull the
lamp assembly from the tailgate pillar
by releasing the two retaining tabs.
4. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
5. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
6. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
269
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
Replacing LED Brake, Rear, Direction
Indicator and Reverse Lamp Bulbs
If an LED fails have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible. Contact an authorized
dealer.
Type 2
Tail, Brake, Reversing Lamp and
Direction Indicator
E284955
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. Undo the screws to remove the outer
lens and access the bulbs.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
License Plate Lamp
1
2
3
E133686
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. Use a screwdriver to carefully remove
the lamp from the rear bumper.
3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp
E187290
1. Make sure the lamps are off.
2. Remove the four screws and move the
lamp assembly away from the vehicle
to expose the bulb sockets.
270
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
3. Remove the bulb socket by rotating it
counterclockwise and pulling it out of
the lamp assembly.
4. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing LED Cargo Lamp and
High-mount Brake Lamp Bulbs
If an LED fails have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible. Contact an authorized
dealer.
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn
injuries, do not start your engine with the
air cleaner removed and do not remove
it while the engine is running.
When changing the engine air filter, do not
allow debris or foreign material to enter
the air induction system. Engine
components are susceptible to damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty.
Change the air filter element at the correct
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 436).
Incorrect component use can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty. See Motorcraft Parts (page
316).
To replace the air filter element do the
following:
E276908
1. Remove the clips that secure the air
filter housing cover.
2. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
3. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
4. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
5. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover. This could cause filter
damage and allow unfiltered air to
enter the engine if it is not properly
seated.
6. Install the air filter housing cover.
7. Engage the clips to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
271
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
Your dealer has many quality products
available to clean your vehicle and protect
its finishes.
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. &
Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with
Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-
A/B/D/F (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner,
ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or
lukewarm water and a neutral pH
shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft
Detail Wash.
• Never use strong household detergents
or soap, for example dish washing or
laundry liquid. These products can
discolor and spot painted surfaces.
• Never wash your vehicle when it is hot
to the touch, or during strong or direct
sunlight.
272
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
• Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft
terry cloth towel to eliminate water
spotting.
• Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird
droppings, insect deposits and road tar.
These may cause damage to your
vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
We recommend Motorcraft Bug and
Tar Remover.
• Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a
car wash.
• When filling with AdBlue®, remove any
residue on painted surfaces
immediately.
Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents
can damage painted surfaces. If these
substances come in contact with your
vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as
possible.
Cleaning the Headlamps
Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
Exterior Chrome Parts
• Apply a high quality-cleaning product
to bumpers and other chrome parts.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
We recommend Motorcraft Custom
Bright Metal Cleaner.
• Do not apply the cleaning product to
hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning
product on chrome surfaces longer
than the time recommended.
• Using non-recommended cleaners can
result in severe and permanent
cosmetic damage.
Note: Never use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads as they
can scratch the chrome surface.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning we recommend
Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease
spots are present, we recommend
Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred
however, pressure washing may be used
under the following conditions:
• Do not use water pressure higher than
2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
• Do not use water hotter than 179°F
(82°C).
• Use a spray with a 40° wide spray
angle pattern.
• Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm)
distance and 90° angle to your
vehicle's surface.
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away from the vehicle's surface.
Underbody
Regularly clean the underside of your
vehicle using water. Keep body and door
drain holes free of debris or foreign
material.
Under Hood
For removing black rubber marks from
under the hood we recommend Motorcraft
Wheel and Tire Cleaner or Motorcraft Bug
and Tar Remover.
273
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
WAXING
Regular waxing is necessary to protect your
car's paint from the elements. We
recommend that you wash and wax the
painted surface once or twice a year.
When washing and waxing, park your
vehicle in a shaded area out of direct
sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before
applying wax.
• Use a quality wax that does not contain
abrasives.
• Follow the manufacturer’s instructions
to apply and remove the wax.
• Apply a small amount of wax in a
back-and-forth motion, not in circles.
• Do not allow wax to come in contact
with any non-body (low-gloss black)
colored trim. The wax will discolor or
stain the parts over time.
• Roof racks.
• Bumpers.
• Grained door handles.
• Side moldings.
• Mirror housings.
• Windshield cowl area.
• Do not apply wax to glass areas.
• After waxing, your car's paint should
feel smooth, and be free of streaks and
smudges.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
Engines are more efficient when they are
clean because grease and dirt buildup keep
the engine warmer than normal.
When washing:
• Take care when using a power washer
to clean the engine. The high-pressure
fluid could penetrate the sealed parts
and cause damage.
• Do not spray a hot engine with cold
water to avoid cracking the engine
block or other engine components.
• Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and
Degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Engine
Shampoo.
Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover
remove the cover before application of
Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser.
Immediately rinse away any over spray.
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running; water in the running
engine may cause internal damage.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well, or
the area in and around these locations.
• Cover the battery, power distribution
box, and air filter assembly to prevent
water damage when cleaning the
engine.
CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND
WIPER BLADES
Car wash chemicals and environmental
fallout can result in windshield and wiper
blade contamination. Dirty windshield and
wipers will result in poor windshield wiper
operation. Keep the windshield and wiper
blades clean to maintain windshield wiper
performance.
274
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a
non-abrasive glass cleaner. When
cleaning the interior of the windshield,
avoid getting any glass cleaner on the
instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• For windshields contaminated with
tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean
the entire windshield using steel wool
(no greater than 0000 grade) in a
circular motion and rinse with water.
• Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl
rubbing alcohol or windshield washer
concentrate.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals
from the inside of the heated rear window.
The vehicle warranty does not cover
damage caused to the heated rear window
grid lines.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
the belt webbing.
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the
side airbag system and affect
performance of the side airbag in a crash.
For fabric, carpets, cloth seats and seats
equipped with side airbags:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Remove light stains and soil with
Motorcraft Professional Strength
Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.
• If grease or tar is present on the
material, spot-clean the area first with
Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In
Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose
Cleaner.
• If a ring forms on the fabric after spot
cleaning, clean the entire area
immediately (but do not oversaturate)
or the ring will set.
• Do not use household cleaning
products or glass cleaners, which can
stain and discolor the fabric and affect
the flame retardant abilities of the seat
materials.
Mirrors
Do not clean the housing or glass of any
mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER LENS
WARNING: Do not use chemical
solvents or strong detergents when
cleaning the steering wheel or
instrument panel to avoid contamination
of the airbag system.
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats
(page 276).
275
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
• Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase
the gloss of the upper portion of the
instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from
undesirable windshield reflection.
• Do not use any household cleaning
products or glass cleaners as these
may damage the finish of the
instrument panel, interior trim and
cluster lens.
• Wash or wipe your hands clean if you
have been in contact with certain
products such as insect repellent and
suntan lotion to avoid possible damage
to the interior painted surfaces.
• Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces.
If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately.
Your warranty may not cover these
damages.
If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has
been spilled on the instrument panel or on
interior trim surfaces:
1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean,
soft cloth as quickly as possible.
2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and
Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially
available leather cleaning product for
automotive interiors. Test any cleaner
or stain remover on an inconspicuous
area.
3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a
clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a
clean, soft cloth.
4. If necessary, apply more soap and
water solution or cleaning product to
a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the
soiled area. Allow this to set at room
temperature for 30 minutes.
5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a
clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing
motion for 60 seconds on the soiled
area.
6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING LEATHER SEATS
Note: Follow the same procedure as
cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather
instrument panels and leather interior trim
surfaces.
For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with
a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and
water solution. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as
dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium
Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a
commercially available leather cleaning
product for automotive interiors.
Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on
an inconspicuous area.
You should:
• Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
• Clean and treat spills and stains as
soon as possible.
Do not use the following products as these
may damage the leather:
• Oil and petroleum or silicone-based
leather conditioners.
• Household cleaners.
• Alcohol solutions.
• Solvents or cleaners intended
specifically for rubber, vinyl and
plastics.
276
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to
match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle
color code is printed on a sticker on the
front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your
color code to your authorized dealer to
make sure you get the correct color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use
a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar
Remover to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Always read the instructions before using
cleaning products.
CLEANING THE WHEELS
1. Regularly clean them with a wheel
cleaner. We recommend that you use
Ford approved wheel cleaner if
available.
2. Remove dirt and brake dust with a
sponge.
3. Remove tar and grease with a bug and
tar remover. We recommend that you
use Ford approved bug and tar remover
if available.
4. Thoroughly rinse the wheels with water
after cleaning.
If you intend on parking your vehicle for an
extended period after cleaning the wheels
with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for
a few minutes before doing so. This
reduces the risk of corrosion of the brake
discs, brake pads and linings.
Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Some car washes could damage
wheel rims and covers.
Note: Using non-recommended cleaners,
harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel
cleaners or abrasive materials could
damage wheel rims and covers.
VEHICLE STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, read the following
maintenance recommendations to make
sure your vehicle stays in good operating
condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles
and their components for reliable, regular
driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded
engine performance or failure unless you
use specific precautions to preserve engine
components.
General
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
• Protect from sunlight, if possible.
• If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and damage.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to
remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from
exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing
and the underside of front fenders.
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Re-wax as necessary
when you wash your vehicle.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with
a light grade oil.
277
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil
contains contaminates which may
cause engine damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift
through all the gears while the engine
is running.
• We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
Fuel system
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the
fuel pump nozzle.
Cooling system
• Protect against freezing temperatures.
• When removing your vehicle from
storage, check coolant fluid level.
Confirm that there are no cooling
system leaks and that fluid is at the
recommended level.
Battery
• Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
• If storing your vehicle for more than 30
days without recharging the battery,
we recommend that you disconnect
the battery cables to maintain battery
charge for quick starting.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if battery cables are disconnected.
Brakes
• Make sure the brakes and parking brake
release fully.
Tires
• Maintain recommended air pressure.
Miscellaneous
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers
and pins under your vehicle are covered
with grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m)
every 15 days to lubricate working parts
and prevent corrosion.
Removing Vehicle From Storage
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt
or grease film build-up on window
surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check under the hood for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage such as mice or squirrel
nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
material that may have collected
during storage.
• Check tire pressures and set tire
inflation per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Drive
your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and
forth to remove rust build-up.
278
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
• Check fluid levels (including coolant,
oil and gas) to make sure there are no
leaks, and fluids are at recommended
levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have
any concerns or issues.
BODY STYLING KITS
The distance between the underside of
your vehicle and the ground is less than
that of other models. Drive with extreme
care to avoid damage to your vehicle.
279
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Vehicle Care
GENERAL INFORMATION
Notice to utility vehicle and truck
owners
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles.
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more
likely to die than a person wearing a
seatbelt.
Note: Do not become overconfident in the
ability of four-wheel drive vehicles. Although
a four-wheel drive vehicle could accelerate
better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in low
traction situations, it will not stop any faster
than two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive
at a safe speed.
Utility vehicles and trucks handle
differently than passenger cars in the
various driving conditions that are
encountered on streets, highways and
off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not
designed for cornering at speeds as high
as passenger cars any more than low-slung
sports cars are designed to perform
satisfactorily under off-road conditions.
Study your owner's manual and any
supplements for specific information about
equipment features, instructions for safe
driving and additional precautions to
reduce the risk of an accident or serious
injury.
Four-wheel drive system (if
equipped)
A vehicle equipped with four-wheel drive
(when selected) has the ability to use all
four wheels to power itself. This increases
traction which could enable you to safely
drive over terrain and road conditions that
a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle
cannot.
On some four-wheel drive models, the
initial shift from two-wheel drive to
four-wheel drive while the vehicle is
moving can cause a momentary clunk and
ratcheting sound. These sounds are normal
as the front drivetrain comes up to speed
and are not cause for concern.
Note: In four-wheel drive vehicles, the size
of the spare tire relative to the remaining
tires can have an effect on the 4x4 system's
ability to engage and disengage.
Operating 4WD Vehicles with a
Spare tire or Mismatched Tires
On four-wheel drive vehicles, the size of
the spare tire can affect the 4X4 system.
If there is a significant difference between
the size of the spare tire and the remaining
tires, the four-wheel drive functionality will
be limited.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, we
recommend that you do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h) with 4WD
mode turned on.
• Turn on a 4WD mode unless the
vehicle is stationary.
• Use 4WD mode on dry pavement.
280
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, 4WD
functionality could be limited, especially
when driving in a mechanically locked 4WD
mode. You could experience the following:
• Additional noise from the transfer case
or other drive components.
• Difficulty shifting out of a mechanically
locked 4WD mode.
Use of a dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly could lead to impairment of the
following:
• Comfort and noise.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet driving capability.
• Four-wheel drive capability.
How your vehicle differs from
other vehicles
Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ
from some other vehicles in a few
noticeable ways. Your vehicle could be:
• Higher - to allow higher load carrying
capacity and to allow it to travel over
rough terrain without damaging
underbody components.
• Shorter - to give it the capability to
approach inclines and drive over the
crest of a hill without damaging
underbody components. All other
things held equal, a shorter wheelbase
could make your vehicle quicker to
respond to steering inputs than a
vehicle with a longer wheelbase.
• Narrower - to provide greater
maneuverability in tight spaces,
particularly in off-road use.
As a result of the above dimensional
differences, Sport utility vehicles and
trucks often will have a higher center of
gravity and a greater difference in center
of gravity between the loaded and
unloaded condition. These differences that
make your vehicle so versatile also make
it handle differently than an ordinary
passenger car.
TIRE CARE
Information About Uniform
Tire Quality Grading
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the
United States Department of
Transportation has set.
281
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread,
winter-type snow tires,
space-saver or temporary use
spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim
diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined
in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of
Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires us to give
you the following information
about tire grades exactly as the
government has written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1
½) times as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of their
use, however, and could depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING: The traction
grade assigned to this tire is
based on straight-ahead braking
traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning or peak traction
characteristics.
The traction grades, from highest
to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The
grades represent the tire’s ability
to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled
conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C could have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C,
representing the tire’s resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory
282
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden
tire failure. The grade C
corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard No. 139. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology
*Tire label: A label showing the
original equipment tire sizes,
recommended inflation pressure
and the maximum weight the
vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number
(TIN): A number on the sidewall
of each tire providing information
about the tire brand and
manufacturing plant, tire size and
date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure
of the amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of
P-metric or Metric tires designed
to carry a maximum load at set
pressure. For example: For
P-Metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and
for Metric 36 psi (2.5 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure
beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric
or Metric tires designed to carry a
heavier maximum load at 42 psi
(2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will
not increase the tire’s load
carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of
air pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a
standard unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire
pressure when the vehicle has
been stationary and out of direct
sunlight for an hour or more and
prior to the vehicle being driven for
1 mile (1.6 kilometers).
*Recommended inflation
pressure: The cold inflation
pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-pillar or the edge of the
driver's door.
283
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
B-pillar: The structural member
at the side of the vehicle behind
the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of
the tire next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area
between the bead area and the
tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of
the perimeter of the tire that
contacts the road when mounted
on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel)
for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
Information Contained on the
Tire Sidewall
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of
a tire size, load index and speed
rating. The definitions of these
items are listed below. (Note that
the tire size, load index and speed
rating for your vehicle could be
different from this example.)
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that could be used for service on
cars, sport utility vehicles,
minivans and light trucks. Note: If
your tire size does not begin with
a letter this could mean it is
designated by either the European
Tire and Rim Technical
Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
284
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
B. 215: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load
index. It is an index that relates to
how much weight a tire can carry.
You could find this information in
your owner’s manual. If not,
contact a local tire dealer.
Note: This information will not be
included on all tires because it is
not required by federal law.
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed
rating. The speed rating denotes
the speed at which a tire is
designed to be driven for extended
periods of time under a standard
condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle
could operate at different
conditions for load and inflation
pressure. These speed ratings
could need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The
ratings range from 81 mph
(130 km/h) to 186 mph
(299 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: This information will not be
included on all tires because it is
not required by federal law.
mph ( km/h)Letter
rating
81 (130)M
87 (140)N
99 (159)Q
106 (171)R
112 (180)S
118 (190)T
124 (200)U
130 (210)H
149 (240)V
168 (270)W
186 (299)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum
speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers
sometimes use the letters ZR. For
those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph
(299 km/h), tire manufacturers
always use the letters ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number: This begins with the
letters DOT and indicates that the
tire meets all federal standards.
The next two numbers or letters
are the plant code designating
where it was manufactured, the
next two are the tire size code and
285
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
the last four numbers represent
the week and year the tire was
built. For example, the numbers
317 mean the 31st week of 1997.
After 2000 the numbers go to four
digits. For example, 2501 means
the 25th week of 2001. The
numbers in between are
identification codes used for
traceability. This information is
used to contact customers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
J. Tire Ply Composition and
Material Used: Indicates the
number of plies or the number of
layers of rubber-coated fabric in
the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate
the ply materials in the tire and the
sidewall, which include steel,
nylon, polyester, and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and
pounds that can be carried by the
tire (affixed to either the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or Tire
Label located on the B-pillar or
the edge of the driver's door.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear: The treadwear
grade is a comparative rating
based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified
government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would
wear 1½ times as well on the
government course as a tire
graded 100.
*Traction: The traction grades,
from highest to lowest are AA, A,
B, and C. The grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C could have poor traction
performance.
*Temperature: The temperature
grades are A (the highest), B and
C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate
heat when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire
manufacturers' maximum
permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
the vehicle manufacturer's
recommended cold inflation
pressure which can be found on
the Safety Compliance
Certification Label (affixed to
either the door hinge pillar,
286
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-pillar or the edge of the
driver's door. The cold inflation
pressure should never be set lower
than the recommended pressure
on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers could have
additional markings, notes or
warnings such as standard load
or radial tubeless.
Additional Information
Contained on the Tire Sidewall
for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A
B
C
B
D
E142544
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires. These differences are
described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association,
that is intended for service on light
trucks.
B. Load Range and Load
Inflation Limits: Indicates the
tire's load-carrying capabilities
and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg)
at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the
maximum load and tire pressure
when the tire is used as a dual;
defined as four tires on the rear
axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates
the maximum load and tire
pressure when the tire is used as
a single; defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a
tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for
your vehicle could be different from
this example. Tire Quality Grades
do not apply to this type of tire.
287
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
A
B
C
D
E
E142545
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P
type tires. These differences are
described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire,
designated by the Tire and Rim
Association, that is intended for
temporary service on cars, sport
utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal
width of the tire in millimeters
from sidewall edge to sidewall
edge. In general, the larger the
number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio
which gives the tire's ratio of
height to width. Numbers of 70 or
lower indicate a short sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change
your wheel size, you will have to
purchase new tires to match the
new wheel diameter.
Location of the Tire Label
You will find a Tire Label
containing tire inflation pressure
by tire size and other important
information located on the B-Pillar
or the edge of the driver's door.
See Load Carrying (page 206).
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle
requires that your tires are
properly inflated. Remember that
a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check
your tires. If one looks lower than
the others, use a tire gauge to
check pressure of all tires and
adjust if required.
At least once a month and before
long trips, inspect each tire and
check the tire pressure with a tire
gauge (including spare, if
equipped). Inflate all tires to the
inflation pressure recommended
by us.
288
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
You are strongly urged to buy a
reliable tire pressure gauge, as
automatic service station gauges
could be inaccurate. We
recommend the use of a digital or
dial-type tire pressure gauge
rather than a stick-type tire
pressure gauge.
Use the recommended cold
inflation pressure for optimum tire
performance and wear.
Under-inflation or over-inflation
could cause uneven treadwear
patterns.
WARNING: Under-inflation
is the most common cause of
tire failures and may result in
severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with
unexpected loss of vehicle
control and increased risk of
injury. Under-inflation increases
sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat
buildup and internal damage to
the tire. It also may result in
unnecessary tire stress, irregular
wear, loss of vehicle control and
accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not
appear to be flat!
Always inflate your tires to our
recommended inflation pressure
even if it is less than the maximum
inflation pressure information
found on the tire. Our
recommended tire inflation
pressure is found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or
Tire Label (affixed to either the
door hinge pillar, door-latch post,
or the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or Tire
Label located on the B-pillar or
the edge of the driver's door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your
vehicle handles.
Note: Do not reduce tire pressure
to change the ride characteristics
of the vehicle. If you do not
maintain the inflation pressure at
the levels specified by us, your
vehicle could experience a
condition known as shimmy.
Shimmy is a severe vibration and
oscillation in the steering wheel
after the vehicle travels over a
bump or dip in the road that does
not dampen out by itself. Shimmy
could result from significant
under-inflation of the tires,
improper tires (load range, size, or
type), or vehicle modifications such
as lift-kits. In the event that your
vehicle experiences shimmy, you
should slowly reduce speed by
either lifting off the accelerator
pedal or lightly applying the brakes.
The shimmy will cease as the
vehicle speed decreases.
Maximum Inflation Pressure is
the tire manufacturer's maximum
permissible pressure and the
pressure at which the maximum
load can be carried by the tire. This
pressure is normally higher than
289
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
the manufacturer’s recommended
cold inflation pressure which can
be found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver's seating
position), or Tire Label located on
the B-pillar or the edge of the
driver's door. The cold inflation
pressure should never be set lower
than the recommended pressure
on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
When weather temperature
changes occur, tire inflation
pressures also change. A 10°F
(6°C) temperature drop can
cause a corresponding drop of 1
psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure.
Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the
proper pressure which can be
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label or Tire Label.
To check the pressure in your
tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool,
meaning they are not hot from
driving even a mile.
Note: If you are checking tire
pressure when the tire is hot, (for
example, driven more than 1 mile
[1.6 kilometers]), never bleed or
reduce air pressure. The tires are
hot from driving and it is normal for
pressures to increase above
recommended cold pressures. A
hot tire at or below recommended
cold inflation pressure could be
significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a
distance to get air for your tire(s),
check and record the tire pressure
first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the
pump. It is normal for tires to heat
up and the air pressure inside to go
up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve
on one tire, then firmly press the
tire gauge onto the valve and
measure the pressure.
3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release
air by pressing on the metal stem
in the center of the valve. Then
recheck the pressure with your tire
gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each
tire, including the spare.
290
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
Note: Some spare tires operate at
a higher inflation pressure than the
other tires. For T type mini-spare
tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly information for
a description. Store and maintain
at 60 psi (4.15 bar). For full-size
and dissimilar spare tires, see the
Dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly information for a
description. Store and maintain at
the higher of the front and rear
inflation pressure as shown on the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label or Tire Label.
6. Visually inspect the tires to
make sure there are no nails or
other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and
cause an air leak.
7. Check the sidewalls to make
sure there are no gouges, cuts or
bulges.
Inspecting Your Tires and
Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads
for uneven or excessive wear and
remove objects such as stones,
nails or glass that could be
wedged in the tread grooves.
Check the tire and valve stems for
holes, cracks, or cuts that could
permit air leakage and repair or
replace the tire and replace the
valve stem. Inspect the tire
sidewalls for cracking, cuts,
bruises and other signs of damage
or excessive wear. If internal
damage to the tire is suspected,
have the tire dismounted and
inspected in case it needs to be
repaired or replaced. For your
safety, tires that are damaged or
show signs of excessive wear
should not be used because they
are more likely to blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to
wear abnormally. Inspect all your
tires, including the spare,
frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following
conditions exist:
Tire Wear
E142546
When the tread is worn down to
one sixteenth of an inch (2
millimeters), tires must be
replaced to help prevent your
vehicle from skidding and
hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear
indicators, or wear bars, which
look like narrow strips of smooth
rubber across the tread will
appear on the tire when the tread
is worn down to one sixteenth of
an inch (2 millimeters).
291
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
When the tire tread wears down
to the same height as these wear
bars, the tire is worn out and must
be replaced.
Damage
Periodically inspect the tire treads
and sidewalls for damage (such
as bulges in the tread or sidewalls,
cracks in the tread groove and
separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed
or suspected have the tire
inspected by a tire professional.
Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after
off-road use is also
recommended.
Age
WARNING: Tires degrade
over time depending on many
factors such as weather, storage
conditions, and conditions of use
(load, speed, inflation pressure)
the tires experience throughout
their lives.
WARNING: In general, tires
should be replaced after six
years regardless of tread wear.
However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the
aging process and may require
tires to be replaced more
frequently.
WARNING: You should
replace your spare tire when you
replace the road tires or after six
years due to aging even if it has
not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number
Both United States and Canada
Federal regulations require tire
manufacturers to place
standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This
information identifies and
describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire
Identification Number for safety
standard certification and in case
of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets
all federal standards. The next
two numbers or letters are the
plant code designating where it
was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last
four numbers represent the week
and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean
the 31st week of 1997. After 2000
the numbers go to four digits. For
example, 2501 means the 25th
week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes
used for traceability. This
information is used to contact
customers if a tire defect requires
a recall.
292
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
Tire Replacement
Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride
and handling capability.
WARNING: Only use
replacement tires and wheels
that are the same size, load
index, speed rating and type
(such as P-metric versus
LT-metric or all-season versus
all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The
recommended tire and wheel
size may be found on either the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door
hinge pillar, door-latch post, or
the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or the
Tire Label which is located on
the B-Pillar or edge of the
driver's door. If this information
is not found on these labels, then
you should contact your
authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Use of any tire or wheel
not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: To reduce the
risk of serious injury, when
mounting replacement tires and
wheels, you should not exceed
the maximum pressure indicated
on the sidewall of the tire to set
the beads without additional
precautions listed below. If the
beads do not seat at the
maximum pressure indicated,
re-lubricate and try again.
WARNING: When inflating
the tire for mounting pressures
up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater
than the maximum pressure on
the tire sidewall, the following
precautions must be taken to
protect the person mounting the
tire:
• Make sure that you have the
correct tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and
wheel bead seat area again.
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
• Use both eye and ear
protection.
WARNING: For a mounting
pressure more than 20 psi
(1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure, a Ford
dealer or other tire service
professional should do the
mounting.
293
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: Always inflate
steel carcass tires with a remote
air fill with the person inflating
standing at a minimum of 12 ft
(3.66 m) away from the wheel
and tire assembly.
Important: Remember to replace
the wheel valve stems when the
road tires are replaced on your
vehicle.
The two front tires or two rear tires
should generally be replaced as a
pair, except if the vehicle is
equipped with four wheel drive.
Vehicles equipped with four wheel
drive should have all four tires
replaced simultaneously.
Unevenly worn tires, mismatched
makes, models or brands can be
different in size, resulting in
potential damage to the four
wheel drive system.
The tire pressure sensors mounted
in the wheels are not designed to
be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by us could affect
the operation of your tire pressure
monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring
system indicator is flashing, the
system is malfunctioning. Your
replacement tire might be
incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or
some component of the system
could be damaged.
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle
is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do
not rapidly spin the tires;
spinning the tires can tear the
tire and cause an explosion. A
tire can explode in as little as
three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin the
wheels at over 34 mph
(55 km/h). The tires may fail and
injure a passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal
to do with your tire mileage and
safety.
*Observe posted speed limits
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on
the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the
tire against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive
there is always the possibility that
you could eventually have a flat
tire on the highway. Drive slowly
to the closest safe area out of
traffic. This could further damage
the flat tire, but your safety is
more important.
294
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
If you feel a sudden vibration or
ride disturbance while driving, or
you suspect your tire or vehicle
has been damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull
off the road. Stop and inspect the
tires for damage. If a tire is
under-inflated or damaged,
deflate it, remove wheel and
replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a
cause, have the vehicle towed to
the nearest repair facility or tire
dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or
pothole can cause the front end
of your vehicle to become
misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you are
driving, the wheels could be out of
alignment. Have an authorized
dealer check the wheel alignment
periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front
or the rear can cause uneven and
rapid treadwear of your tires and
should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel
drive vehicles and those with an
independent rear suspension
could require alignment of all four
wheels.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire
and wheel assembly could result
in irregular tire wear.
Tire Rotation
WARNING: If the tire label
shows different tire pressures for
the front and rear tires and the
vehicle has a tire pressure
monitoring system, then you
need to update the settings for
the system sensors. Always
perform the system reset
procedure after tire rotation. If
you do not reset the system, it
may not provide a low tire
pressure warning when
necessary.
Note: If your tires show uneven
wear ask an authorized dealer to
check for and correct any wheel
misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved
before tire rotation.
Note: Your vehicle could be
equipped with a dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly. A
dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly is defined as a spare
wheel and tire assembly that is
different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels. If you have a dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly it is
intended for temporary use only
and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Note: After having your tires
rotated, inflation pressure must be
checked and adjusted to the
vehicle requirements.
295
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
Note: Uneven tread depth
between the front and rear tires
could lead to degradation in 4WD
engagement and disengagement
performance, additional noise from
the 4WD system or damage.
Rotating your tires at the
recommended interval (as
indicated in the Scheduled
Maintenance chapter) will help
your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance
and longer tire life.
Rear-wheel drive vehicles and
four-wheel drive vehicles (front
tires at left of diagram)
E142548
Sometimes irregular tire wear can
be corrected by rotating the tires.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 30 mph
(50 km/h). Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not use snow
chains on snow-free roads.
WARNING: Only fit snow chains
to specified tires.
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted
with wheel trims, remove them before
fitting snow chains.
WARNING: Snow tires must be
the same size, load index and speed
rating as those originally provided by
Ford. Use of any tire or wheel not
recommended by Ford can affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an increased risk of
loss of control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure.
Follow the Ford recommended tire
inflation pressure found on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label (on the
door hinge pillar, door latch post or the
door edge that meets the door latch
post, next to the driver seat), or Tire
Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door. Failure to follow the tire
pressure recommendations can cause
uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your vehicle
handles.
Note: The suspension insulation and
bumpers help prevent vehicle damage. Do
not remove these components from your
vehicle when using snow tires and chains.
296
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
The tires on your vehicle have all-weather
treads to provide traction in rain and snow.
However, in some climates, you may need
to use snow tires and cables. If you need
to use cables, we recommend you use
steel wheels of the same size and
specifications, as cables may chip
aluminum wheels.
Note: Only use snow chains on applicable
tire sizes.
Only fit snow chains to the following
specified tires:
• 255/70 R16 111T.
• 255/65 R17 110T.
• 265/65 R17 112T.
• 265/60 R18 110T.
• LT265/65 R17 109T.
Only use S-Class snow chains, 0.6 in
(15 mm) chain links.
Only use manual tensioning chains. Do not
use self-tensioning chains.
Only use snow chains in pairs on the rear
axle.
Note: The anti-lock brake system continues
to operate normally.
Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and chains:
• If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle.
• Install chains securely, verifying that
the chains do not touch any wiring,
brake lines, or fuel lines.
• Drive cautiously. If you hear the chains
rub or bang against your vehicle, stop
and retighten the chains. If this does
not work, remove the chains to prevent
damage to your vehicle.
• Remove the tire chains when you no
longer need them. Do not use tire
chains on dry roads.
If you have any questions regarding snow
chains or cables, please contact your
authorized dealer.
Vehicles with Stability Control
When stability control is on, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics. To reduce this, switch
traction control off. See Using Traction
Control (page 167).
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING: The tire pressure
monitoring system is not a substitute for
manually checking tire pressures. You
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to
correctly maintain tire pressures could
increase the risk of tire failure, loss of
control, vehicle rollover and personal
injury.
Note: You should only use tire sealants in
roadside emergencies as they could cause
damage to the tire pressure monitoring
system sensor.
Note: If the tire pressure monitoring system
sensor becomes damaged, it will not
function.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated
to the inflation pressure recommended by
the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires).
297
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
As an added safety feature, your vehicle
has been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency
and tire tread life, and could affect the
vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and
it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation
has not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system will not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended. TPMS malfunctions could occur
for a variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more tires or
wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels
allow the TPMS to continue to function
properly.
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with License exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device will not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that could cause
undesired operation.
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
E142549
Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor located inside the wheel
and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor is attached to the valve stem. The
pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is
not visible unless the tire is removed. Take
care when changing the tire to avoid
damaging the sensor.
You should always have your tires serviced
by an authorized dealer.
298
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
Check the tire pressure periodically (at
least monthly) using an accurate tire
gauge. See When Inflating Your Tires in
this chapter.
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
E250820
The tire pressure monitoring system
measures pressure in your road tires and
sends the tire pressure readings to your
vehicle. You can view the tire pressure
readings through the information display.
See General Information (page 90). The
low tire pressure warning light will turn on
if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once
the light is illuminated, your tires are
under-inflated and need to be inflated to
the manufacturer’s recommended tire
pressure. Even if the light turns on and a
short time later turns off, your tire pressure
still needs to be checked.
When Your Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
When one of your road tires needs to be
replaced with the temporary spare, the
system will continue to identify an issue to
remind you that the damaged road wheel
and tire assembly needs to be repaired and
put back on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire
pressure monitoring system, have the
damaged road wheel and tire assembly
repaired and remounted on your vehicle.
When You Believe Your System is Not
Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure
monitoring system is to warn you when
your tires need air. It can also warn you in
the event the system is no longer capable
of functioning as intended. See the
following chart for information concerning
your tire pressure monitoring system:
299
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
Customer action requiredPossible cause
Low tire pressure
warning light
Make sure tires are at the proper pres-
sure. See Inflating your tires in this
chapter. After inflating your tires to the
manufacturer’s recommended pressure
as shown on the Tire Label (located on
the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar),
the vehicle must be driven for at least
two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h)
before the light turns off.
Tire(s) under-inflated
Solid warning light
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When Your Temporary Spare Tire
is Installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
On vehicles with different front and rear
tire pressures, the system must be
retrained following every tire rotation.
See Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset procedure later in this section.
Tire rotation without
sensor training
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle
to restore system function. For a
description on how the system functions,
see When Your Temporary Spare Tire
is Installed in this section.
Spare tire in use
Flashing warning
light
If the tires are properly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
TPMS malfunction
300
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
When Inflating Your Tires
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
When putting air into your tires (such as at
a gas station or in your garage), the tire
pressure monitoring system will not
respond immediately to the air added to
your tires.
It could take up to two minutes of driving
over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn
off after you have filled your tires to the
recommended inflation pressure.
How Temperature Affects Your Tire
Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system
monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic
tire. While driving in a normal manner, a
typical passenger tire inflation pressure
could increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa)
from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is
stationary overnight with the outside
temperature significantly lower than the
daytime temperature, the tire pressure
could decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a
drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient
temperature. This lower pressure value
could be detected by the tire pressure
monitoring system as being significantly
lower than the recommended inflation
pressure and activate the system warning
light for low tire pressure. If the low tire
pressure warning light is on, visually check
each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one
or more tires are flat, repair as necessary.
Check the air pressure in the road tires. If
any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive
the vehicle to the nearest location where
air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the
tires to the recommended inflation
pressure.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure
WARNING: To determine the
required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see
the Safety Compliance Certification
Label (on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver seat) or the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
Note: You need to perform the tire pressure
monitoring system reset procedure after
each tire rotation.
To provide the vehicle's load carrying
capability, some vehicles require different
recommended tire pressures in the front
tires as compared to the rear tires. The tire
pressure monitoring system equipped on
these vehicles is designed to illuminate the
low tire pressure warning light at two
different pressures; one for the front tires
and one for the rear tires.
Since tires need to be rotated to provide
consistent performance and maximum tire
life, the tire pressure monitoring system
needs to know when the tires are rotated
to determine which set of tires are on the
front and which are on the rear. With this
information, the system can detect and
properly warn of low tire pressures.
System reset tips:
301
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
• To reduce the chances of interference
from another vehicle, perform the
system reset procedure at least 3 ft
(1 m) away from another Ford Motor
Company vehicle undergoing the
system reset procedure at the same
time.
• Do not wait more than two minutes
between resetting each tire sensor or
the system can time-out and you have
to repeat the entire procedure on all
four wheels.
• A double horn sounds indicating the
need to repeat the procedure.
Performing the System Reset Procedure
Read the entire procedure before
attempting.
1. Drive the vehicle above 20 mph
(32 km/h) for at least two minutes,
then park in a safe location where you
can easily get to all four tires and have
access to an air pump.
2. Place the ignition in the off position and
keep the key in the ignition.
3. Cycle the ignition to the on position
with the engine off.
4. Turn the hazard flashers on then off
three times. You must accomplish this
within 10 seconds. If you successfully
enter the reset mode, the horn sounds
once, the system indicator flashes and
a message shows in the information
display. If this does not occur, please
try again starting at step 2. If after
repeated attempts to enter the reset
mode, the horn does not sound, the
system indicator does not flash and no
message shows in the information
display, seek service from your
authorized dealer.
5. Train the tire pressure monitoring
system sensors in the tires using the
following system reset sequence
starting with the left front tire in the
following clockwise order: Left front -
driver side front tire, Right front -
passenger side front tire, Right rear -
passenger side rear tire, Left rear -
driver side rear tire.
6. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the left front tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
Note: The single horn tone confirms that
the sensor identification code has been
learned by the module for this position. If a
double horn is heard, the reset procedure
was unsuccessful, and you must repeat it.
7. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the right front tire. Decrease
the air pressure until the horn sounds.
8. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the right rear tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
9. Remove the valve cap from the valve
stem on the left rear tire. Decrease the
air pressure until the horn sounds.
Training is complete after the horn
sounds for the last tire trained, driver
side rear tire, the system indicator
stops flashing, and a message shows
in the information display.
10. Turn the ignition off. If two short horn
beeps are heard, the reset procedure
was unsuccessful and you must
repeat it. If after repeating the
procedure and two short beeps are
heard when the ignition is turned to
off, seek assistance from your
authorized dealer.
302
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
11. Set all four tires to the recommended
air pressure as indicated on the
Safety Compliance Certification
Label, affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door
edge that meets the door-latch post,
next to the driver seating position or
Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or
the edge of the driver door.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
WARNING: If the tire pressure
monitor sensor becomes damaged it
may not function.
Note: The use of tire sealant could damage
your tire pressure monitoring system and
should only be used in roadside
emergencies.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light illuminates when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full function of
the monitoring system, all road wheels
equipped with tire pressure monitoring
sensors must be mounted on this vehicle.
If you get a flat tire when driving, do not
heavily apply the brake. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed. Firmly hold the
steering wheel and slowly move to a safe
place on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized
dealer in order to prevent damage to the
system sensors. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 297). Replace
the spare tire with a road tire as soon as
possible. During repairing or replacing of
the flat tire, have the authorized dealer
inspect the system sensor for damage.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or
death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and
tire, then it is intended for temporary use
only. This means that if you need to use it,
you should replace it as soon as possible
with a road wheel and tire assembly that
is the same size and type as the road tires
and wheels that were originally provided
by Ford.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and
wheels.
Full-size dissimilar spare
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, 4WD
functionality may be limited, especially
when driving in a mechanically locked 4WD
mode. You may experience the following:
• Additional noise from the transfer case
or other drive components.
• Difficulty shifting out of a mechanically
locked 4WD mode.
303
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly you do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h) in 4WD.
• Engage 4WD unless the vehicle is
stationary.
• Use 4WD on dry pavement.
The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly can lead to
impairment of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• Four-wheel drive capability.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles equipped with a
camper body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the
cargo rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
and seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure
WARNING: When one of the front
wheels is off the ground, the
transmission alone will not prevent the
vehicle from moving or slipping off the
jack, even if the transmission is in park
(P).
WARNING: To help prevent your
vehicle from moving when changing a
wheel, shift the transmission into park
(P), set the parking brake and use an
appropriate block or wheel chock to
secure the wheel diagonally opposite to
the wheel being changed. For example,
when changing the front left wheel,
place an appropriate block or wheel
chock on the right rear wheel.
WARNING: Do not work on your
vehicle when the jack is the only support.
If the vehicle slips off the jack, you or
someone else could be seriously injured.
WARNING: Do not attempt to
change a tire on the side of the vehicle
close to moving traffic. Pull far enough
off the road to avoid the danger of being
hit when operating the jack or changing
the wheel.
WARNING: Always use the jack
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle. If using a jack other than the one
provided, make sure the jack capacity is
adequate for the vehicle weight,
including any vehicle cargo or
modifications. If you are unsure if the jack
capacity is adequate, contact the
authorized dealer.
WARNING: No person should
place any portion of their body under a
vehicle that is supported by a jack.
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other
than when you are changing a wheel in
an emergency.
304
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
WARNING: The jack should be
used on level firm ground wherever
possible.
WARNING: Check that the vehicle
jack is not damaged or deformed and
the thread is lubricated and clean.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and the ground.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your
vehicle.
WARNING: It is recommended
that the wheels of the vehicle be
chocked, and that no person should
remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.
Note: Only use the spare tire carrier to stow
the tire and wheel combination provided
with your vehicle. Other tire and wheel
combinations will cause the tire carrier to
fail.
Note: Do not use impact tools or power
tools on the spare tire carrier, as this could
cause a winch malfunction and prevent a
secure fit. The spare tire carrier tightening
torque should be 29.50 lb.ft (40 Nm) +/-
4.43 lb.ft (6 Nm).
Note: When jacking the vehicle passengers
should not be in the vehicle.
Park on a level surface, activate the hazard
flashers and set the parking brake. Then,
place the transmission in park (P) and turn
the engine off.
Vehicle Jack
WARNING: Ensure screwthread is
adequately lubricated before use.
WARNING: The jack should be
used on level firm ground wherever
possible.
WARNING: Switch the ignition off
and apply the park brake fully before
lifting vehicle.
WARNING: It is recommended
that the wheels of the vehicle be
chocked, and that no person should
remain in a vehicle that is being jacked.
WARNING: No person should
place any portion of their body under a
vehicle that is supported by a jack.
WARNING: Do not get under a
vehicle that is only supported by a
vehicle jack.
E166722
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
wheels. Do not use the vehicle jack other
than when you are changing a wheel in
an emergency.
305
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
Vehicle Jack Assembly
E271861
Wheel brace.A
Jack handle and extensions.B
Vehicle jack.C
The jack, wheel brace, extensions and jack
handle are in the cab.
Your jack does not require maintenance or
additional lubrication over the service life
of your vehicle.
Do not use the jack if it is visibly damaged
or does not operate freely. Replace the
damaged jack with a jack specified for use
on your vehicle if you detect these
conditions.
SuperCab
Note: Pay close attention to the orientation
of the jack and tool kit bag, because you
need to reinstall them after changing the
tire.
E134701
306
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
1. Pull the release strap on the left-hand
side rear seat.
2. Remove the rear seat.
E131838
3. Remove the cover.
E296014
4. Remove the bolt.
5. Lift the jack from the foam block and
remove the jack from your vehicle.
6. Remove the tools.
SuperCrew
Note: The jack and tools are stored
separately.
Note: Pay close attention to the orientation
of the jack and tool kit bag, because you
need to reinstall them after changing the
tire.
E277295
1. Lift the release strap.
2. Lower the seat back.
3. Remove the bolt.
4. Lift the jack from the foam block and
remove the jack from your vehicle.
307
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
SuperCrew
E284137
1. Pull the release strap out.
2. Fully lift the seat cushion up into the
locked position.
3. Loosen the D-ring straps to form a
loop.
4. Remove the tools.
Spare Wheel
Note: If the spare wheel is not the same
type and size as your vehicle road wheel,
drive the shortest distance possible.
Note: Do not fit more than one spare wheel
on your vehicle at any one time.
Note: The spare wheel has a label showing
the maximum driving speed. Drive with
caution and at no more than the permitted
maximum speed.
Note: The usage of a dissimilar spare wheel
or tire at any one wheel location can lead
to impairment of the handling, stability and
braking performance, comfort and noise.
Note: The spare wheel is underneath the
rear of the vehicle.
Note: Only two extensions are used to
lower the rear wheel.
E266665
1. Assemble the handle.
E283035
2. Insert the jack handle into the guide
hole. Turn counterclockwise until the
wheel rests on the ground, and there is
slack in the cable.
308
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
E133590
3. Pass the bracket and cable through the
wheel opening.
Jacking and Lifting Points
WARNING: Use only the specified
jacking points. If you use other positions,
you may damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or
the fuel lines.
E301113
A. Emergency use only.
309
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
E296117
E296118
Removing a Road Wheel
WARNING: Park your vehicle in
such a position that neither the traffic
nor you are hindered or endangered.
WARNING: Make sure that the
wheels are pointing straight ahead.
WARNING: If your vehicle has a
manual transmission, shift into first or
reverse gear. If your vehicle has an
automatic transmission, shift into park
(P).
WARNING: Secure the diagonally
opposite wheel with an appropriate
block or wheel chock.
WARNING: Make sure that the
vehicle jack is vertical to the jacking point
and the base is flat on the ground.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your
vehicle.
Note: Do not lay alloy road wheels face
down on the ground.
E266665
1. Assemble the jack handle.
Note: Assemble the three handles to jack
the rear of the vehicle.
2. Ensure screwthread on the jack is
adequately lubricated before use.
3. Loosen the wheel nuts.
4. Raise your vehicle until the tire is clear
of the ground.
310
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
E134693
5. Remove the wheel nuts and the road
wheel.
Installing a Road Wheel
WARNING: Use only approved
wheel and tire sizes. Using other sizes
could damage your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not fit run flat tires
on vehicles that were not originally fitted
with them. See an authorized dealer for
more details about compatibility.
WARNING: Make sure there is no
grease or oil on the threads or the
surface between the wheel lugs and
nuts. This can cause the lug nuts to
loosen while driving.
WARNING: Have the lug nuts
checked for tightness and the tire
pressure checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: Do not install alloy
wheels using lug nuts designed for use
with steel wheels.
Note: The wheel nuts of alloy wheels and
spoked steel wheels will also be used for
the steel spare wheel for a maximum of two
weeks.
Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contact
surfaces are free from foreign matter.
Note: Make sure that the cones on the
wheel nuts are against the wheel.
1. Install the wheel.
2. Install the wheel nuts finger tight.
3. Install the locking wheel nut key.
E79156
4. Partially tighten the wheel nuts in the
sequence shown.
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
6. Fully tighten the wheel nuts in the
sequence shown. See Technical
Specifications (page 313).
7. Make sure that the projection of the
cap is positioned on the same position
as the projection of the hub.
Note: If the spare wheel is different in size
or construction to the road wheels, replace
it as soon as possible.
Stowing the Flat Tire
Note: Do not use impact tools or power
tools on the spare tire carrier, as this could
cause a winch malfunction and prevent a
secure fit.
311
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
1. Place the wheel flat on the ground,
with the outer face of the wheel facing
up.
2. Tilt the bracket, and pass it through the
center of the wheel.
3. Fully insert the jack handle into the
guide hole and turn the jack handle
clockwise until the tire raises to its
stowed position underneath your
vehicle and is securely seated. The
spare tire carrier tightening torque
should be 29.50 lb.ft (40 Nm) +/-
4.43 lb.ft (6 Nm).
4. Stow the wheel brace, jack, and jack
handle away.
Stowing the Vehicle Jack and Tool
Kit - SuperCab
E296013
1. Before bringing the jack back into the
vehicle, rotate the lead screw of the
jack counterclockwise to collapse the
jack height. Do not fully tighten.
2. Install the tool kit in the bin.
3. Place the jack on the foam block and
pull the top of the jack up, to align the
jack load rest hole with the hole of the
floor bracket.
4. Insert the wing bolt and tighten the
wing bolt by hand.
5. Install the cover.
Stowing the Vehicle Jack -
SuperCrew
1. Before bringing the jack back into the
vehicle, rotate the lead screw of the
jack counterclockwise to collapse the
jack height. Ensure that jack is not fully
closed.
E278126
312
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
2. Place the jack on the foam block and
pull the top of the jack up, to align the
jack load rest hole with the hole of the
floor bracket.
3. Insert the wing bolt and tighten the
wing bolt by hand.
Stowing the Tool Kit - SuperCrew
E284139
1. Place the tools inside the tool bag.
2. Install the tool bag on the plastic bin
by passing them through the D-ring
straps and placing them as shown in
the image.
3. Pull the straps forward to tighten.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING: When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign
materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel
hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners
that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of
the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel
mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while
your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
lb.ft (Nm)
1
Bolt Size
100 lb.ft (135 Nm)M12 x 1.5
1
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only our
recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any
wheel disturbance, such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire or wheel removal.
313
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
E145950
Wheel pilot bore.A
Inspect the wheel pilot hole and
mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose
particles.
314
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Wheels and Tires
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
2.3L EcoBoostEngine
138Cubic inches.
Minimum 87 octaneRequired fuel.
1-3-4-2Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.027 - 0.031 in (0.70 - 0.80 mm)Spark plug gap.
10:1Compression ratio.
Drivebelt Routing
2.3L EcoBoost Engine
E276823
Short, narrow width drivebelt is
on first pulley groove closest to
engine.
A.
Long, wide width drivebelt is on
second pulley groove farthest
from engine.
B.
315
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
Part NumberComponent
FA-1943Air filter element.
FL-910-SOil filter.
BAGM-48H6-610Battery.
BAGM-94RH7-800
SP-578Spark plugs.
FP-88Cabin air filter.
WW-2615 (driver side)Windshield wiper blade.
WW-1615 (passenger side)
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at a dealer or at fordparts.com
for scheduled maintenance. We engineer the parts for your vehicle to meet or exceed our
specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions and
durability. Your warranty could be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance
specification SAE/USCAR-36.
For spark plug replacement, contact a dealer.
Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals.
See Scheduled Maintenance (page 436).
316
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
A
B
E133363
The vehicle identification
number is on the left-hand side
of the instrument panel.
A
The vehicle identification
number is also stamped beneath
the front door on the chassis, on
the right-hand side.
B
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
E167469
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration Regulations require that a
Safety Compliance Certification Label be
affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
may be located. The Safety Compliance
Certification Label shall be affixed to either
the door hinge pillar, the door latch post,
or the edge of the door near the door latch,
next to the driver's seating position.
317
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
TRANSMISSION CODE
DESIGNATION
E167814
The transmission code is on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label. The
following table shows the transmission
code along with the transmission
description.
CodeDescription
UTen-speed automatic transmission 10R80
318
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS
Capacities
WARNING: The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under
high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant
system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.
CapacityItem
6.2 qt (5.9 L)Engine oil (with oil filter).
11.6 qt (11 L)Engine coolant.
Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoirBrake fluid.
2.11 pt (1.0 L)Front axle fluid.
3.70 pt (1.75 L)Rear axle fluid (standard axle).
3.04 pt (1.44 L)Rear axle fluid (locking axle).
12.8 qt (12.1 L)
1
Automatic transmission fluid.
23.7 fl oz (700 ml)Power Transfer Unit (PTU) fluid (four-
wheel drive).
Fill as requiredWindshield washer fluid.
18.8 gal (71.2 L)Fuel tank.
1.49 lb (0.675 kg)A/C refrigerant.
2.7 fl oz (80 ml)A/C refrigerant compressor oil.
1
Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes.
319
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C946-B1Motor oil (U.S.):
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor
Oil
XO-5W30-Q1SP
WSS-M2C946-B1Motor oil (Canada):
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil
CXO-5W30-LSP12
WSS-M97B44-D2Engine coolant (U.S.):
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
VC-3DIL-B
WSS-M97B44-D2Engine coolant (Canada):
Motorcraft® Orange Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant
CVC-3DIL-B
WSS-M6C65-A2Brake fluid:
Motorcraft® DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance
Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid
PM-20
WSP-M2C197-ARear axle fluid (U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant
XY-80W90-QL
WSP-M2C197-ARear axle fluid (Canada)
Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant
CXY-80W90-1L
WSS-M2C949-AAutomatic transmission fluid (U.S.):
MERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmission
Fluid
XT-12-QULV
WSS-M2C949-AAutomatic transmission fluid (Canada):
MERCON® ULVMotorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmission
Fluid
XT-12-QULVC
WSS-M2C938-ATransfer Case fluid (U.S.)
MERCON® LVMotorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
XT-10-QLVC
WSS-M2C938-ATransfer Case fluid (Canada)
320
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
SpecificationName
MERCON® LVMotorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid
CXT-10-LV12
WSS-M14P19-AWindshield washer fluid (U.S.):
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate
with Bitterant
ZC-32-B2
WSS-M14P19-AWindshield washer fluid (Canada):
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid
CXC-37-(A, B, D, F)
WSS-M17B21-AA/C refrigerant (U.S.):
R-1234yf Refrigerant
YN-33-A
WSS-M17B21-AA/C refrigerant (Canada):
R-1234yf Refrigerant
HS7Z-19B519-BA
WSS-M2C300-A2A/C refrigerant compressor oil:
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil
YN-35
ESA-M1C75-BTransmission, parking brake linkage and pivots and brake
pedal shift grease:
Premium Long-Life Grease
XG-1-E1
ESB-M1C93-BMulti-purpose grease:
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Grease Spray
XL-5-A
-Lock cylinders (U.S.):
Penetrating and Lock Lubricant
XL-1
-Lock cylinders (Canada):
Penetrating Fluid
CXC-51-A
If you use oil and fluids that do not meet
the defined specification and viscosity
grade, this may lead to:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced engine performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
• Reduced brake performance.
321
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
We recommend Motorcraft® motor oil for
your vehicle. If Motorcraft® oil is not
available, use motor oils of the
recommended viscosity grade that meet
API SN PLUS requirements and display the
API Certification Mark for gasoline engines.
Do not use oil labeled with API SN PLUS
service category unless the label also
displays the API certification mark
E142732
E276075
An oil that displays this symbol conforms
to current engine, emission system and
fuel economy performance standards of
ILSAC.
Do not use supplemental engine oil
additives because they are unnecessary
and could lead to engine damage that your
vehicle warranty does not cover.
Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use
of any fluid other than the recommended
fluid may cause reduced brake performance
and not meet our performance standards.
Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials could result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Note: Automatic transmissions that require
MERCON® ULV transmission fluid will only
use MERCON® ULV transmission fluid. The
use of any other fluid could cause
transmission damage.
Alternative Engine Oil for
Extremely Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C953-B1Engine oil - SAE 0W-30
322
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
E240523
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Power (Watts)SpecificationBulb
55H11LLHeadlamp low beam.
60HB3LLHeadlamp high beam.
LEDLED
Headlamps.
1
21/5
W21/5WFront park/direction indicator bulb
(Clear).
28/8
7444NAFront park/direction indicator bulb
(Amber).
3.78194Front side marker bulb.
55H11Front fog lamp bulb.
LED
LED
Front fog lamps.
1
21/5W21/5WRear brake/park bulb.
21WY21WRear direction indicator bulb.
LED
LED
Rear direction/park/stop lamp.
1
LED
LED
Reverse lamp.
1
21W21WReverse lamp bulb - type 1.
323
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
Power (Watts)SpecificationBulb
26.9
3157KRear direction/park/stop lamp
bulb.
26.93157KReverse lamp bulb - type 2.
5W5WLicense plate lamp.
12.8912Center high mounted brake lamp.
LEDLED
Center high mounted brake lamp.
1
12.8912Cargo lamp bulb.
LED
LED
Cargo lamp.
1
1
Optional LED lamps.
Note: LED lamps are not serviceable. See an authorized dealer if they fail.
324
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Capacities and Specifications
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception
Factors
AM and FM frequencies are established by
the Federal Communications Commission
(FCC) and the Canadian Radio and
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC).
Those frequencies are:
• AM: 530-1710 kHz
• FM: 87.9-107.9 MHz
Note: Listening to loud audio for long
periods of time could damage your hearing.
Radio Reception Factors
The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the
weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Distance and strength
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
result in the audio system muting.
Station overload
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES
WITHOUT: SYNC
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Accessing the Clock Settings
E265036
Press and release the button to
access the clock setting.
Use the center arrow controls to
change the hours and minutes.
Accessing the Media Source Menu
E265035
Press and release the button to
open the media source menu.
You can press this multiple times to
change to a media device or scroll through
the media sources using the arrow buttons.
Press OK to select a source.
Accessing the Menu
E265038
Press and release the button to
access different audio system
features.
325
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Accessing the Phone Features
E265037
Press and release the button to
access the phone features of the
system.
Accessing the Sound Settings
E265271
Press and release the button to
access settings for Treble,
Midrange, Bass, Fade and
Balance.
Adjusting the Volume
E265373
Turn to adjust the volume.
Changing Radio Stations
E265696
In radio mode, turn to search through the
radio frequency band.
Listening to the Radio
E265033
Press and release the button to
listen to the radio or change the
radio frequency band.
Muting the Audio
E265043
Press and release the button to
mute the playing audio.
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off
Press and release the button.
Using the Display Control
Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the various settings. When you make
your selection, press the left and right
arrow buttons to change the settings.
E265041
Press and release to confirm a
selection.
326
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Press and release the function buttons
below the display to select different
functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in.
Using the Number Block
In radio mode, store and recall your favorite
radio stations. To store a favorite station,
press and hold until the sound returns. In
phone mode, enter a phone number.
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse
In radio mode, select a frequency band and
press and release either button. The
system stops at the first station it finds in
that direction.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Accessing the Apps Menu
E249410
Press and release the button to
access the apps menu. Follow
the on-screen prompts to make
your selection.
Accessing the Clock Settings
E265036
Press and release the button to
access the clock setting.
Use the center arrow controls to
change the hours and minutes.
Accessing the Media Source Menu
E100027
Press and release the button to
open the media source menu.
You can press this multiple times to
change to a SYNC-Media device or scroll
through the media sources using the arrow
buttons. Press OK to select a source.
Accessing the Information Menu
E268570
Press and release the button to
access the information menu.
Follow the on-screen prompts
to make your selection.
Accessing the Phone Features
E272546
Press and release the button to
access the phone features of the
SYNC system.
Accessing the Settings Menu
E142607
Press and release the button to
access the settings menu.
Follow the on-screen prompts
to make your selection.
327
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Accessing the Sound Settings
Press and release the button to
access settings for Treble,
Midrange, Bass, Fade and
Balance.
Adjusting the Volume
E265373
Turn to adjust the volume.
Changing Radio Stations
E265696
In radio mode, turn to search through the
radio frequency band.
Listening to the Radio
Press and release the button to
listen to the radio or change the
radio frequency band.
Playing or Pausing Media
Press and release the button to
either play or pause the audio.
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off
Press and release the button.
Switching the Display On and Off
E272035
Press and release the button.
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off
E268569
Press and release the button to
repeat the current media source.
Switching Shuffle Mode On and
Off
Press and release the button to
shuffle the current media source.
Using a Cell Phone
Press and release to either
answer an incoming phone call
or to make a phone call.
E265040
Press and hold to end a phone
call.
328
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Using the Display Control
Use the up and down arrow buttons to
select the various settings. When you make
your selection, press the left and right
arrow buttons to change the settings.
E265041
Press and release to confirm a
selection.
Using the Number Block
In radio mode, store and recall your favorite
radio stations. To store a favorite station
press and hold until the sound returns.
In phone mode, enter a phone number.
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse
In radio mode, select a frequency band and
press and release either button. The
system stops at the first station it finds in
that direction.
AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH:
SYNC 3
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: The touchscreen system controls
most of the audio features.
Note: Some features, such as satellite
radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer.
Adjusting the Volume
E265373
Turn to adjust the volume.
329
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Changing Radio Stations
E265696
In radio mode, turn to search through the
radio frequency band.
In satellite radio mode, turn to find the
previous or next available satellite radio
station.
Playing or Pausing Media
Press and release the button to
either play or pause the audio.
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off
Press and release the button.
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse
In radio mode, select a frequency band and
press and release either button. The
system stops at the first station it finds in
that direction.
In satellite radio mode, press and release
to select the next or previous satellite radio
station. If you select a specific category
such as jazz, rock or news, press to find the
next or previous station in that category.
CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH
DEVICE - VEHICLES WITHOUT:
SYNC
Pairing a Device
E265037
Press the button.
Select BT Devices and follow the
instructions on the screen.
Note: When pairing a new device, you can
choose to download contacts and set this
as the primary device.
330
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
RADIO
Antenna
E261117
You can temporarily remove the mast by
unscrewing it from the base.
Note: Remove the antenna mast before
entering a car wash. Make sure you firmly
screw in the mast when reattaching it to
maintain optimum radio reception.
DIGITAL RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the HD Radio logo on your
screen. When this logo is available, you
may also see Title and Artist fields
on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you
can access the following functions:
• Scan allows you to hear a brief
sampling of all available stations. This
feature still works when HD Radio
reception is on, although it does not
scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may
see the HD logo appear if the station
has a digital broadcast.
• Memory presets allow you to save an
active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot
until the sound returns. There is a brief
mute while the radio saves the station.
Sound returns when finished. When
switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory
preset, the sound mutes before the
digital audio plays, because the system
has to reacquire the digital signal.
Note: As with any saved radio station, you
cannot access a station you save if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.
331
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on
the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due
to weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to
the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available
again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible
HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays
muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal
again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the
analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an
HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending
on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change
when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending
is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to
analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
332
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment
by the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or repeat
in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The
reception issue may clear up
as you continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or blending in
and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until
the audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is avail-
able.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting HD2 or
HD3, multicast preset or
Direct Tune.
No action required. The
station is not available in
your current location.
The previously stored
multicast preset or direct
tune is not available in your
current reception area.
Cannot access HD2 or HD3
multicast channel when
recalling a preset or from a
direct tune.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.
*
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
Text information does not
match currently playing
audio.
Fill out the station issue
form at website listed
below.
*
Data service issue by the
radio broadcaster.
There is no text information
shown for currently selected
frequency.
No action required. This is
normal behavior.
Pressing Scan disables
HD2-HD7 channel search.
HD2-HD7 stations not found
when Scan is pressed.
*
http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation
and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD
and HD Radio logos are proprietary
trademarks of DTS Ford Motor Company
and DTS are not responsible for the
content sent using HD Radio technology.
Content may be changed, added or deleted
at any time at the station owner's
discretion.
SATELLITE RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio broadcasts a
variety of music, news, sports, weather,
traffic and entertainment satellite radio
channels. For more information and a
complete list of SiriusXM satellite radio
channels, visit www.siriusxm.com in the
United States, www.siriusxm.ca in Canada,
or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
333
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
Satellite Radio Reception Factors
Potential satellite radio reception issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna
clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
material as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating
tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and
the audio system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the
interference and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal interfer-
ence
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Ford Motor Company shall not be
responsible for any such programming
changes.
E208625
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SiriusXM satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term,
which begins on the date of sale or lease
of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer
for availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
complete list of SiriusXM satellite radio
channels, and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. When in
satellite radio mode, tune to channel 0.
334
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
Troubleshooting
ActionConditionMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than
two seconds to produce
audio for the selected
channel.
Acquiring…
If this message does not
clear shortly, or with an igni-
tion key cycle, your receiver
may have a fault. See an
authorized dealer for service.
There is an internal module
or system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer
available.
Invalid Channel
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to
the channel, or tune to
another channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the
SiriusXM satellite or Siri-
usXM tower to your vehicle
antenna.
No Signal
No action required. The
process may take up to
three minutes.
Update of channel
programming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve
subscription issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call
1-888-539-7474
Use the channel guide to
turn off the Lock or Skip
function on that station.
All the channels in the
selected category are either
skipped or locked.
None found
Check Channel Guide
No action required.SiriusXM has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
Subscription Updated
335
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
AUDIO INPUT JACK (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
WARNING: Always place your
device in a secure location in your vehicle
so it does not become a projectile in a
sudden stop or crash. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
E191758
The auxiliary input jack allows you to
connect and play music from your portable
music player through your vehicle speakers.
You can use any portable music player
designed for use with headphones. Your
audio extension cable must have male
connectors at each end.
1. Make sure your vehicle is stationary
with the audio unit and the portable
music player switched off.
2. Plug the extension cable from the
device into the audio input jack.
3. Switch on the radio and select either a
tuned FM station or a CD.
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
5. Switch on your device and adjust the
volume to half the maximum level.
6. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN
appears in the display. You should hear
music from your device even if it is low.
7. Adjust the volume on your device until
it reaches the volume level of the FM
station or CD. Do this by switching back
and forth between the AUX and FM or
CD controls.
Use the vehicle audio unit buttons to
restore playback from the vehicle audio
unit, while your device remains connected.
Note: The audio extension cable must be
long enough for you to safely store the
device when your vehicle is moving.
Note: For optimum performance when
using any auxiliary device set the volume on
the device high. This reduces audio
interference when charging the device using
the vehicle power supply.
Note: For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your device while
your vehicle is moving.
USB PORT (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
336
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
E201595
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices, if supported.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION -
VEHICLES WITHOUT: SYNC
Voice Pass Through
This system allows you to use the voice
recognition features of your phone.
E142599
Press the voice control button
on the steering wheel.
Note: This only works when connected via
Bluetooth. See Connecting a Bluetooth
Device (page 330).
Note: When using voice pass through use
the language set on the device.
MEDIA HUB (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
The media hub may be on the instrument
panel or center console.
The media hub may contain one or more
of the following inputs:
See USB Port (page 336).
See Audio Input Jack (page 336).
337
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your Bluetooth
enabled cellular phone and portable media
player. This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls.
• Access and play music from your
portable music player.
• Use 911 Assist or Emergency Assistance
and applications via SYNC AppLink.
*
• Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands.
• Stream music from your connected
phone.
• Text message.
• Use the advanced voice recognition
system.
• Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this).
*
These features are not available in all
markets and may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
Support
SYNC support is available at your regional
Ford website. See SYNC™
Troubleshooting (page 346).
SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software downloads available for
SYNC.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
Driving Restrictions
For your safety, certain features are
speed-dependent and restricted when your
vehicle is traveling over 3.1 mph (5 km/h).
Safety Information
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's manual for further information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
Privacy Information
When a cellular phone is connected to
SYNC, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that is linked to that cellular
phone. This profile is created in order to
offer you more cellular features and to
operate more efficiently. Among other
338
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
things, this profile may contain data about
your cellular phone book, text messages
(read and unread), and call history,
including history of calls when your cellular
phone was not connected to the system.
In addition, if you connect a media device,
the system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and development log will remain in the
vehicle unless you delete them and are
generally accessible only in the vehicle
when you connect the cellular phone or
media player. If you no longer plan to use
the system or the vehicle, we recommend
you perform a Master Reset to erase all
stored information.
No one can access system data without
special equipment and access to the
vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor
Company and Ford of Canada will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described absent consent, a
court order, or where required by law
enforcement, other government
authorities, or other third parties acting
with lawful authority. Other parties may
seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company and
Ford of Canada. For further privacy
information, see the section on 911 Assist.
See SYNC™ Applications and Services
(page 342).
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is around you.
Initiating a Voice Session
E142599
Press the voice button. A list of
available voice commands
appears in the display.
Global Voice Commands
These voice commands are always
available. You can say them at any time.
Global voice commands
Gives you available commands you can use
on the current screen.
Help
Gives you a list of possible voice
commands.
List of Commands
This command ends the voice session. You
can also cancel a session by pressing seek
up, seek down, or holding the voice button
for two or more seconds.
Cancel
339
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Helpful Hints
• Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
• Before giving a voice command, wait
for the system announcement to finish,
followed by a single tone. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.
• Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
• You can interrupt the system at any
time while it is speaking by pressing the
voice button. You can cancel a voice
session by pressing and holding the
voice button.
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
E142599
Press the voice button. When
prompted, say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Voice Settings
Then either of the following:
Provides more detailed interaction and
guidance. (Recommended for first time
users.)
Interaction Mode Standard
Provides less audible interaction and guid-
ance.
Interaction Mode Advanced
Phone Confirmation
Using phone confirmations the system
asks you to verify before placing any calls.
340
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
To adjust this setting press the voice button, when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Voice Settings
Then any of the following:
When enabled, this feature will prompt you
to confirm any voice initiated call command
prior to the call being placed.
Phone Confirmation Off
The system will make a best guess; you
may still occasionally be asked to confirm
settings.
Phone Confirmation On
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cellular phone's
functionality. At a minimum, most cellular
phones with Bluetooth wireless technology
support the following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
Pairing a Phone
Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC
allows you to make and receive hands-free
calls.
Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition
and the radio. Shift the transmission into
park (P) for automatic transmission or first
gear for manual transmission.
Using the Audio System
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up and down arrows on your audio
system.
1. Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
2. Press the Settings button.
3. Select Bluetooth from the menu.
4. Press the OK button.
5. Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device.
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone and
downloading your phonebook.
341
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Using Voice Commands
E142599
Make sure to switch on your
phone's Bluetooth feature
before starting the search. See
your device's manual if necessary.
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Voice Command
Follow the instruc-
tions on the audio
display.
Pair Phone
Phone Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button. You can
do things like place a phone call
and access text messages.
When prompted, say a command. See the
following table for examples of
commands.
Voice Command
___ List of Commands
Help
Call ___
Dial ___
Text Messages
__ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
contact or phone number.
Phone Controls
Use the phone buttons on your steering
wheel to answer, reject, or hang up a call.
Accessing Features through the
Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages, as well
as access phone and system settings.
1. Press the PHONE button to enter the
phone menu.
2. Scroll through the menu to view
contacts, text messages, and the
phone dialer.
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES
• 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of
an emergency.
• SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect
to and use certain applications (if your
phone is compatible).
These features may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
911 Assist
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the
system will not dial for help which could
delay response time, potentially
increasing the risk of serious injury or
death after a crash.
WARNING: Do not wait for 911
Assist to make an emergency call if you
can do it yourself. Dial emergency
services immediately to avoid delayed
response time which could increase the
risk of serious injury or death after a
crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within
five seconds of the crash, the system or
phone may be damaged or
non-functional.
342
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
WARNING: Always place your
phone in a secure location in your vehicle
so it does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user switches 911 Assist to on
or off, that setting applies for all paired
phones. If 911 Assist is switched off, either
a voice message plays or a display message
or an icon comes on when your vehicle is
started and after a previously paired phone
connects.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth-enabled phone.
See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 42). Important information about
airbag deployment is in this chapter.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 227).
Important information about the fuel pump
shut-off is in this chapter.
Setting 911 Assist On or Off
Press the Settings button then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
Select the desired option, on
or off.
911 Assist
To make sure that 911 Assist works
properly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth
enabled and compatible cell phone to
SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off (the triggers for 911
Assist). If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses its connection to SYNC
during a crash, SYNC searches for and tries
to connect to a previously paired cell
phone; SYNC then attempts to call the
emergency services.
343
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel".
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle are
able to talk with the operator. Be prepared
to provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
911 Assist May Not Work If
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
SYNC Mobile Apps
The system enables voice and steering
wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. When an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and steering wheel controls.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website
Note: Availability of SYNC AppLink enabled
Apps will vary by region.
Note: Make sure you have an active
account for the app that you have
downloaded. Some apps work
automatically with no setup. Other apps
want you to configure your personal settings
and personalize your experience by creating
stations or favorites. We recommend you
do this at home or outside of your vehicle.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Press the Mobile Apps button to access
the menu on-screen. Then select:
Action and DescriptionMenu
Item
Scroll through the list of
available applications and
select a particular app.
Find
Mobile
Apps
Note: If you cannot find a compatible SYNC
AppLink app, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.
344
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button, then when prompted say:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Say the name of the application after the tone.
The app should start. When an app is running through SYNC, you
can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app, for example "Play Playlist Road Trip".
Mobile Applications
SYNC lists all of the currently available mobile apps.List Applications
Searches your connected mobile device for SYNC-compatible
mobile apps.
Find Applications
Use this command to discover the available voice commands.Help
App Permissions
App permissions are organized by groups.
You can grant these group permissions
individually. You can change a permission
group status any time when not driving, by
using the settings menu.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app such as, but not
limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel
consumption, engine speed, rain
sensor, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, and head lamp status.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information such as, but
not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status,
engine revolutions per minute, gear
position, braking events, steering wheel
angle, and accelerator pedal position.
• To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
• To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state. Push notifications
may be particularly useful for news or
location based apps.
Note: You only need to grant permissions
the first time you use an app with SYNC.
Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve Ford to
provide to an app.
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place.
345
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
SYNC supports digital media sources
including: iPod, Bluetooth devices, and
most USB drives. SYNC also supports
audio formats, such as MP3, WMA, WAV
and ACC.
Media Sources
The AUX or MEDIA button allows you to
view and select available media sources.
Press the AUX or MEDIA button to view
your sources. Use the directional arrows
and OK button to select your source. You
can also use the steering wheel audio
controls.
Audio Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button. You can
do things like play a specific song
or album, skip to the next song,
or tune to a radio station. When prompted,
say a command. See the following table
for example commands. Not all
commands may be available on your
vehicle.
Command
___ List of Commands
Help
Pause
Play
Next Track
Previous Track
AM ___
FM ___
CD Player
Sirius Channel ___
USB
Bluetooth Audio
__ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as an
artist, station, or media source.
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, see the tables
below.
Use your regional Ford website at any time
to check your phone's compatibility,
register your account and set preferences
as well as access a customer
representative via an online chat (during
certain hours).
Website(s)Market
www.SYNCMyRide.comNorth America
www.SYNCMyRide.ca
www.sync-
maroute.ca
346
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review your phone's manual
about audio adjustments.
The audio control settings
on your phone may be
affecting SYNC perform-
ance.
There is excessive back-
ground noise during a phone
call.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
During a call, I can hear the
other person but they
cannot hear me.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
SYNC is not able to down-
load my phonebook.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Use the SYNCmyphone
feature available on the
website.
Try pushing your phonebook
contacts to SYNC by using
the Add Contacts feature.
This may be a limitation on
your phone's capability.
The system says Phonebook
Downloaded but the
phonebook in SYNC is
empty or missing contacts.
If the missing contacts are
stored on your SIM card, try
moving them to the device
memory.
Remove any pictures or
special ring tones associ-
ated with the missing
contact.
347
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Phone issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Depending upon your phone,
you may have to grant SYNC
permission to access your
phonebook contacts. Make
sure to confirm when
prompted by your phone
during the phonebook
download.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
I am having trouble
connecting my phone to
SYNC.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
Try deleting your device
from SYNC, deleting SYNC
from your device and trying
again.
Check the security and auto
accept and prompt always
settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on
your phone.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Update your device's firm-
ware.
Turn off the Auto phone-
book download setting.
Go to the website to review
your phone's compatibility.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Text messaging is not
working on SYNC.
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device or
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
phone malfunction.
Press the Phone button to
return to the Phone menu.
You are on the Select a
Character screen.
I cannot return to the Phone
menu when selecting a
contact.
348
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Try turning off the device,
resetting the device,
removing the device's
battery, then trying again.
This may be a possible
device malfunction.
I am having trouble
connecting my device.
Make sure you are using the
manufacturer's cable.
Make sure you insert the
USB cable correctly into the
device and the USB port.
Make sure that the device
does not have an auto-
install program or active
security settings.
Make sure you are not
leaving the device in your
vehicle during very hot or
cold temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC does not recognize
my device when I turn on the
car.
Review the device compatib-
ility chart on the SYNC
website to confirm your
phone supports the
Bluetooth audio streaming
function.
This is a phone-dependent
feature.
Bluetooth audio does not
stream.
Make sure you correctly
connect the device to SYNC,
and that you have pressed
play on your device.
The device is not connected.
Make sure that all song
details are populated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC does not recognize
music that is on my device.
349
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
USB and media issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
The file may be corrupted.
Some devices require you to
change the USB settings
from mass storage to MTP
class.
The song may have copy-
right protection, which does
not allow it to play.
Switch radio bands and
return to Sirius or switch the
feature off. You can then
change the Sirius station
using the directional
buttons.
Sirius Replay is active.
I cannot change the Sirius
station.
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Review the phone voice
commands and the media
voice commands at the
beginning of their respective
sections.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
what I am saying.
After pressing the voice icon,
wait until after the tone
sounds and Listening
appears before saying a
command. Any command
spoken before this does not
register with the system.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong time.
Review the media voice
commands at the beginning
of the media section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
the name of a song or artist.
Say the song or artist
exactly as listed. If you say
"Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music
by Prince and the Revolution
or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
350
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you are saying the
complete title, such as
"California remix featuring
Jennifer Nettles".
If the song titles are in all
CAPS, you have to spell
them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special charac-
ters in the title. The system
does not recognize them.
Review the Phone voice
commands at the beginning
of the phone section.
You may be using the wrong
voice commands.
SYNC does not understand
or is calling the wrong
contact when I want to
make a call.
Make sure you are saying the
contacts exactly as they are
listed. For example, if you
save a contact as Joe
Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
Using the SYNC phone
menu, open the phonebook
and scroll to the name
SYNC is having trouble
understanding. SYNC will
read the name to you, giving
you some idea of the
pronunciation SYNC is
expecting.
You may be saying the
name differently than the
way you saved it.
351
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
The system works better if
you list full names, such as
"Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
The system may not be
reading the name the same
way you are saying it.
Do not use special charac-
ters, such as 123 or ICE, as
the system does not recog-
nize them.
Contacts in your phonebook
may be very short and
similar, or they may contain
special characters.
If a contact is in CAPS, you
have to spell it. JAKE
requires you to say "Call J-
A-K-E".
Your phonebook contacts
may be in CAPS.
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Ensure you have a compat-
ible smartphone; an Android
with OS 2.3 or higher or an
iPhone 3GS or newer with
iOS 5.0 or higher. Addition-
ally, ensure your phone is
An AppLink capable phone
is not connected to SYNC.
AppLink Mobile Applica-
tions: When I select "Find
New Apps," SYNC does not
find any applications.
paired and connected to
SYNC in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on
your device. iPhone users
must also connect to
SYNC's USB port with an
Apple USB cable.
Ensure you have down-
loaded and installed the
latest version of the app
from your phone's app store.
Ensure the app is running on
your phone. Some apps
AppLink-enabled apps are
not installed and running on
your mobile device.
My phone is connected, but
I still cannot find any apps.
require you to register or
352
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
login on the app on the
phone before using them
with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC"
setting, so check the app's
settings menu on the phone.
Closing and restarting apps
may help SYNC find the
application if you cannot
discover it inside the vehicle.
On an Android device, if
apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit'
Sometime apps do not
properly close and re-open
their connection to SYNC,
over ignition cycles, for
example.
My phone is connected, my
app(s) are running, but I still
cannot find any apps.
option, select that then
restart the app. If the app
does not have that option,
you can also manually
"Force Close" the app by
going to the phone's settings
menu, selecting 'Apps.' then
finding the particular app
and choosing 'Force stop.'
Don't forget to restart the
app afterwards, then select
"Find New Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to
force close an app, double
tab the home button then
swipe up on the app to close
it. Tab the home button
again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a
few seconds, the app should
then appear in SYNC's
Mobile App's Menu.
Reset the Bluetooth on your
phone by turning it off and
then turning Bluetooth back
on. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC should be able to
automatically re-connect to
your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth bug on
some older versions of the
Android operating system
that may cause apps that
were found on your previous
vehicle drive to not be found
again if you have not turned
off Bluetooth.
My Android phone is
connected, my app(s) are
running, I restarted them,
but I still cannot find any
apps.
353
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
AppLink issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Unplug the USB cable from
the phone, wait a moment,
and plug the USB cable
back in to the phone. After a
few seconds, the app should
appear in SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu. If not, "Force
Close" the application and
restart it.
The USB connection to
SYNC may need to be reset.
My iPhone phone is
connected, my app is
running, I restarted the app
but I still cannot find it on
SYNC.
Try increasing the Bluetooth
volume of the device by
using the device's volume
control buttons which are
most often found on the
side of the device.
The bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an Android phone. I
found and started my media
app on SYNC, but there is no
sound or the sound is very
low.
Force close or uninstall the
apps you do not want SYNC
to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that
setting in the app's settings
menu on the phone.
Some Android devices have
a limited number of
bluetooth ports apps can
use to connect. If you have
more AppLink apps on your
phone than the number of
available Bluetooth ports,
you will not see all of your
apps listed in SYNC's mobile
apps menu.
I can only see some of the
AppLink apps running on my
phone listed in SYNC's
Mobile Apps Menu.
SYNC System Reset
The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if
the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and
will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices,
phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset,
press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power
button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the
reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC
system.
354
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ (If Equipped)
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Getting to Know Your System
The SYNC 3 system allows you to interact
with a variety of features using the
touchscreen and voice commands. By
integrating with your Bluetooth enabled
phone, the touchscreen provides easy
interaction with audio, multimedia, climate
control, navigation, and your phone's SYNC
3 compatible apps.
Using the Touchscreen
To operate the touchscreen, you can
simply touch the item or option that you
want to select. The button changes color
when you select it.
The SYNC 3 layout allows you to quickly
select the feature you wish to use.
E269856
355
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
This bar displays icons and messages pertaining to current
system activities including climate settings, voice
commands and phone functions such as text messages.
Status BarA
This button is available on the main screens. Pressing it
takes you to the home screen view.
HomeB
This shows the current time. You can set the clock manually
or have it controlled by the vehicle's GPS location. See
Settings (page 404).
ClockC
This displays the current outside temperature.Outside
Temperature
D
You can touch any of the buttons on this bar to select a
feature.
Feature BarE
The touchscreen allows you quick access
to all of your comfort, navigation,
communication and entertainment
options. Using the status and feature bar
you can quickly select the feature you want
to use.
Note: Your system is equipped with a
feature that allows you to access and
control audio features for 10 minutes after
you switch the ignition off (and no doors
open).
The Status Bar
Additional icons also display in the status
bar depending on market, vehicle options
and current operation. If a feature is not
active, the icon does not display. Certain
icons may move to the left or right
depending on what options are active.
356
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
E270077
i
DescriptionItemCallout
This shows the temperature the driver selects through
the climate control system.
Driver Temper-
ature
A
When you activate the heated steering wheel option
on the touch screen, this icon displays. It only displays
when there is not a physical button for the heated
steering wheel.
Heated steering
wheel
B
(If equipped)
When the passenger's temperature has been
adjusted and is no longer linked to the driver's
temperature, it displays here. If Dual is turned off and
the temperatures are linked, the passenger's
temperature does not display.
Passenger
Temperature
C
This icon displays when your phone's microphone is
muted. A caller cannot hear you.
Microphone MuteD
This icon displays when the audio system is muted.MuteE
357
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
This icon appears when SYNC 3 receives a software
update. Pressing the icon shows more details about
the new software.
DownloadF
This icon appears if a Wi-Fi network is connected.Wi-FiG
An available Wi-Fi network is within range.Wi-Fi in RangeH
This icon displays the phone signal strength and the
roaming signal strength.
Signal StrengthI
This icon displays when you receive a text message
on your phone.
Text MessageJ
This icon displays when 911 Assist is set to off and
your phone is connected to SYNC.
911 Assist OffK
This icon displays when a phone call is active.In-CallL
Messages may also appear in the status
bar to provide you with notifications. You
can select the message to view the
associated feature.
Feature Bar
FunctionsFeature Bar Item
Allows you to control the media playing in
your vehicle. You can control all audio
features including AM, FM and satellite
radio, CDs, and media streaming over a
Bluetooth device or through a USB
connection.
Audio
Allows you to adjust the temperature, fan
speed and airflow within the vehicle.
Climate
Allows you to make calls, receive calls, and
access the phonebook of your connected
device.
Phone
Allows you to see your vehicle's location on
a virtual road map, get driving directions to
your destination and find points of interest
along your route.
Navigation
(If equipped)
358
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
FunctionsFeature Bar Item
Connect and control SYNC 3 compatible
apps running on your iphone or android
device. Also, access built-in additional
features such as SiriusXM Traffic and Travel
Link (if equipped).
Apps
If your vehicle is a hybrid, plug-in hybrid, or
electric this is also where your settings and
power information is located.
You can customize your system with
various settings for the touchscreen display,
feature preferences, and how you want to
interact with your vehicle.
Settings
Cleaning the Touchscreen
You can remove fingerprints with a dry,
clean, soft cloth.
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the
cloth and try to clean it again.
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.
Using Voice Recognition
Using voice commands allows you to keep
your hands on the wheel and focus on
what is in front of you. The system provides
feedback through audible tones, prompts,
questions and spoken confirmations
depending on the situation and the chosen
level of interaction (voice settings).
The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.
When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the status bar
indicating the status of the voice command
session. See Using Voice Recognition
(page 368).
Accessing and Adjusting Modes
Through Your Vehicle Information
Display (If Equipped)
Depending on your vehicle and selected
options you may be able to control some
of the SYNC 3 features on your information
display.
You can make the following adjustments
using the information display SYNC 3
screen:
InformationOption
Information for current audio playing.Entertain-
ment
Select source.
View current road and speed limit (if information is available).Naviga-
tion
359
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
InformationOption
View current route, next turn, time to your destination (depending on cluster
level), distance to destination (depending on cluster level), and ability to
cancel route.
If you do not have an active navigation route programed, the compass is
shown.
If you are not on a call, a call can be made by selecting:
1
Phone
Missed callsOutgoing callsIncoming callsAll calls
If you are on a call, the call information is displayed on the information display.
If you are receiving a call, you can accept it by selecting OK on the right-hand
steering wheel controls.
1
Depending on your vehicle options, all of these choices may not display.
Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right
side of your steering wheel to scroll
through the available modes.
The selection menu expands and different
options appear.
• Press the up and down arrows to scroll
through the modes.
• Press the right arrow to enter the mode,
use the left arrow to exit the mode.
• Press the up and down arrows to make
adjustments within the chosen mode.
• Press OK to confirm your selection.
Note: If your vehicle is not equipped with
navigation, compass appears in the display
instead of navigation. If you press the right
arrow to go into the compass menu, you can
see the compass graphic. The compass
displays the direction in which the vehicle
is traveling, not true direction (for example,
if the vehicle is traveling west, the middle
of the compass graphic displays west; north
displays to the left of west though its true
direction is to the right of west).
Using the Controls on the Steering
Wheel
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you can use different controls on
your steering wheel to interact with the
touchscreen system in different ways.
VOL: Control the volume of audio output.
Mute: Mute the audio output.
Voice: Press to start a voice session. Press
again to stop the voice prompt and
immediately begin speaking. Press and
hold to end a voice session.
SEEK NEXT:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.
SEEK PREVIOUS:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets.
• While in USB, Bluetooth Audio or CD
mode, press to seek between songs or
press and hold to fast seek.
360
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
PHONE ACCEPT: Press to answer a call
or switch between calls.
PHONE REJECT: Press to end a call or
reject an incoming call.
Note: On some models, SEEK NEXT may
be combined with PHONE REJECT and
SEEK PREVIOUS may be combined with
PHONE ACCEPT.
M: Touch the control repeatedly to switch
between media sources (modes).
See Steering Wheel (page 66).
Using the Controls on the Bezel
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you may also have these controls
on your instrument panel:
• Power: Switch the audio system on
and off.
• VOL: Control the volume of playing
audio.
• Seek and Tune: Use as you normally
would in audio modes.
• Eject: Eject a CD from the audio
system.
• SOURCE or MEDIA: Press repeatedly
to advance through available media
modes.
• SOUND: Press to access the Sound
menu where you can adjust sound and
other audio settings.
• 1-6: Press and hold to store or press to
select an AM, FM or SIRIUS memory
preset. See Audio System (page 325).
• DISP: Switch the display on or off. You
can also touch the screen to switch the
display back on.
• Temperature, fan and climate
control buttons: Control the
temperature, fan speed or settings of
the climate control system. See
Climate Control (page 111).
911 Assist (If Equipped)
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the
system will not dial for help which could
delay response time, potentially
increasing the risk of serious injury or
death after a crash.
WARNING: Do not wait for 911
Assist to make an emergency call if you
can do it yourself. Dial emergency
services immediately to avoid delayed
response time which could increase the
risk of serious injury or death after a
crash. If you do not hear 911 Assist within
five seconds of the crash, the system or
phone may be damaged or
non-functional.
WARNING: Always place your
phone in a secure location in your vehicle
so it does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be
set on before the incident.
Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature only
operates in the U.S., Canada or in a territory
in which 911 is the emergency number.
Note: Before setting this feature on, make
sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy
Notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to SYNC, an icon displays on the
status bar.
361
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While SYNC 911 Assist works with most
cellular phones, some may have trouble
using this feature.
If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding
knee airbags and rear inflatable safety
belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel
pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped
vehicle may be able to contact emergency
services by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth enabled phone. You
can learn more about the 911 Assist
feature, by visiting:
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
For important information about airbag
deployment and the fuel pump shut-off
please see the Supplementary Restrains
and Roadside Emergencies sections of
your owner manual.
To switch 911 Assist on and off please view
the settings information. See Settings
(page 404).
To make sure that 911 Assist works
correctly:
• SYNC must be powered and working
properly at the time of the incident and
throughout feature activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth
enabled and compatible cell phone to
SYNC.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time
of the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power
and be located in the U.S., Canada or
in a territory in which 911 is the
emergency number.
In the Event of a Crash
Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or
activate the fuel pump shut-off (the
triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC
will search for and try to connect to a
previously paired cell phone; SYNC will
then attempt to call the emergency
services.
Before making the call:
• SYNC provides a short window of time
(about 10 seconds) to cancel the call.
If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC
attempts to dial 911.
• SYNC says the following, or a similar
message: "SYNC will attempt to call
911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on
your screen or press and hold the
phone button on your steering wheel."
If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC
makes a successful call, a pre-recorded
message plays for the 911 operator, and
then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able
to talk with the operator. Be prepared to
provide your name, phone number and
location immediately, because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
362
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
911 Assist May Not Work If
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the SYNC
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
911 Assist Privacy Notice
When you switch on 911 Assist, it may
disclose to emergency services that your
vehicle has been in a crash involving the
deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to 911 Assist may also be capable
of electronically or verbally disclosing to
911 operators your vehicle location or other
details about your vehicle or crash to assist
911 operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do
not switch the feature on.
Safety Information
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. Have an authorized dealer
check your vehicle.
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's user guide for further
information.
• For your safety, some SYNC 3 functions
are speed-dependent. Their use is
limited to when your vehicle is traveling
at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). Make
sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC 3.
Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use while your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.
• Screens crowded with information,
such as Point of Interest reviews and
ratings, SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
sports scores, movie times or ski
conditions.
• Any action that requires you to use a
keyboard is restricted, such as entering
a navigation destination or editing
information.
• All lists are limited so the user can view
fewer entries (such as phone contacts
or recent phone call entries).
See the following table for more specific
examples.
363
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Restricted features
Pairing a Bluetooth phone.Cellular Phone
Browsing of list entries is limited for phone contacts and
recent phone calls.
Editing the keypad code.System Functionality
Enabling Valet Mode.
Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park
assist are active.
Editing Wi-Fi settings.Wi-Fi
Editing the list of wireless networks.
Connecting to a new Wi-Fi network.
Viewing received text messages.Text Messages
Using the keyboard to enter a destination.Navigation
Adding or editing Navigation Favorites entries or Avoid
Areas.
Creating a SYNC Owner Account
Why do I need a SYNC owner account?
• Essential for keeping up with the latest
software and connected features.
• Access to customer support for any
questions you may have.
• Maintain account permissions.
Visit the website to sign up and register.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
Website
www.syncmaroute.ca
FordPass™ Connect (If Equipped)
With a FordPass-equipped vehicle, you can
use FordPass to track your vehicle’s
location and remotely access vehicle
features such as start, lock and unlock and
vehicle status including fuel level and
approximate mileage. You can also
schedule specific times to remotely start
your vehicle so it’s ready to hit the road as
soon as you are. FordPass is available
through a free download via the Apple App
Store® or Google Play™. Message and
data rates may apply. Services may be
limited by mobile phone network coverage
area.
364
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Updating Your System
You can choose to download the update
onto a USB drive or use Wi-Fi to deliver
automatic updates.
USB Updates
To use the USB update you need to log
into your owner account and visit the SYNC
software update page.
Website
www.owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
The website notifies you if an update is
available. You can then select to download
the update.
You will need an empty USB drive. Please
check the website for minimum
requirements. Once you have inserted the
USB drive into your computer, choose to
start the download. Follow the instructions
provided to download the files to the USB
drive.
The installation of most files occurs in the
background, and does not interrupt your
use of the system. Navigation updates
cannot be installed in the background,
because the files are too large.
To install the update in your vehicle,
remove anything that is plugged in the USB
ports on the media hub and plug in the
USB drive containing the update. When
the USB drive is plugged in, the installation
should begin immediately. After a
successful installation, the update is
available the next time the vehicle is
started.
Please reference the website for any
further actions.
Updating Over Wi-Fi
To update your System over Wi-Fi your
vehicle must be connected to a Wi-Fi
access point. Data rates may apply.
To connect your system to Wi-Fi,
select:
Menu Item
Settings
Wi-Fi
You can then select your
Wi-Fi network. You may
have to enter the security
code if the network is
secured. The system
confirms when it has
connected to the network.
Available
Wi-Fi
Networks
You must also give the system permission
to update automatically. Upon vehicle
delivery, the System asks you if you would
like to use the automatic update feature.
If you agree to automatic updates, you can
press OK to confirm. If this selection does
not appear upon vehicle delivery you can
access it through the General Settings. See
Settings (page 404). You can also perform
a master reset. See SYNC™ 3
Troubleshooting (page 418).
365
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
If you would like to switch this feature
on later, select:
Menu Item
Settings
General
From this menu, you can
enable automatic updates.
If you have not done so
already, the system
prompts you to set up a
Wi-Fi connection when you
enable this feature.
Automatic
System
Updates
When the system is connected via Wi-Fi
and automatic updates are enabled, your
system checks for software updates
periodically. If a new version is available, it
downloads at that time. Software
downloads can take place for up to 30
minutes after you have switched your
vehicle off. The updates do not interrupt
the normal use of your SYNC 3 system. If
a download does not complete for any
reason, the download continues where it
left off at the next Wi-Fi connected
opportunity. Upon activation of an update,
a banner displays on the touchscreen
indicating the system update. Select the
icon to see more detail. This icon displays
for two ignition cycles.
To switch this feature off:
Menu Item
Settings
General
In this menu selection, you
can change the selection
for automatic updates to
OFF.
Automatic
System
Updates
Customer Assistance
The SYNC support team is available to
help you with any questions you are not
able to answer on your own.
Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-8:00pm EST.
United States: 1-800-392-3673.
Canada: 1-800-565-3673.
Mexico: 01-800-719-8466.
Times are subject to change due to
holidays.
Privacy Information
When you connect a cellular phone to
SYNC 3, the system creates a profile within
your vehicle that links to that cellular
phone. This profile helps in offering you
more cellular features and operating more
efficiently. Among other things, this profile
may contain data about your cellular
phone book, text messages (read and
unread), and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system. In addition, if you
connect a media device, the system
creates and retains an index of supported
media content. The system also records a
short diagnostic log of approximately 10
minutes of all recent system activity. The
log profile and other system data may be
used to improve the system and help
diagnose any problems that may occur.
The cellular profile, media device index,
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when the
cellular phone or media player is
connected.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you perform
a Master Reset to erase all stored
information. You can find more information
about the Master Reset in General
Settings. See Settings (page 404). System
366
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
data cannot be accessed without special
equipment and access to your vehicle's
SYNC 3 module. Ford Motor Company,
Ford of Canada and The Lincoln Motor
Company do not access the system data
for any purpose other than as described
absent consent, a court order, or where
required by law enforcement, other
government authorities, or other third
parties acting with lawful authority. Other
parties may seek to access the information
independently of Ford Motor Company,
Ford of Canada and The Lincoln Motor
Company.
HOME SCREEN
E224962
Home screen displayTileItem
Shows the active media source.AudioA
367
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Home screen displayTileItem
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains
the compass.
The name of the connected phone appears on the screen.
The status of the phone features also appear. This includes
signal strength, battery charge, text messaging and
roaming.
PhoneB
This map displays your current location or current route in
real time.
Navigation *C
When you have navigation active, you also see the next
turn and the length of time and distance to your destina-
tion.
If your vehicle does not have navigation, this space contains
the audio information.
* If equipped.
You can touch any of the feature displays
to access that feature.
Anytime you select the home button, the
system returns you to this screen.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
The SYNC 3 system allows you to use voice
commands, to control features like audio
and climate controls. By using voice
commands, you can keep your hands on
the wheel and your eyes on the road.
You can access each feature controlled by
SYNC 3 through a variety of commands.
E142599
To activate the SYNC 3 voice
commands push the voice
button on the steering wheel and
wait for the prompt.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it can
be the name of anything, such as artist, the
name of contact or number. The context
and the description of the command tell
you what to say for this dynamic option.
There are some commands that work for
every feature, these commands are:
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Brings you to the main menu.Main Menu
Returns you to the previous screen.Go back
Ends the voice session.Cancel
Gives you a list of possible voice commands.List of Commands
You can name any feature and the system gives a list of
commands available for the feature. For example, you could
say:
___ List of Commands
368
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionVoice Command
Phone List of Commands
Navigation List of Commands
You can use this command to view the next page of options on
any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Next Page
You can use this command to view the previous page of options
on any screen where multiple pages of choices are given.
Previous Page
Gives you available commands you can use on the current
screen.
Help
Included here are some of the most
popular commands for each SYNC 3
feature.
Audio Voice Commands
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
audio voice commands it can be the name
of a Sirius channel or a channel number, a
radio frequency number, or the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre.
To control the media features, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
You can say the Sirius channel name or number
such as "Sirius channel 16".
1
Sirius Channel ___
You can also turn to a Sirius channel by saying the channel's name, such as "The Pulse".
Allows you to tune to a specific FM or AM
frequency such as "FM 88.7" or "AM 1580".
AM ___
FM ___
Allows you to tune to a specific HD frequency
such as “FM 88.7 HD 1”.
1
FM ___ HD ___
Allows you to listen to music on your Bluetooth
connected device.
Bluetooth Audio
Allows you to listen to music on your USB
connected device.
USB
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, song or a genre to listen to that
selection. Your system must finish indexing
before this option is available. For example, you
could say "Play artist The Beatles" or "Play song
Penny Lane".
Play Genre ___
Play Playlist ___
Play Artist ___
Play Album ___
369
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionVoice command
Play Podcast ___
Play Song ___
Play Audiobook ___
For USB audio only, you can say the name of an
artist, album, or a genre to browse by that selec-
tion. Your system must finish indexing before this
option is available. For example you can say
"Browse artist The Beatles" or "Browse genre
folk".
Browse ___
Browse Artist ___
Browse Album ___
Browse Genre ___
Browse Playlist ___
Browse Audiobook ___
Browse Podcast ___
1
This option may not be available in all markets or may require a subscription.
Climate Voice Commands (If Equipped)
You can control the temperature of the
vehicle using voice commands.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
climate voice commands it can be the
desired degrees for the temperature
setting.
To adjust the temperature, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Adjust the temperature between 60–85°F
(15.5–29.5°C).
Set Temperature ___
Phone Voice Commands
Pairing a Phone
You can use voice commands to connect
your Bluetooth enabled phone to the
system.
To pair your phone, press the voice button and when prompted, say:
DescriptionVoice command
Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the pairing
process. See Settings (page 404).
Pair Phone
370
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Making Calls
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
phone voice commands it can be the name
of the contact you wish to call or the digits
you want to dial.
Press the voice button and say a command similar to the following:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
such as "Call Jenny".
Call ___
Allows you to call a specific contact from your phonebook
at a specific location such as "Call Jenny at Home".
Call ___ at ___
Allows you to dial a specific number such as “Dial 867-5309”.Dial ___
Please make sure that you are saying the
contact name exactly as it appears in your
contact list.
Once you have provided the digits of the phone number, you can say the following
commands:
DescriptionVoice Command
If you did not enter the full number with the first command, you
can continue saying the number.
<0-9>
Tells SYNC 3 to make the phone call.Dial
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the last block of digits you state.Delete
Tells SYNC 3 to erase the entire number.Clear
Text Message Voice Commands
To access text message options, press the voice button and say:
DescriptionVoice command
Listen to Message
You can say the number of the message you
would like to hear.
Listen to text message ___
Reply to Message
371
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Navigation Voice Commands (If
Equipped)
Setting a Destination
You can use any of the following
commands to set a destination or find a
point of interest.
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that for
navigation voice commands it can be a POI
category or a major brand name, where
major brand name is a chain with more
than 20 locations
You can find an address, a point of interest (POI), or search for points of interest
by category:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the address search functionality. You can
also search for an address in a specific state or province.
Find an Address
State the name of the POI category or major brand name you
would like to search for such as "Find restaurants".
Find a ___
Allows you to enter the POI search functionality.Find a POI
Allows you to enter the intersection search functionality.Find an Intersection
State the name of a POI category or major brand name you would
like to search for.
Find the Nearest
<POI Category>
Allows you to see a list of your previous destinations.Show Previous
Destinations
Allows you to see a list of your favorite destinations.Show Favorites
Allows you to route to your home address.Drive Home
Allows you to route to your work address.Drive to Work
In addition, you can say these commands when a route is active:
DescriptionVoice command
Cancels the current route.Cancel Route
Allows you to select an alternate route.Detour
Repeats the last guidance prompt.Repeat Instruction
Displays the active route.Show Route
Displays the list of upcoming maneuvers.Route Summary
372
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionVoice command
Provides current location.Where Am I
Allows you to zoom in on the map.Zoom in
Allows you to zoom out from the map.Zoom out
Mobile App Voice Commands (If Equipped)
The following voice commands are always available:
DescriptionVoice command
SYNC 3 will prompt you to say the name of an app to start it on
SYNC 3.
Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will list all of the currently available Mobile Apps.List Mobile Apps
SYNC 3 will search and connect to compatible app(s) running on
your mobile device.
Find Mobile Apps
There are also voice commands that you can use when app(s) are connected to
SYNC 3:
DescriptionVoice command
At any time, you can say the name of a mobile app to start the
mobile app on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app
SYNC 3 will list the available voice commands for the specified
app if the app is running on SYNC 3.
Say the name of an
app, followed by
help
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link
Voice Commands (If Equipped)
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may not
be available in all markets. Activation and
a subscription are required.
373
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You can say the following commands to access SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link:
DescriptionVoice command
Displays a list of traffic incidents.Show Traffic
Displays the current weather map.Show Weather Map
Displays a list of fuel prices.Show Fuel Prices
Displays the 5 day weather forecast.Show 5 Day Fore-
cast
Help
Voice Settings Commands
You can say the following commands to access the voice settings:
DescriptionVoice command
Allows you to enter the voice settings functionality.Voice Settings
Sets standard prompting with longer prompts.Interaction Mode
Standard
Sets advanced prompting with shorter prompts.Interaction Mode
Advanced
Allows the system to confirm before making a phone call.Call Confirmation On
The system does not confirm before placing a call.Call Confirmation Off
The system displays a short list of available commands.Voice Command Lists On
The system does not display the list of commands.Voice Command Lists Off
You can use the volume control to adjust
the volume of the system voice prompts.
While prompt is active, adjust the volume
control up or down to your desired setting.
Note: Depending on the current climate
control settings, the fan speed may
automatically go down while issuing voice
commands or while making and receiving
phone calls via SYNC to reduce the amount
of background noise in the vehicle. The fan
speed will automatically return to normal
operation once the voice session ends. You
can adjust the fan speed during a voice
session, simply press the fan buttons (or
turn the fan knob) to increase or decrease
the fan speed to the setting you prefer.
374
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To disable this automatic fan speed
reduction feature during voice sessions,
press and hold the climate control AC and
Recirculated air buttons simultaneously,
release and then increase fan speed within
2 seconds. To re-enable this feature, repeat
the above sequence.
ENTERTAINMENT
E242502
Message and DescriptionMessage
SourcesA
Direct TuneB
PresetsC
375
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Your vehicle may allow you to save
presets from different audio sources on the
same page.
You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.
Sources
Press this button to select the source of
media you want to listen to.
Menu Item
AM
FM
1
SIRIUS
1
CD
The name of the USB that is plugged in displays here.USB
Bluetooth Stereo
If you have SYNC 3 compatible apps on your connected smart phone, they
display here as individual source selections.
Apps
1
This feature may not be available in all markets and requires an active subscription.
AM/FM Radio
Tuning a Station
You can use the tune or seek controls on
the radio bezel to select a station.
To tune a station using the
touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Direct Tune
A pop up appears, allowing you to type in
the frequency of a station. You can only
enter a valid station for the source you are
currently listening to.
You can press the backspace button to
delete the previously entered number.
Once you have entered the station's
call numbers, you can select:
Action and Descrip-
tion
Menu Item
Press to begin
playing the station
you have entered.
Enter
Press to exit
without changing
the station.
Cancel
Presets
To set a new preset, tune to the station
and then press and hold one of the
memory preset buttons. The audio mutes
briefly while the system saves the station
and then returns.
376
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
There are two preset banks available for
AM and three banks for FM. To access
additional presets, tap the preset button.
The indicator on the preset button shows
which bank of presets you are currently
viewing.
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio (If
Activated)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets and requires an active
subscription.
E234451
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming. Your factory-installed
SiriusXM satellite radio system includes
hardware and a limited subscription term
that begins on the date of sale or lease of
your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels,
and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com in the United States,
www.siriusxm.ca in Canada, or call
SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming. This includes canceling,
moving or adding particular channels, and
its prices, at any time, with or without notice
to you. We are not responsible for any such
programming changes.
Note: This receiver includes the eCos
real-time operating system. eCos is
published under the eCos License.
The following buttons are available for SiriusXM:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch this button to see a list of available stations.Browse
A pop-up appears, allowing you to type in the call numbers of
a station.
Direct Tune
Once you enter the stations call numbers, you can select:
The system tunes to the station you select.Enter
You exit the pop-up and the current station
continues to play.
Cancel
You can press the backspace button to delete the previous
number.
377
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Replay audio on the current channel. You can replay approx-
imately 45 minutes of audio as long as you remain tuned to
the current station. Changing stations erases the previous
audio.
Replay
When you are in replay mode, you are not
able to select a different preset until you
return to live audio. Pressing this button
returns you to the live broadcast.
Live
Save the current song, artist, or team as a favorite. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any channel.
ALERT
Selecting this button allows you to enable and edit alerts. See
Settings (page 404).
Memory Presets
To set a preset, tune to the station then
press and hold one of the memory preset
buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the station and returns once
the station is stored.
There are three preset banks available for
SiriusXM. To access additional presets, tap
the preset button. The indicator on the
preset button shows which bank of presets
you are currently viewing.
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial
Number (ESN)
You need your ESN to activate, modify or
track your satellite radio account. See
Settings (page 404).
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear
of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other
materials as far away from the antenna as possible.
Antenna obstructions
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunder-
storms can interfere with your reception.
Terrain
When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower,
a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio
system may mute.
Station overload
Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the interfer-
ence and the audio system may mute.
Satellite radio signal
interference
378
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Troubleshooting Tips
ActionCauseMessage
No action required. This
message should disappear
shortly.
Radio requires more than two
seconds to produce audio for
the selected channel.
Acquiring Signal
If this message does not clear
shortly, or with an ignition key
cycle, your receiver may have
a fault. See an authorized
dealer for service.
There is an internal module or
system failure present.
Satellite antenna fault
SIRIUS system failure
Tune to another channel or
choose another preset.
The channel is no longer avail-
able.
Invalid Channel
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to subscribe to the
channel, or tune to another
channel.
Your subscription does not
include this channel.
Unsubscribed Channel
The signal is blocked. When
you move into an open area,
the signal should return.
The signal is lost from the Siri-
usXM satellite or SiriusXM
tower to your vehicle antenna.
Satellite acquiring
signal…
No action required. The
process may take up to three
minutes.
Update of channel program-
ming in progress.
Updating…
Contact SiriusXM at 1-888-
539-7474 to resolve subscrip-
tion issues.
Your satellite service is no
longer available.
Questions? Call 1-
888-539-7474
Use the channel guide to turn
off the Lock or Skip function on
that station.
All the channels in the selected
category are either skipped or
locked.
None found. Check
channel guide.
No action required.SiriusXM has updated the
channels available for your
vehicle.
SIRIUS Subscription
updated
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available)
Note: This feature may not be available in
all markets.
To activate HD radio, please see the Radio
Settings in the Settings Chapter. See
Settings (page 404).
Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not
available in all markets.
379
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
HD Radio technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
system has a special receiver that allows
it to receive digital broadcasts (where
available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts, it already receives. Digital
broadcasts provide a better sound quality
than analog broadcasts with free,
crystal-clear audio and no static or
distortion. For more information, and a
guide to available stations and
programming, please visit:
Website
www.hdradio.com
When HD Radio is on and you tune to a
station broadcasting HD Radio technology,
you may notice the following indicators on
your screen:
E142616
The HD logo is grey when acquiring a digital
station, and then changes to orange when
digital audio is playing. When this logo is
available, you may also see Title and Artist
fields on-screen.
The multicast indicator appears in FM
mode (only) if the current station is
broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts.
The highlighted numbers signify available
digital channels where new or different
content is available. HD1 signifies the main
programming status and is available in
analog and digital broadcasts. Other
multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are
only available digitally.
Note: There is also an additional feature
for stations that have more than 1 HD
multicast (For example, HD1 or HD2). The
HD logo and Radio text appears as a button.
Pressing this button allows you to cycle
through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency. For example, if you are
on 101.1 and it has HD1, HD2, HD3, pressing
the button repeatedly causes the radio to
cycle through the HD stations in a cyclic
increasing order.
When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you can access the following functions:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Allows you to save an active channel as a memory preset.
Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns.
There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound
returns when the channel saves. When switching to an HD2
or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital
audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital
signal.
Presets
Note: As with any station you save, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is
outside the station’s reception area.
380
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting
Potential Reception Issues
If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the
fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to
weak signal strength.
Reception area
If you are listening to HD1, the system changes back to the
analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again.
However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7
multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless
it is able to connect to the digital signal again.
When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2-
HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog
version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio
station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station
quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station
changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from
analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.
Station blending
In order to provide the best possible
experience, use the contact form to report
any station issues found while listening to
a station broadcasting with HD Radio
technology. Independent entities own and
operate each station. These stations are
responsible for ensuring all audio streams
and data fields are accurate.
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. This is a
broadcast issue.
This is poor time alignment by
the radio broadcaster.
Echo, stutter, skip or
repeat in audio.
Increase or decrease in
audio volume.
No action required. The recep-
tion issue may clear up as you
continue to drive.
The radio is shifting between
analog and digital audio.
Sound fading or
blending in and out.
No action required. This is
normal behavior. Wait until the
audio is available.
The digital multicast is not
available until the HD Radio
broadcast is decoded. Once
decoded, the audio is available.
There is an audio mute
delay when selecting
HD2 or HD3, multicast
preset or Direct Tune.
381
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Potential Station Issues
ActionCauseIssues
No action required. The station
is not available in your current
location.
The previously stored multicast
preset or direct tune is not
available in your current recep-
tion area.
Cannot access HD2 or
HD3 multicast channel
when recalling a preset
or from a direct tune.
Fill out the station issue form.
1
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
Text information does
not match currently
playing audio.
Fill out the station issue form.
1
Data service issue by the radio
broadcaster.
There is no text
information shown for
currently selected
frequency.
1
You can find the form here:
Website
http://hdradio.com/stations/feedback
HD Radio Technology manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation
and foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD
and HD Radio logos are proprietary
trademarks of DTS. The vehicle
manufacturer and DTS are not responsible
for the content sent using HD Radio
technology. Content may be changed,
added or deleted at any time at the station
owner's discretion.
CD (If equipped)
Once you select this option, the system
returns you to the main audio screen.
The current audio information appears on
the screen.
The following buttons are also available:
FunctionButton
You can use the browse button to select a track.Browse
Select this button and a small number one displays to indicate
the track is set to repeat.
Repeat
382
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
FunctionButton
For MP3 CDs, this button allows you to toggle through repeat
off, repeat one track (a small number one displays), and repeat
current folder (a small folder displays).
Select the shuffle symbol to have the audio on the disk play
in random order.
Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
Bluetooth Stereo or USB
Bluetooth Stereo and USB allow you to
access media that you store on your
Bluetooth device or USB device such as
music, audio books or podcasts.
The following buttons are available for Bluetooth and USB:
FunctionButton
Pressing the repeat button toggles the repeat setting through
three modes: repeat off (button not highlighted), repeat all
(button highlighted) and repeat track (button highlighted with
a small number one).
Repeat
Play the tracks in random order.Shuffle
You can use the forward, reverse, pause or
play buttons to control the audio playback.
To get more information about the
currently playing track, press the cover art
or Info button.
For some devices, SYNC 3 is able to
provide 30-second skip buttons when you
listen to audio books or podcasts. These
buttons allow you to skip forward or
backward within a track.
While playing audio from a USB device you
can look for certain music by selecting the
following:
FunctionButton
If available, displays the list of tracks in the
Now Playing playlist.
Browse
This option, which is available under
browse, allows you to play all tracks or to
filter the available media into one of the
below categories.
New Search
Play All
383
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
FunctionButton
Playlists
Artist
Albums
Songs
Genres
Podcasts
Audio books
Composers
This button allows you to choose a specific
letter to view within the category you are
browsing.
A-Z Jump
If available, this allows you to browse the
folders and files on your USB device.
Explore Device
USB Ports
E211463
The USB ports are in the center console or
behind a small access door in the
instrument panel.
This feature allows you to plug in USB
media devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
Select this option to play audio from your
USB device.
Apps
The system supports the use of certain
audio apps such as iHeartRadio through a
USB or Bluetooth enabled device.
Each app gives you different on-screen
options depending on the app's content.
See Apps (page 401).
Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
The system is capable of hosting nearly
any digital media player, including iPod,
iPhone, and most USB drives.
Supported audio formats include MP3,
WMA, WAV, AAC, and FLAC.
Supported audio file extensions include
MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and
FLAC.
384
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Supported USB file systems include: FAT,
exFAT, and NTFS.
SYNC 3 is also able to organize the media
from your USB device by metadata tags.
Metadata tags, which are descriptive
software identifiers embedded in the
media files, provide information about the
file.
If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC 3 may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.
SYNC 3 is capable of indexing up to
50,000 songs per USB device, for up to 10
devices.
CLIMATE
Climate is optional for your vehicle.
Touch the climate button on the
touchscreen to access your climate control
features. Depending on your vehicle line
and option package, your climate screen
may look different from one of the screens
shown below. Your screen may not contain
all of the features shown.
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See
Settings (page 404).
E206820
385
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
Touch up or down to adjust the temperature.Left-hand front
seat temper-
ature:
A
Touch the heated steering wheel icon to switch the
heated steering wheel on and off (if equipped).
Heated steering
wheel:
B
A pop up appears on the screen to display the defrost
options.
DefrostC
Touch the button to maximize defrosting.
Outside air flows through the windshield
vents, the fan automatically adjusts to the
highest speed and the temperature dial
returns to the full heat position. You can
use this setting to defog or clear a thin
covering of ice from the windshield. The
heated rear window also automatically
turns on when you select MAX Defrost.
Touch this button again to return to the
previous airflow selection.
MAX
Defrost:
Touch to clear the windshield of fog and
thin ice. Touch again to return to the
previous airflow selection. When on,
defrost provides outside air to reduce
window fogging and distributes air through
the windshield defroster vents and
demister vents.
Defrost
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when Defrost
is on.
Touch the button to switch on automatic operation.
Select the desired temperature using the temperature
control. The system adjusts fan speed, air distribution,
air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or
recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to
maintain the desired temperature.
AUTOD
Touch the button to switch the system on and off.
Switching off the climate control system prevents
outside air from entering the vehicle.
PowerE
386
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionItemCallout
This button lights up when the passenger controls are
active. To switch the dual zone operation off and link
the passenger temperature to the driver temperature,
touch the DUAL button to switch it off.
DUALF
Touch up or down to adjust the temperature.Right-hand front
seat temper-
ature
G
Touch up or down to increase or decrease the volume
of air circulated in your vehicle.
Fan speedH
A popup appears on the screen to display the air
conditioning options.
A/CI
Touch to cool your vehicle with recircu-
lated air. Touch again for normal A/C
operation. MAX A/C distributes air through
instrument panel vents and may help
reduce odors from entering your vehicle.
MAX A/C is more economical and efficient
than normal A/C mode.
MAX A/C
Touch to switch the air conditioning on or
off. Use A/C with recirculated air to
improve cooling performance and effi-
ciency. A/C engages automatically in MAX
A/C, defrost and footwell/defrost
A/C
Touch to switch the recirculated air on or
off which may reduce the amount of time
needed to cool down the interior and help
reduce odors from reaching the interior.
Recirculated air also engages automatic-
ally when you select MAX A/C. You can
engage this manually in any airflow mode
except defrost. It may also turn off in all
airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce
fog potential.
Recircu-
lated air:
Select these controls individually, together, or with
Defrost to direct the air flow to the area you desire.
Manual airflow
distribution
controls
J
Distributes air through the instrument panel vents.Panel
Distributes air through the demister vents, floor vents
and rear seat floor vents.
Floor
387
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
PHONE
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of the system. Once you pair your
cell phone, you can access many options
using the touchscreen or voice commands.
While the system supports a variety of
features, many are dependent on your cell
phone’s functionality.
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Pair your Bluetooth enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add a Bluetooth Device
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add a Bluetooth Device
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Dialing a number.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller identification.
388
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
Phone Menu
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
E251249
G
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
Displays your recent calls.Recent
Call List
A
You can place a call by selecting an entry from this list.
You can also sort the calls by selecting the drop down
menu at the top of the screen. You can choose:
MissedOutgoingIncomingAll
All of your contacts from your phone display in alphabet-
ical order.
ContactsB
Selecting this button allows
you to choose a specific letter
to view.
A-Z Jump
389
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu ItemItem
Displays the name of your phone and takes you to the
phone settings options.
Phone
Settings
C
From this menu, you can pair subsequent devices, set ring
tones and alerts.
Gives you access to the list of paired or connected
Bluetooth devices allowing you to change or select a
device.
Change
Device
D
Displays all recent text messages.Text
Messages
E
Use this keypad to dial in a phone number.Phone
Keypad
F
Use the backspace button to delete numbers.
Press this button to begin a
call.
Call
Touch this button to reject all incoming calls automatic-
ally. Text message notifications do not display on the
screen. All ringtones and alerts are set to silent.
Do Not
Disturb
G
Users with phones having voice services
may see a button to access the feature.
For example, iPhone users see a Siri button.
A press and hold of the voice button on the
steering wheel also accesses this feature.
Making Calls
There are many ways to make calls from
the SYNC 3 system, including using voice
commands. See Using Voice
Recognition (page 368). You can use the
touchscreen to place calls as well.
390
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
To call a number in your contacts,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select the
name of the contact you
want to call. Any numbers
stored for that contact
display along with any
stored contact photos. You
can then select the
number that you want to
call. The system begins the
call.
Contacts
To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
You can then select an
entry that you want to call.
The system begins the call.
Recent Call
List
To call a number that is not stored in
your phone, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.
Phone
Keypad
The system begins the call.Call
Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
To accept the call, select:
Menu Item
Accept
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item
Reject
Note: You can also reject the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC 3
logs it as a missed call.
During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name
and number display on the screen along
with the call duration.
The phone status items are also visible:
• Signal Strength.
• Battery.
You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
391
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Item
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the
button on the
steering wheel.
End Call
Press this to access
the phone keypad.
Keypad
You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.
Mute
Item
Privacy Transfer the call to
the cell phone or
back to SYNC 3.
Text Messaging
Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are cell
phone-dependent features.
Note: Certain features in text messaging
are speed-dependent and not available
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
3 mph (5 km/h).
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the sender name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Have SYNC 3 read the message to you.Hear It
View the text on the touchscreen.View
To call the sender.Call
You can select from 15 preset messages. Press the message
that you would like to use and confirm to send the message.
SYNC 3 confirms when the message is sent successfully.
Reply
To exit the screen.Close
Smartphone Connectivity (If Equipped)
SYNC 3 allows you to use Apple CarPlay
and Android Auto to access your phone.
When you use Apple CarPlay or Android
Auto, you can:
• Make calls.
• Send and receive messages.
• Listen to music.
• Use your phone's voice assistant.
Apple CarPlay and Android Auto disable
some SYNC 3 features.
Most Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
features use mobile data.
Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay requires an iPhone 5 or
newer with iOS 7.1 or newer. Updating to
the latest iOS version is recommended.
1. Plug your phone into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 336).
392
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
2. Follow the prompts on the
touchscreen.
3. Follow the prompts that appear on
your phone to allow access to Apple
CarPlay.
After completing the setup, your phone
connects to CarPlay automatically when
plugged into a USB port.
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Apple CarPlay Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Apple CarPlay. Select the name of your
device and set the Apple CarPlay switch
to off.
To return to SYNC 3, go to the Apple
CarPlay home screen and select the SYNC
app.
Note: Contact Apple for Apple CarPlay
support.
Android Auto
Android Auto is compatible with most
devices with Android 5.0 or newer.
1. Download the Android Auto app to
your device from Google Play to
prepare your device (this may require
mobile data usage).
Note: The Android Auto App may not be
available within your current market.
2. Plug your device into a USB port. See
USB Port (page 336).
3. Follow the prompt on the touchscreen.
4. Follow the prompts that appear on
your device.
Note: You may be prompted to update
additional apps on your device (this may
require mobile data usage).
To disable this feature from the
Settings screen, select:
Menu Item
Android Auto Preferences
Your device is listed if SYNC detects
Android Auto. Select the name of your
device and set the Android Auto switch
to off.
Note: You may need to slide your Settings
screen to the left to select Apple CarPlay
Preferences or Android Auto Preferences.
To return to SYNC 3, select the
speedometer icon in the Android Auto
menu bar at the bottom of the
touchscreen, and then touch the option to
return to SYNC.
Note: Contact Google for Android Auto
support.
NAVIGATION
Your navigation system is comprised of
two main features, destination mode and
map mode.
Map Mode
Map mode shows advanced viewing
comprised of 2D city maps, 3D landmarks
and 3D city models (when available). 2D
city maps show detailed outlines of
buildings, visible land use, landscape
features, and detailed railroad
infrastructure for the most essential cities
around the globe.
3D landmarks appear as clear, visible
objects that are typically recognizable and
have a certain tourism value.
393
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
3D city models are complete 3D models
of entire city areas including navigable
roads, parks, rivers and rendered buildings.
3D landmarks and city models appear in
3D map mode only. Coverage of these
varies and improves with updated map
releases.
E207752
Select the zoom in icon to see a
closer view of the map.
E207753
Select the zoom out icon to see
a farther away view of the map.
You can adjust the view in preset
increments. You can also pinch to zoom in
or out of the map.
The information bar tells you the names
of streets, cities or landmarks as you hover
over them with the crosshair curser.
You can change your view of the map by
tapping on the location indicator icon on
the right hand side of the screen. You can
choose from the following options:
E207750
Heading up (2D map) This
always shows the direction of
forward travel to be upward on
the screen. This view is available
for map scales up to 3 mi (5 km).
E207749
North up (2D map) always
shows the northern direction to
be upward on the screen.
E207748
3D map mode provides an
elevated perspective of the map.
Adjust this viewing angle and
rotate the map 180 degrees by
touching the map twice, and
then dragging your finger along the shaded
bar with arrows at the bottom of the map.
E207751
Re-center the map by pressing
this icon whenever you scroll the
map away from your vehicle’s
current location.
E251780
E251779
Mute: Press to mute the audio
navigation guidance. Press the
button again to un-mute the
guidance.
E207754
Points of Interest (POI)
grouping icon: You can choose
up to three POI icons to display
on the map. If the chosen POIs
are located close together or are
at the same location a box is used to
display a single category icon instead of
repeating the same icon, in order to reduce
clutter. When you select the box on the
map, a pop-up appears indicating how
many POIs are in this location. Select the
pop up to see a list of the available POIs.
You can scroll through and select POIs
from this list.
If your vehicle is low on charge or fuel,
station icons automatically display on the
map.
If you have subscribed to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link (where available), traffic
flow will be indicated on the map by green
(clear), yellow (slowing), and red
(stopped) road highlights. Traffic flow is
indicated where the information is
available and varies across the US.
You can choose to display traffic icons on
the map representing twelve different
types of incidents. See Settings (page
404).
You can set a destination by hovering
above a location and selecting:
394
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Button
Button
Start
Destination Mode
To set a destination, press:
DescriptionMenu Item
Destination
Enter a navigation destination in any of the following formats:
Street AddressSearch
(number, street, city, state)
For example "12 Mainstreet Dearborn MI"
Partial Address
(number, street) if searching in current state
(number, street and zip code (or postal code in Canada)) if searching
out of state
You can enter unique addresses that contain door number prefixes
with or without the prefix. For example, you could enter "6N340
Fairway Lane" or "340 Fairway Lane".
City
(name or zip code)
Point of Interest
(name or category)
Intersection
(street 1 / street 2)
(street 1 and street 2)
(street 1 & street 2)
(street 1 @ street 2)
(street 1 at street 2)
Latitude and Longitude
(##.###### , ##.######)
This is in a decimal degrees format, one to six decimal places are
accepted.
You are given autocomplete options below the address bar to select
as you type.
395
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionMenu Item
If you do not give an exact destination, a menu displays with your
possible selections.
Collections of your last 40 navigation destinations display here.Previous Destina-
tions You can select any option from the list to select it as your destination.
Select this option to remove all previous destinations.Delete
All
Select to navigate to your set Home destination.Home
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Home displays.
To set your Home, press:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for home. Select:
Home
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Select to navigate to your set Work destination.Work
The time it takes to travel from your current location to Work displays.
To set your Work:
A prompt appears asking if you would like to create a
favorite for work. Select:
Work
Enter a location into the search bar and press:Yes
Save
Favorites include any location you have previously saved.Favorites
To add Favorites:
Select this button and enter a location into the destination
bar.
Add a
Favorite
Select this option to have the system locate the address
you have entered.
Search
Select this button when the address you have entered
appears on the screen.
Save
The address saves as a favorite and you see the favorites screen. You
can now select this address from the favorites screen.
POI categories that may display (based on market and vehicle
configuration):
Point of Interest
(POI) Categories
Food
396
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
DescriptionMenu Item
Fuel
Hotel
ATM
Press to view additional categories. Once you have selected
a category, follow the menus to find what you are looking
for.
See All
Inside of these categories you can search by:
Nearby
Along Route
Near Destination
In a City
Once you have chosen your destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
This saves the destination to your favorites.Save
This shows you a map of your entire route. You can then choose your
route from three different options.
Start
Uses the fastest moving roads
possible.
Fastest
Uses the shortest distance possible.Shortest
Uses the most fuel-efficient route.Economical Route
The time and distance for each route also displays.
On the route screen, you can choose to cancel the current navigation.
The system asks for confirmation then returns you to the map mode
screen.
Cancel
Once you have chosen your destination, press:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The system uses a variety of screens and prompts to guide you to your
destination.
Start
397
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
During Route guidance, you can press the maneuver arrow icon on the
map if you want the system to repeat route guidance instructions.
When the system repeats the last guidance instruction, it updates the
distance to the next guidance instruction, since it detects that the
vehicle is moving.
The navigation map shows your estimated time of arrival, remaining
travel time and the distance to your destination.
SYNC 3 may not always announce vehicle arrival at the exact point
of your destination and you may have to cancel a route manually.
Navigation Menu
In map mode and during active navigation
you can access the navigation menu.
During active navigation, touch the bottom
of the screen to view the menu and other
buttons.
To access the Navigation menu, press:
Button
Menu
You can then select:
A full screen map displays during navigation.Full MapScreen View
Highway exit information displays on the right hand side
of the screen during navigation.
Highway
Exit Info
Points of interest icons display for restaurants, hotels,
fuel stations and ATMs when they are present at the
exit. You can select the POI icons to receive a listing of
specific locations. You can select the POI location as a
waypoint or destination if desired.
Only available during an active route. Displays all of the
turns on the current route.
Turn List
You can choose to avoid any road on the turn list by
selecting the road from the list. A screen then appears
and you can press:
Avoid
The system calculates a new route and displays a new
turn list.
You can find the SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link information by
pressing this button. This information requires an active subscription
to SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Traffic List
398
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Button
When a route is not active, a list of nearby traffic incidents displays
(if any are present).
When a route is active, you can choose to display a list of traffic nearby
or on the route.
Press this button to adjust your preferences. See Settings (page 404).Navigation
Settings
Provides your current location city and the nearest road.Where Am I?
The following are only available on the menu during an active navigation route:
The system asks for confirmation and then returns you to the map
mode screen.
Cancel Route
Press this to see a map of the full route.View Route
An alternate route displays in comparison with the current route.Detour
Only available if you have an active waypoint on your route. See
Waypoints later in this section for information on how to set
waypoints.
Edit Waypoints
Use this button to re-order or remove your waypoints.
Optimize OrderYou can
also have
the system
set the
order for
you by
pressing:
GoTo return to
your route
press:
Waypoints
You can add a waypoint to a navigation
route as a destination along your route.
To add a waypoint:
1. Select the search icon (magnifying
glass) while on an active route. This
brings up the destination menu.
2. Set your destination using any of the
given methods. Once the destination
has been selected, the screen allows
you to set the destination as a
waypoint by selecting:
399
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Menu Item
The waypoint list then appears and you are
able to re-order all of your waypoints by
selecting the menu icon on the right hand
side of the location. You can select up to
five waypoints.
Add Waypoint
Optimize OrderYou can also have the system set the order
for you by pressing:
GoTo return to your route, press:
SYNC AppLink
The AppLink app allows you to use some
SYNC 3 navigation features on your phone.
First Mile Navigation
When you switch your ignition off, the
location of your vehicle is recorded and
sent to your SYNC AppLink app. The
location of your vehicle can be viewed
within the app. You can also view walking
directions to your vehicle.
Last Mile Navigation
When you park near your destination, the
system provides walking directions to your
destination.
POI Search
Your paired phone can be used to access
additional points of interest (POI). These
points of interest can only be access when
your phone is paired.
Send To Car
You can send destinations to your
navigation system using a computer or
phone using AppLink.
cityseeker (If Equipped)
Note: cityseeker point of interest (POI)
information is limited to approximately 1,110
cities (1,049 in the United States, 36 in
Canada and 15 in Mexico).
E225487
cityseeker, when available, is a service that
provides more information about certain
points of interest such as restaurants,
hotels and attractions.
When you have selected a point of interest,
the location and information appear, such
as address, phone number and a star
rating.
Press More Information to see a photo,
a review, a list of services and facilities, the
average room or meal price and the web
address. This screen displays the point of
interest icons.
400
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
For restaurants, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, average
cost, review, handicap access, hours of
operation, and website address.
For hotels, cityseeker can provide
information such as star rating, price
category, review, check-in and checkout
times, hotel service icons and website
address. Hotel service icons include:
• Restaurant
• Business center
• Handicap facilities
• Laundry
• Refrigerator
• 24 hour room service
• Fitness center
• Internet access
• Pool
• Wi-Fi
Attractions include nearby landmarks,
amusement parks, historic buildings and
more. cityseeker can provide information
such as star rating, reviews, hour of
operation and admission price.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link is available
on vehicles equipped with navigation and
only in select markets. You must activate
and subscribe to receive SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link information. It helps you
locate the best gas prices, find movie
listings, get current traffic alerts, view the
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see current sports scores. See Apps
(page 401).
The system calculates a reasonable
efficient route based on available speed
limits, traffic, and road conditions. You may
know a local short cut that is more efficient
at a given time than the route provided by
SYNC 3, but you should expect a slight
difference in minutes or miles with the
SYNC 3 route.
Navigation Map Updates
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership, by calling 1-866-462-8837 in
the United States and Canada or
01-800-557-5539 in Mexico. You can also
visit:
Website
www.navigation.com/sync
You need to specify the make and model
of your vehicle to determine if there is an
update available.
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to
www.here.com/mapcreator. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
Map coverage includes the USA (including
Puerto Rico and the US Virgin Islands),
Canada and Mexico.
APPS
The system enables voice, steering wheel,
and touch screen control of SYNC 3
AppLink enabled smartphone apps.
Once an app is running through AppLink,
you can control main features of the app
through voice commands and steering
wheel controls.
401
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Available AppLink enabled apps will
vary by market.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone via Bluetooth to SYNC 3 to
access AppLink.
Note: iPhone users may have to connect
the phone to a USB port with an Apple USB
cable.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit:
Websites
owner.ford.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
Note: We encourage you to review the
smartphone app’s terms of service and
privacy policies because Ford is not
responsible for your app or its use of data.
Note: AppLink is a native SYNC system
feature. Accessing mobile apps through
AppLink is only possible when Android Auto
or Apple CarPlay are disabled. Some apps
may only be accessible in the car through
AppLink and others only through Android
Auto or Apple CarPlay. Please refer to the
Smartphone Connectivity information to
disable Android Auto or Apple CarPlay.
Note: In order to use an app with SYNC 3,
the app needs to be running in the
background of your phone. If you shut down
the app on your phone, it shuts down the
app on SYNC 3 as well.
Note: If a SYNC 3 AppLink compatible app
is not shown in the Apps Domain, make sure
the required app is running on the mobile
device.
Action and Descrip-
tion
Menu Item
SYNC 3 will search
and connect to
compatible app(s)
running on your
mobile device.
Find Mobile Apps
Enabling SYNC 3 Mobile Apps
In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC 3
requires user consent to send and receive
app authorization information and updates
using the data plan associated with the
connected device.
The connected device sends data to Ford
in the United States. The information is
encrypted and includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, odometer, usage
statistics and debugging information. We
retain this data for only as long as
necessary to provide this service,
troubleshoot, and improve products and
services and to offer you products and
services that may interest you where
allowed by law.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
Note: Ford reserves the right to limit
functionality or deactivate mobile apps at
any time.
Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming or out of a
home network.
402
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You can enable and disable apps through
settings. See Settings (page 404).
App Permissions
The system organizes the app permissions
into groups. You can change a permission
group status at any time when not driving
by using the settings menu. While in the
settings menu, you can also see the data
included in each group.
When you launch an app using SYNC 3,
the system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example, Vehicle
information, Driving characteristics, GPS
and Speed and Push notifications. You can
enable all groups or none of them during
the initial app permissions prompts. The
settings menu offers individual group
permission control.
Note: You are only prompted to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC 3.
Note: If you disable group permissions,
apps still work with SYNC 3 unless you
deactivate All Apps in the settings menu.
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link (If
Equipped)
WARNING: Driving while
distracted can result in loss of vehicle
control, crash and injury. We strongly
recommend that you use extreme
caution when using any device that may
take your focus off the road. Your
primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We
recommend against the use of any
hand-held device while driving and
encourage the use of voice-operated
systems when possible. Make sure you
are aware of all applicable local laws
that may affect the use of electronic
devices while driving.
Note: SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link may
not be available in all markets.
Note: In order to use SiriusXM Traffic and
Travel Link, your vehicle must have
navigation.
Note: A paid subscription is required to
access and use these features. Go to
www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more
information.
Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and
click on Coverage map and details for a
complete listing of all traffic areas covered
by SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link.
Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible
for any errors or inaccuracies in the SiriusXM
Traffic and Travel Link services or its use in
vehicles.
When you subscribe to SiriusXM Traffic
and Travel Link, it can help you locate the
best gas prices, find movie listings, get
current traffic alerts, view the current
weather map, get accurate ski conditions
and see scores to current sports games.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route,
near your vehicle’s current location or near any of your favorite
places, if programmed.
Traffic on Route
Traffic Nearby
Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your
vehicle’s location or on an active navigation route.
Fuel Prices
403
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their
show times, if available.
Movie Listings
Touch this button to view the nearby weather, current weather,
or the five-day forecast for the chosen area.
Weather
Select to see the weather map,
which can show storms, radar
information, charts and winds.
Map
Select to choose from a listing of
weather locations.
Area
Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety
of sports. You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier
access. The score automatically refreshes when a game is in
progress.
Sports Info
Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area.Ski Conditions
SETTINGS
Under this menu, you can access and
adjust the settings for many of the system
features. To access additional settings,
swipe the screen left or right.
Sound
Pressing this button allows you to adjust
the following:
Sound Settings
Returns Treble, Midrange, and Bass sound settings to factory levels.Reset All
Adjusts the high frequency level.Treble
Adjusts the middle frequency level.Midrange
Adjusts the low frequency level.Bass
Adjusts the sound ratio from side to side or front to back.Balance / Fade
Adjusts the amount the audio system volume increases with speed,
or turns the feature off.
Speed
Compensated
Vol.
Optimizes the sound based on the location of the listeners.Occupancy Mode
404
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Sound Settings
StereoSound Settings
Surround
Your vehicle might not have all of these features.
Media Player
This button is available when a media
device such as a Bluetooth Stereo or USB
device is the active audio source. Pressing
the button allows you to access the
following options for active devices only.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
For some USB devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
podcasts. When a podcast is playing, you can choose:
Podcast Speed
FasterNormalSlower
For some USB devices, SYNC 3 can adjust the playback speed of
audiobooks. When an audiobook is playing, you can choose:
Audiobook Speed
FasterNormalSlower
Cover art displays from your device’s music
files. If no cover art for the files exists on the
device, then the Gracenote Database provides
cover art.
Media PlayerCover Art Priority
The Gracenote Database supplied cover art is
used for your music files. This overrides any
cover art from your device.
Gracenote®
Switches on and off Gracenote® to provide metadata information
such as genre, artist and album.
Gracenote®
Management
This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database.Gracenote® Data-
base Info
This allows you to view the manufacturer and model number of your
media device.
Device Informa-
tion
Erase the stored media information in order to re-index.Update Media
Index
405
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Clock
To adjust the time, select the up and down
arrows on either side of the screen. The
arrows on the left adjust the hour and
arrows on the right adjust the minute. You
can then select AM or PM.
You can adjust the following features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select how time displays.Clock Format
When active, the clock adjusts to time zone changes.Auto Time Zone
Update This feature is only available in vehicles with navigation.
When selected, the vehicle clock resets to GPS satellite time.Reset Clock to
GPS Time
The system automatically saves any
updates you make to the settings.
Bluetooth
Pressing this button allows you to access
the following:
ActionMenu Item
OnBluetooth
Off
You must activate Bluetooth to pair a
Bluetooth enabled device.
The processes of pairing a Bluetooth
device is the same as pairing a phone. See
Pairing a Device in Phone settings for how
to pair a device and the available options.
Phone
Pair your Bluetooth enabled phone with
the system before using the functions in
hands-free mode.
Switch on Bluetooth on your device to
begin pairing. See your phone’s manual if
necessary.
To add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. A prompt alerts you to search for the
system on your phone.
3. Select your vehicle's make and model
as it displays on your phone.
4. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
5. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
406
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
6. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Alternatively, to add a phone, select:
Menu Item
Add Phone
Then select:
Discover Other Bluetooth Devices
1. Follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select your phone's name when it
appears on the touchscreen.
3. Confirm that the six-digit number
appearing on your phone matches the
six-digit number on the touchscreen.
4. The touchscreen indicates when the
pairing is successful.
5. Your phone may prompt you to give
the system permission to access
information. To check your phone’s
compatibility, see your phone’ s manual
or visit the website.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
Once you have paired a device you can
adjust the following options.
To check your phone’s compatibility,
see your phone’s manual or visit the
website:
Website
owner.ford.com
owner.lincoln.com
www.syncmyride.ca
www.syncmaroute.ca
Once you have paired a device you can
adjust the following options.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
View Devices
You can then select:
You can add a Bluetooth enabled device by following the steps in
the previous table.
Add a Bluetooth
Device
You can select a phone by touching the name of the phone on the screen. You then
have the following options:
Depending on the status of the device, you can select either of these
options to interact with the selected device.
Connect
Disconnect
Allows you to select this device to be your preferred device.Make Primary
Removes the selected device from the system.Delete
Press the info icon next to the device name
to see phone and device information.
407
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Manage Contacts
You can then select:
Enable this option to have SYNC 3 periodically re-download your
phonebook to keep your contact list up to date.
Auto-Download
Contacts
Choose how you would like the system to display your contacts. You
can choose:
Sort By:
Last NameFirst Name
Select this option to re-download your contact list manually.Re-download
Contacts
Select this option to delete the in vehicle contact list. Deleting the
in vehicle list does not erase the contact list on the connected phone.
Delete Contacts
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Set Phone Ringtone
You can then select:
No sound plays when a call comes to your phone.No Ringtone
The currently selected ringtone on your phone plays when you receive
a call. This option may not be available for all phones. If this option
is available, it is the default setting.
Use Phone Ring-
tone
You can also select one of the three available ringers.
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Text Messaging
You can then select:
No sound plays when a message comes to your phone.No Alert
(Silence)
You can select one of the three available notification sounds.
When enabled, a voice prompt alerts you when you receive a new
message.
Voice Readout
408
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You can enable and disable the following options as well:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
When enabled, vehicle audio (such as radio or apps) is muted for the
duration of the phone call even when the phone call is in privacy.
Mute Audio in
Privacy
When enabled, an alert displays that your phone is roaming when
you attempt to place a call.
Roaming
Warning
When enabled, a message displays when the battery on your phone
is running low.
Low Battery
Notification
911 Assist
Enabling 911 Assist
Note: For this feature to work, your cell
phone must have Bluetooth and connect
with SYNC3.
To activate 911 Assist from the settings
screen select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Press this button to enter the settings screen for this feature. You can
switch this feature on and off by sliding the scrollbar as follows.
911 Assist
Slide the scrollbar to switch this feature
on.
You can set your contacts in the phone
book for emergency quick dialing.
Setting Emergency Contacts
Ensure the phone book of your cell phone
downloaded to SYNC 3.
From the settings screen select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Press this button to enter the settings screen for this feature.911 Assist
Select this option as it displays on the screen.Set Emergency
Contacts
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select this option under <Emergency contact 1>.Select a
Contact
409
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
The screen lists contacts in the phone
book. Select the contact that you want to
set as emergency contact. You can set
Emergency Contact 2 by same process.
You can set two Emergency Contacts in
total.
Note: After SYNC3 tries to place an
emergency call, the Emergency Contact
button displays on the touch screen. You
need to press the button to call the contact
through your Bluetooth phone.
Note: If the vehicle is equipped with
navigation, a map with your current street
information displays on the screen when 911
Assist is in process.
Radio
This button is available if a Radio source
such as AM or FM is the active media
source. Pressing the button allows you to
access the following features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Activation of this feature allows you to listen to HD radio broadcasts.FM HD Radio
AM HD Radio
(Dependent on
current radio
source, If Avail-
able)
This feature is available when FM Radio is your active media source.
Activate this feature to have the system display radio text.
Radio Text
RefreshAutoset Presets
(AST)
Selecting this option stores the six strongest stations in your current
location to the last preset bank of the currently tuned source.
SiriusXM
This button is available if SiriusXM is the
active audio source. Pressing the button
allows you to access the following
features:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
If you select a category, seek functions only stop on channels in that
category.
Set Category for
Seek
Select to create a personal identification number (PIN), which allows
you to lock or unlock channels. Your initial PIN is 1234.
Parental
Lockout
Select to switch on or off songs, artists or teams alerts or delete an
alert or delete all alerts.
Edit Alerts
410
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
You can also view your satellite radio
Electronic Serial Number (ESN) from this
screen. You need this number when
communicating with SiriusXM to activate,
modify or track your account.
Navigation
You can adjust many of the Navigation
preferences by selecting the following
menus.
Map Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Map Prefer-
ences
Then select any of the following:
When this option is active, the system shows 3D renderings of build-
ings.
3D City Model
When enabled, your vehicle’s previously traveled route displays with
white dots.
Breadcrumbs
Enable this feature to display up to 3 POI icons on the navigation map.
A rest area POI icon is displayed on the map regardless of this setting.
POI Icons
Select POIsOnce this feature is activated you can select
the icons you want displayed by selecting:
This menu allows you to choose which incident icons you would like
to have displayed on the navigation map.
Incident Map
Icons
Route Preferences
Second Level Messages, Actions and DescriptionsMenu Item
Route Prefer-
ences
Then select any of the following:
Choose to have the system display your chosen route type.Preferred Route
EcoFastestShortest
Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only
calculates one route based on your preferred route setting.
Always Use ___
Route
When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate
only one route to the desired destination.
The system selects High Occupancy Vehicle or car pool lanes when
providing route guidance.
Use HOV Lanes
411
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Second Level Messages, Actions and DescriptionsMenu Item
The system searches for and displays available parking locations as
you approach your destination.
Automatically
Find Parking
Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the
setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Eco Time
Penalty
Enable or disable considering traffic information when planning a
route. The system can find a faster route based on heavy traffic flow
information or detect a Road Closed incident and find a detour route
if possible.
Dynamic Route
Guidance
Navigation Preferences
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Navigation Pref-
erences
You can adjust how the system provides prompts.Guidance
Prompts
Then select any of the following:
Voice and Tones
Voice Only
Tones Only
Navigation Source Selection
The screen lists available alternative
navigation sources using Applink.
Mobile Apps
You can enable the control of compatible
mobile apps running on your Bluetooth or
USB device on SYNC 3. In order to enable
mobile apps, SYNC 3 requires user consent
to send and receive app authorization
information and updates using the data
plan associated with the connected device.
The connected devices send data to us in
the United States. The encrypted
information includes your VIN, SYNC 3
module number, anonymous usage
statistics and debugging information.
Updates may take place.
Note: Not all Mobile Apps are compatible
with the system.
Note: Standard data rates apply. We are
not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device.
412
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable or disable the use of
mobile apps on SYNC 3.
OnMobile Apps
Off
Disabling mobile apps in the
settings menu disables auto-
matic updates and the use of
mobile apps on SYNC 3.
You can view the status of mobile app permissions in the settings
menu.
Once Mobile Apps is enabled, you have the following options:
This provides information on the current state of available app
updates.
Update Mobile
Apps
There are three possible statuses:
Updating Mobile Apps…Up-To-DateUpdate Needed
The system is trying to receive
an update.
No update is
required.
The system has
detected a new app
requiring authoriza-
tion or a general
permissions update is
required.
Select this button if an
update is required and you
want to request this update
manually. For example, when
your mobile device is
connected to a Wi-Fi hotspot,
select:
Request Update
Request Update
Grant or deny permissions to all apps at once.All Apps
Grant or deny an individual app particular permissions. App permis-
sions are organized into groups. By pressing the info book icon, you
can see which signals are included in each group.
There may also
be SYNC 3
enabled apps
listed under
these options.
413
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: We is not responsible or liable for any
damages or loss of privacy relating to usage
of an app, or dissemination of any vehicle
data that you approve us to provide to an
app.
General
Access and adjust the system settings,
voice features, as well as phone, navigation
and wireless settings.
Menu Item
Select to have the touch-
screen display in English,
Spanish or French.
Language
Select to display units in
kilometers or miles.
Distance
Select to display units in
Celsius or Fahrenheit.
Temperature
Select to have the system
beep to confirm choices
made through the touch-
screen.
Touchscreen Beep
Information pertaining to
the system and its soft-
ware.
About SYNC
Documentation of the
software license for the
system.
Software Licenses
Select to restore factory
defaults. This erases all
personal settings and
personal data.
Master Reset
Wi-Fi & Hotspot (If Equipped)
Access SYNC Wi-Fi and Vehicle Hotspot
settings and information.
System Wi-Fi
You can access the following:
414
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Enable this option to connect to Wi-Fi for SYNC 3 vehicle software
updates.
Wi-Fi
This provides you with a list of available Wi-Fi networks within range.Available
Networks
Clicking on a network from the list allows you to connect or disconnect
from that network. The system may require a security code to
connect.
When you click the information button next to a network, more
information about the network displays such as the signal strength,
connection status and security type.
The system alerts you when your vehicle is parked and a Wi-Fi
network is within range if SYNC is not already connected.
Wi-Fi Available
Notifications
Vehicle Hotspot
You can access the following:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Allows you to turn the hotspot on and off.Wi-Fi Hotspot
On/Off
Allows you to view and edit hotspot settings such as the SSID and
password.
Settings
Allows you to view your vehicle's hotspot plan and data usage.Data Usage
Allows you to manage devices connected to your hotspot.Manage Devices
Note: The Vehicle Wi-Fi Hotspot (Vehicle
Hotspot) may be operational while ignition
is On and may remain operational while the
ignition is Off.
Note: Vehicle Hotspot services are provided
by the vehicle network carrier, subject to
your vehicle network carrier agreement,
coverage and availability.
Note: It is the account owner’s
responsibility to remove the vehicle from
the vehicle network carrier account when
ownership of the vehicle is transferred. If the
owner would like to remove the vehicle from
the account for any reason, please contact
your vehicle network carrier for more
information.
415
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Note: Data, such as the Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), SIM Card ID,
and data plan usage, is shared between us
and the vehicle network carrier to provide
the Vehicle Hotspot service in accordance
with your vehicle network carrier agreement,
coverage and availability, and may be used
to enable a seamless transition from an old
to new embedded modem and to confirm
any updates are successfully delivered.
Note: For your convenience data usage may
be available for monitoring under Settings
but may not reflect actual or current usage.
The vehicle network carrier is responsible
for providing information about your
account. Please contact the vehicle network
carrier for more information.
Note: If you do not have an active vehicle
hotspot data plan, open your web browser
and go to a website using the HTTP protocol
to be automatically redirected to the vehicle
network carrier landing page where you can
purchase data. Websites using HTTPS will
not automatically redirect
Note: We may need to update operating
system software on your vehicle, including
security updates and bug fixes, to keep
connected services current, like Vehicle
Hotspot, without prior notice to you.
Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
Tap a color once to active ambient lighting.
This sets the color to the highest intensity.
You can drag the colors up and down to
increase or decrease the intensity.
To switch ambient lighting off, press the
active color once or drag the active color
all the way down to zero intensity.
Vehicle
Note: Your vehicle may not have all of
these features.
You can select the following features to
update their settings.
Door Keypad Code
Select this button to add or erase a
personal door keypad code. To add or
erase a personal code, you first need to
enter the five-digit factory set code. You
can find this code on the owner's wallet
card in the glove box or from your
authorized dealer.
Camera Settings
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMessage
Camera Settings
Then select from the following:
You can enable or disable this option using the slider.Rear Camera
Delay
You can find more information on the rear-view camera system in the parking aids chapter
of your owner's manual.
416
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Onboard Modem Serial Number (ESN)
Selecting this button on the settings menu
shows you the ESN number for your
system. You need this number for certain
registrations such as Satellite Radio.
Display
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
The screen goes black and does not display anything. Tap the screen
to switch it back on.
Display Off
Make the screen display brighter or dimmer.Brightness
You can select:Mode
The screen automatically switches between day and
night modes based on the outside light level.
Auto
The screen displays with a light background to enhance
daytime viewing.
Day
The screen displays with a darker background to make
nighttime viewing easier.
Night
Enable this option to automatically dim the display brightness based
on ambient lighting conditions.
Auto Dim
Set the background.Background
View less information in the display.Calm Screen
Voice Control
You can adjust the voice control settings
by selecting the following options.
417
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Menu Item
Enable this option to remove
additional voice prompts
and confirmations.
Advanced Mode
Enable this option to have
the system confirm a
contact's name with you
before making a call.
Phone Confirmation
Enable this option to have
the system display a list of
available voice commands
when you press the voice.
Voice Command List
Valet Mode
Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
No information is accessible until the
system is unlocked with the correct PIN.
When you select valet mode, a pop up
appears informing you that a four digit
code must be entered to enable and
disable valet mode. You can use any PIN
you chose but you must use the same PIN
to disable valet mode. The system asks
you to input the code.
Note: If the system is locked and you
cannot remember the PIN, please contact
the Customer Relationship Center.
For Lincoln
United States: 1-800-521-4140
Canada: 1-800-387-9333
LincolnFord
United States: 1-
800-521-4140
United States and
Canada: 1-800-
392-3673
Canada: 1-800-
387-9333
To enable valet mode, enter your chosen
PIN. The system then asks to confirm your
PIN by reentering it. The system then locks.
To unlock the system, enter the same pin
number. The system reconnects to your
phone and all of your options are available
again.
SYNC™ 3 TROUBLESHOOTING
Your SYNC 3 system is easy to use.
However, should questions arise, please
refer to the tables below.
To check your cell phone's compatibility,
refer to the regional Ford or Lincoln
website.
418
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC 3 performance.
There is back-
ground noise
during a phone
call.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
During a call, I
can hear the
other person
but they cannot
hear me.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
3 is not set to off. Look for the microphone
icon on the phone screen.
To restart your system, shut down the
engine, open and close the door, and then
lock the door and wait for 2-3 minutes.
Make sure that your SYNC 3 screen is black
and the lighted USB port is off.
The system may need to
be restarted.
During a call, I
cannot hear the
other person
and they cannot
hear me.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
SYNC 3 is not
able to down-
load my phone-
book.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Make sure you allow SYNC 3 to retrieve
contacts from your phone. Refer to your
cell manual.
Limitations on your cell
phone's capability.
The system
says "Phone-
book down-
loaded" but my
SYNC 3 phone-
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, move them to your cell phone's
memory.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC 3.
419
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try deleting your device from SYNC 3 and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC 3
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch the auto download setting off.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Text messaging
is not working
on SYNC 3.
Try switching your cell phone off, resetting
it or removing the battery, then try again.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
iPhone • Go to your cell phone's Settings.
• Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
• Press the blue circle to the right of the
device named with your vehicle make
and model to enter the next menu.
• Turn Show Notifications on.
• Disconnect then reconnect your iPhone
from the SYNC 3 system to activate this
settings update.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC 3.
Repeat these steps for every other SYNC 3
vehicle that you connect. Your iPhone will
only forward incoming text messages to
SYNC 3 if the iPhone is not unlocked in the
messaging application.
Replying to text messages using SYNC 3 is
not supported by iPhone.
420
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Cell phone issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Text messages from WhatsApp and Face-
book Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
This is a cell phone-
dependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
cell phone.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
This is a cell phone limita-
tion.
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
Possible device malfunc-
tion.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Make sure to correctly insert the USB cable
into the device and your vehicle's USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
your vehicle during very hot or cold
temperatures.
This is a device limitation.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
my device when
I start my
vehicle.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
3 and that you have started the media
player on your device.
This is a device-
dependent feature.
Bluetooth audio
does not
stream.
421
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
USB and Bluetooth Stereo issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
The device is not
connected.
Try switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then reconnect it to
SYNC 3.
The device is in a bad
state.
Make sure that all song details are popu-
lated.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist,
song title, album or genre
information.
SYNC 3 does
not recognize
music that is on
my device.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
The file may be
corrupted.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
Convert the file to a supported format. See
Entertainment (page 375).
The file format is not
supported by SYNC 3.
Update media index. See Settings (page
404).
The device needs to be
re-indexed.
Make sure your device is unlocked before
connecting it to SYNC 3.
The device has a lock
screen enabled.
Disconnect the device from SYNC 3. Try
switching your device off, resetting it or
removing the battery, then connect it back
to SYNC 3.
This is a device limitation.
When I connect
my device, I
sometimes do
not hear any
sound.
To listen to Apple devices through USB,
select AirPlay from the devices Control
Center, then select Dock Connector.
To listen to Apple devices through
Bluetooth Stereo, select AirPlay from the
devices Control Center, then select SYNC.
Connect a compatible device or media
player.
The device or media
player is incompatible.
SYNC 3 does
not display the
song informa-
tion, repeat, or
shuffle buttons.
422
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Wi-Fi Access Point issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Verify password.Password error.Failed connec-
tion.
Check for a poor Wi-Fi signal.Weak signal.
Use a unique name for your SSID, don’t use
the default name unless it contains a
unique identifier, such as part of the MAC
address.
Multiple Access points
within range with the
same SSID.
Position the vehicle close to the access
point with the front of the vehicle facing the
access point direction and remove
obstacles if possible. Other Wi-Fi,
Bluetooth, microwave and cordless phones
may cause interference.
Weak signal probably
due to distance from the
access point, obstruction
or high interference.
Disconnecting
after successful
connection.
If the vehicle is equipped with heated
windshield, try positioning the vehicle so
that the windshield is not facing the access
point. If you have metallic window tinting
but not on the windshield, position the
vehicle to face the access point. If all
windows are tinted, you can open the
windows in the direction of the access point
if that is feasible.
There may be an
obstruction between
SYNC 3 and the access
point.
Poor signal seen
by SYNC 3
despite being
near a access
point.
Try to remove other obstructions that may
impact signal quality such as opening the
garage door.
Please set the network to visible and try
again.
The access point was
defined as a hidden
network.
An access point
is not listed in
the list of avail-
able networks.
423
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Wi-Fi Access Point issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 currently does not provide an
access point.
SYNC 3 does not
currently provide a
access point.
SYNC 3 is not
seen when
searching for
Wi-Fi networks
from your phone
or other devices.
Check the signal quality (under network
details), if SYNC 3 indicates good or excel-
lent, test with another high-speed equipped
access point where the environment is
more predictable.
Poor signal strength, too
far from the access point,
access point is
supporting multiple
connections, slow
Internet connection or
other problems.
Software down-
load takes too
long.
Test the connection with another device, if
the access point requires a subscription,
you may contact the service provider.
It is possible that there is
no new software. The
connected access point
may be a managed one
and it requires either a
subscription or agreeing
to the terms and condi-
tions.
SYNC 3 seems
to connect with
a access point
and the signal
strength is
excellent but
the software is
not being
updated.
424
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
AppLink Issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Make sure you have a compatible smart-
phone; an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or
an iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or
higher. Additionally, make sure you pair and
connect your phone to SYNC 3 in order to
find AppLink-capable apps on your device.
iPhone users must also connect to a USB
port with an Apple USB cable.
You did not connect an
Applink Compatible
phone to SYNC 3.
AppLink Mobile
Applications:
When I select
"Find Mobile
Apps," SYNC 3
does not find
any applica-
tions.
Make sure you have downloaded and
installed the latest version of the app from
your phone's app store. Make sure the app
is running on your phone. Some apps
require you to register or login to the app
on the phone before using them with
AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford
SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings
menu on the phone.
AppLink-enabled apps
are not installed and
running on your mobile
device.
My phone is
connected, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC
3 find the application if you cannot discover
it inside the vehicle. On an Android device,
if apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit' option, then
select it and restart the app. If the app does
not have that option, select the phone's
settings menu and select 'Apps', then find
the particular app and choose 'Force stop.'
Do not forget to restart the app afterward,
then select "Find Mobile Apps" on SYNC 3.
Sometimes apps do not
properly close and re-
open their connection to
SYNC 3, over ignition
cycles, for example.
My phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an
app, double tap the home button then
swipe up on the app to close it. Tap the
home button again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a few seconds, the
app should then appear in SYNC 3's Mobile
App's Menu.
425
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
AppLink Issues
Possible solution(s)Possible cause(s)Issue
Switch Bluetooth off and then on to reset
it on your phone. If you are in your vehicle,
SYNC 3 should be able to automatically re-
connect to your phone if you press the
"Phone" button.
There is a Bluetooth issue
on some older versions
of the Android operating
system that may cause
apps that were found on
your previous vehicle
drive to not be found
again if you did not
switch Bluetooth off.
My Android
phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, I
restarted them,
but I still cannot
find any apps.
Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait
a moment, and plug the USB cable back in
to the phone. After a few seconds, the app
should appear in SYNC 3's Mobile Apps
Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application
and restart it.
You may need to reset
the USB connection to
SYNC 3.
My iPhone is
connected, my
app is running, I
restarted the
app but I still
cannot find it on
SYNC 3.
Increase the Bluetooth volume of the
device by using the device's volume control
buttons which are most often found on the
side of the device.
The Bluetooth volume on
the phone may be low.
I have an
Android phone.
I found and
started my
media app on
SYNC 3, but
there is no
sound or the
sound is very
low.
Force close or uninstall the apps you do not
want SYNC 3 to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the
app's settings menu on the phone.
Some Android devices
have a limited number of
Bluetooth ports that
apps can use to connect.
If you have more AppLink
apps on your phone than
the number of available
Bluetooth ports, you will
not see all of your apps
listed in the SYNC 3
mobile apps menu.
I can only see
some of the
AppLink apps
running on my
phone listed in
the SYNC 3
Mobile Apps
Menu.
426
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
what I am
saying.
Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
Wait for the system to prompt you before
you state your command.
You may be speaking too
soon or at the wrong
time.
Review the media voice commands at the
beginning of the media section.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
the name of a
song or artist.
Say the song or artist name exactly as it is
displayed on your device. For example, say
"Play Artist Prince" or "Play song Purple
Rain".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your device.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If there are any abbreviations in the name,
like ESPN or CNN, you have to spell those:
"E-S-P-N" or "C-N-N".
Make sure that song titles, artists, album,
and playlists names do not have any special
characters like *, - or +.
The song or artist name
may have some special
characters that are not
being recognized by
SYNC 3.
Make sure that you are saying the name
exactly as it appears on your phone. For
example, if your contact is "Joe Wilson",
say "Call Joe Wilson". If your contact name
is "Mom", say "Call Mom".
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
SYNC 3 does
not understand
or is calling the
wrong contact
when I want to
make a call.
Make sure that your contact names do not
have any special characters like *, - or +.
The contact name may
contain special charac-
ters.
427
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Voice command issues
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.
You may not be saying
the name exactly as it
appears on your phone-
book.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
names stored
on my cell
phone.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
3 will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
SYNC 3 applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC 3.
The SYNC 3
voice control
system is having
trouble recog-
nizing foreign
tracks, artists,
albums, genres
and playlist
names from my
media player or
USB flash drive.
SYNC 3 uses a synthetically generated
voice rather than pre-recorded human
voice.
SYNC 3 uses text-to-
speech voice prompt
technology.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
the pronunci-
ation of some
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
428
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Personal Profiles
Possible cause and solutionIssue
Personal Profiles have not been set up.
I cannot create a profile.
An invalid profile name was entered.
A memory button was not selected when
prompted.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park or was shifted out of Run or Park while
creating a profile.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The lock button was not selected on a
keyfob when prompted.
I cannot link a keyfob.
The keyfob selected was already associ-
ated to another profile and an overwrite
was declined.
A profile recall was performed while linking
a keyfob.
The vehicle’s ignition was not On and in
Park, or was shifted out of Run or Park while
linking a keyfob.
The old linking method is used.
The unsaved setting is not supported by
Personal Profiles.
My personalized settings do not save.
A different Personal Profile is active than
expected.
Another user has changed settings for the
wrong Personal Profile.
A Personal Profile has not been created.
My profile will not recall.
Personal Profiles is turned off.
The requested profile is already active.
The memory button being used is not linked
to a profile.
429
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
Personal Profiles
Possible cause and solutionIssue
The keyfob being used is not linked to a
profile.
The wrong keyfob is being used.
A button other than unlock or remote start
is being pressed on a linked keyfob.
The Personal Profile was deleted.
Personal Profiles is turned off.My preset positions recall but my profile
does not.
The vehicle is in motion.
My profile recalls but my preset positions
do not.
The preset positions are the same as the
Guest or previously active profile.
Unlink and relink your keyfob in the
Personal Profiles menu. You may need to
see your authorized dealer.
I lost a keyfob.
Keyfobs had been erased and reprogramed.
This could happen if you let dealership add
a new keyfob to replace lost one.
I lost all profiles.
Master Reset had been performed without
your acknowledgement.
430
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
General
Possible solutionPossible causeIssue
SYNC 3 only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC 3 remains in the
current active language.
SYNC 3 does not support
the currently selected
language for the instru-
ment cluster and inform-
ation and entertainment
display.
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC 3
SYNC 3 offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
SYNC 3 System Reset
The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC
3 feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any
information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call
history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold
the Seek Up (>>|) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After
approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow 1-2 minutes for the system
reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC 3 system.
For additional assistance with SYNC 3
troubleshooting, refer to the regional Ford
or Lincoln website.
431
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
SYNC™ 3 (If Equipped)
For a complete listing of the accessories
that are available for your vehicle, please
contact your authorized dealer or visit the
online store web site:
Web Address (United States)
www.Accessories.Ford.com
Web Address (Canada)
www.Accessories.Ford.ca
Ford Accessories are available for your
vehicle through an authorized Ford dealer.
Ford Motor Company will repair or replace
any properly authorized dealer-installed
Ford Original Accessory found to be
defective in factory-supplied materials or
workmanship during the warranty period,
as well as any component damaged by the
defective accessories.
Ford Motor Company will warrant your
Ford Original Accessory through the
warranty that provides the greatest
benefit:
• 24 months, unlimited mileage.
• The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
Contact an authorized dealer for details
and a copy of the warranty.
Exterior Style
• Chrome exhaust tips.
• Chrome kits.
• Fender flares*.
• Fog lamps*.
• Hood deflector.
• Splash guards.
• Step bars.
• Tailgate lock*.
• Tow hooks.
Interior Style
• Ambient lighting.
• Floor mats.
• Premium floor liners.
• Seat covers*.
Lifestyle
• Ash cup or smoker's package.
• Bed covers*.
• Bed liners.
• Bed mats.
• Bed rug*.
• Bed trays.
• Bluetooth speakers*.
• Hitch balls and tow bars.
• Rear seat entertainment*.
• Sport tents*.
• Trailer hitches, wiring harnesses and
accessories.
• Truck bed cargo organization and
management.
Peace of Mind
• Console vault*.
• Keyless entry keypad.
• Remote start.
• Roadside assistance*.
• Vehicle security systems.
• Wheel locks.
• Wheels.
432
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Accessories
Footnote
*Ford Licensed Accessory. The accessory
manufacturer designs, develops and
therefore warrants Ford Licensed
Accessories, and does not design or test
these accessories to Ford Motor
Company engineering requirements.
Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the
manufacturer's limited warranty details,
and request a copy of the Ford Licensed
Accessories product limited warranty
from the accessory manufacturer.
For maximum vehicle performance, keep
the following information in mind when
adding accessories or equipment to your
vehicle:
• When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your
vehicle, do not exceed the total weight
capacity of the vehicle or of the front
or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as
indicated on the Safety Compliance
Certification label). Ask an authorized
dealer for specific weight information.
• The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian
Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulate the use
of mobile communications systems
that are equipped with radio
transmitters, for example two-way
radios, telephones and theft alarms.
Any such equipment installed in your
vehicle should comply with Federal
Communications Commission (FCC)
and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission
(CRTC) regulations and should be
installed only by an authorized dealer.
• Mobile communications systems may
harm the operation of your vehicle,
particularly if their manufacturer did
not design them specifically for
automotive use.
• If you or an authorized Ford dealer add
any non-Ford electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect
battery performance and durability,
and may adversely affect the
performance of other electrical
systems in the vehicle.
433
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Accessories
PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING
COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD
PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plans (U.S. Only)
Ford Protect extended service plan means
peace of mind. It’s the extended service
plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and
provides more protection beyond the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When
you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford
Protect extended service plans!
Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Ford Protect
extended service plan. With Ford Protect
extended service plan you minimize your
risk for unexpected repair bills and rising
repair costs.
Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle
Components
There are four mechanical Ford Protect
extended service plans with different levels
of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for
details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most
comprehensive coverage. With over
1,000 covered components, this plan
is so complete it’s probably easier to
list what’s not covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components,
and includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Ford Protect extended service plans are
honored by all authorized Ford dealers in
the U.S., Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Ford or
Lincoln dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
1st day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for
the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including warranty repairs, and
Field Service Actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance,
including:
• Towing, flat-tire change and battery
jump starts.
• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
• Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
• Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage or other transportation.
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford
Protect extended service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. Which should
give you and your potential buyer a little
more peace of mind.
434
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Ford Protect
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your
Vehicle
Ford Protect extended service plan also
offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc (if equipped).
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers.
• Struts.
• Engine Belts.
• Engine coolant hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment (if
equipped).
• Cabin air filter replacement every
20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric
vehicles only).
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 10% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Ford Protect
extended service plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved
with no credit check or hassles. To learn
more, call our Ford Protect extended
service plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Ford Protect Extended Service
Plan (CANADA ONLY)
You can get more protection for your
vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect
extended service plan. Ford Protect
extended service plan is the only service
contract backed by Ford Motor Company
of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan
you purchase, Ford Protect extended
service plan provides benefits such as:
• Rental reimbursement.
• Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
• Protection against repair costs after
your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Coverage expires.
• Roadside Assistance benefits.
There are several Ford Protect extended
service plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations.
Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving
needs, including reimbursement for towing
and rental. When you purchase Ford
Protect extended service plan, you receive
added peace-of-mind protection
throughout Canada, the United States and
Mexico, provided by a network of
participating authorized Ford Motor
Company dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of
Canada, the United States and Mexico are
not eligible for Ford Protect extended
service plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information; visit your local Ford of
Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the
Ford Protect extended service plan that is
right for you.
435
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Ford Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when
you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
We have established regular maintenance
intervals for your vehicle based upon
rigorous testing. It is important that you
have your vehicle serviced at the proper
times. These intervals serve two purposes;
one is to maintain the reliability of your
vehicle and the second is to keep your cost
of owning your vehicle down.
It is your responsibility to have all
scheduled maintenance performed and to
make sure that the materials used meet
the specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 315).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
invalidates warranty coverage on parts
affected by the lack of maintenance.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Factory-Trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive
factory-sponsored certification training to
help them become experts on the
operation of your vehicle. Ask your
dealership about the training and
certification their technicians have
received.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft®
Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and
Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed
at your dealership carry a nationwide
24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer)
parts and labor limited warranty.
If you do not use our authorized parts they
may not meet our specifications and
depending on the part, it could affect
emissions compliance.
Convenience
Many dealerships have extended evening
and Saturday hours to make your service
visit more convenient and they offer one
stop shopping. They can perform any
services that are required on your vehicle,
from general maintenance to collision
repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours
or body shops. Please contact your dealer
for details.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved
reliability, durability and resale value. To
maintain the proper performance of your
vehicle and its emission control systems,
make sure you have scheduled
maintenance performed at the designated
intervals.
Your vehicle has an Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor system, a message appears in the
information display at the proper oil
change interval. This interval may be up to
one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km), hybrid
vehicles may exceed 10,000 mi
(16,000 km).
436
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
When the oil change message appears in
the information display, it is time for an oil
change. Make sure you perform the oil
change within two weeks or 500 mi
(800 km) of the message appearing. Make
sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life
Monitor after each oil change. See Oil
Change Indicator Reset (page 259).
If your information display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at
six months or 5,000 mi (8,000 km) from
your last oil change. Never exceed one year
or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) between oil
change intervals,
Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built
with multiple, complex, performance
systems. Every manufacturer develops
these systems using different
specifications and performance features.
That is why it is important to rely upon your
dealership to properly diagnose and repair
your vehicle.
We have recommended maintenance
intervals for various parts and component
systems based upon engineering testing.
We rely upon this testing to determine the
most appropriate mileage for replacement
of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at
the lowest overall cost to you and
recommends against maintenance
schedules that deviate from the scheduled
maintenance information.
We strongly recommend the use of only
genuine Ford, Motorcraft or
Ford-authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
This owner's manual and the our
Workshop Manual list the recommended
additives and chemicals for your vehicle.
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of
your vehicle’ s normal maintenance. Please
consult your warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a
normal operating characteristic and, by
itself, does not necessarily indicate a
concern or that the fluid needs to be
changed. However, a qualified expert, such
as the factory-trained technicians at your
dealership, should inspect discolored fluids
that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination
immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a
viable way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled
maintenance. It is critical that systems are
flushed only with new fluid that is the same
as that required to fill and operate the
system or using a Ford-approved flushing
chemical.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections every
month or at six-month intervals.
Check Every Month
Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
437
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Month
Windshield washer fluid level.
Fuel and water separator. Drain if necessary (or if indicated by the information display).
Holes and slots in the tail pipe to make sure they are functional and clear of debris.
Check Every Six Months
Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Seatbelts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and seatbelt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
Multi-Point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,
it is important to have the systems on your
vehicle checked regularly. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval
to help make sure your vehicle keeps
running great.
Multi-Point Inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt(s)
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning
hoses
Engine air filter
438
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-Point Inspection
Suspension components for leaks or
damage
Exhaust system
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper
pressure
2
Fluid levels
1
; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalf-shaft dust boots
1
Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer
2
If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration
Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive
way to perform a thorough inspection of
your vehicle. Your checklist gives you
immediate feedback on the overall
condition of your vehicle.
NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
439
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor
Normal Maintenance Intervals
At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display
1
Change engine oil and filter.
Rotate tires, inspect tire wear and measure tread depth.
Perform a multi-point inspection, recommended.
Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level (if your vehicle has a dipstick). Consult
your dealer for requirements.
Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect front axle and U-joints. Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings. Four–wheel
drive vehicles.
Inspect the half-shaft boots.
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and U-
joints. Lubricate any areas with grease fittings.
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or
drag.
1
Do not exceed one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) between service intervals.
Other Maintenance Items
1
Replace cabin air filter.
Every 20,000 mi
(32,000 km)
Replace engine air filter.
Every 30,000 mi
(48,000 km)
Change engine coolant.
2
At 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
Replace spark plugs.
Every 100,000 mi
(160,000 km)
Inspect accessory drive belt or belts.
3
440
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
Other Maintenance Items
1
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter.
Every 150,000 mi
(240,000 km)
Change front axle fluid. Four-wheel drive vehicles.
Change rear axle fluid.
Change transfer case fluid. Four-wheel drive vehicles.
Replace accessory drive belt or belts.
1
Perform these maintenance items within 3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the last engine oil and
filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval.
2
Initial replacement at six years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km), then every three years or
50,000 mi (80,000 km).
3
After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.
SPECIAL OPERATING
CONDITIONS SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE
If you operate your vehicle primarily in any
of the following conditions, you need to
perform extra maintenance, as indicated.
If you operate your vehicle occasionally
under any of these conditions, it is not
necessary to perform the extra
maintenance. For specific
recommendations, see your dealership
service advisor or technician.
Perform the services shown in the
following tables when specified or within
3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message appearing in the
information display.
• Example 1: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message comes on at
28,751 mi (46,270 km). Perform the
30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic
transmission fluid replacement.
• Example 2: The OIL CHANGE
REQUIRED message has not come
on, but the odometer reads 30,000 mi
(48,000 km) (for example, the
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was reset
at 25,000 mi (40,000 km)). Perform
the engine air filter replacement.
441
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
Towing a Trailer or Using a Car-top Carrier
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-
uled Maintenance chart.
As required
Inspect and lubricate U-joints.Inspect frequently, service
as required
See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances, as in Heavy Commercial Use
(Such as Delivery, Taxi, Patrol Car or Livery)
Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information
display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched-
uled Maintenance chart.
As required
Replace engine air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace spark plugs.Every 60,000 mi
(96,000 km)
Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions (Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads)
Replace engine air filter.Inspect frequently, service
as required
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.
Change engine oil and filter.
1
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
or six months
1
Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.
442
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
Off-road Operation
Inspect steering linkage, ball joints and U-joints. Lubricate
if equipped with grease fittings.
Inspect frequently, service
as required
Replace engine air filter.
Change engine oil and filter.
1
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km)
or six months
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal
noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread
depth.
1
Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.
Exceptions
There are several exceptions to the Normal
Schedule.
Axle and Transfer Case Maintenance
Axle(s) and transfer case (Four-wheel
drive vehicles) fluid changes or level
checks are not required unless a leak is
suspected or the assembly has been
submerged in water. Contact an authorized
dealer for service.
California Fuel Filter Replacement
If you register your vehicle in California, the
California Air Resources Board has
determined that the failure to perform this
maintenance item does not nullify the
emission warranty or limit recall liability
before the completion of your vehicle's
useful life. Ford Motor Company, however,
urges you to have all recommended
maintenance services performed at the
specified intervals and to record all vehicle
service.
Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals
Vehicles operating in the Middle East,
North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or
locations with similar climates using an
American Petroleum Institute (API)
Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification
mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal
oil change interval is 3,000 mi (4,800 km).
If the available API SM or SN oils are not
available, then the oil change interval is
1,800 mi (2,900 km).
Engine Air Filter Replacement
The life of the engine air filter is dependent
on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions.
Vehicles operated in these conditions
require frequent inspection and
replacement of the engine air filter.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
RECORD
After the scheduled maintenance services
are performed, record the Repair Order #,
Distance and Engine Hours in the boxes
provided.
443
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
444
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
445
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
446
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
447
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
448
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
449
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
450
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
451
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
452
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
E146852
Repair Order #:
Distance:
Engine hours (optional):
Multi-point inspection (recommended):
Signature:
Dealer stamp
453
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Scheduled Maintenance
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNING: Do not place objects
or mount equipment on or near the
airbag cover, on the side of the seatbacks
(of the front seats), or in front seat areas
that may come into contact with a
deploying airbag. Failure to follow these
instructions may increase the risk of
personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not fasten antenna
cables to original vehicle wiring, fuel
pipes and brake pipes.
WARNING: Keep antenna and
power cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from
any electronic modules and airbags.
Note: We test and certify your vehicle to
meet electromagnetic compatibility
legislation (UNECE Regulation 10 or other
applicable local requirements). It is your
responsibility to make sure that any
equipment an authorized dealer installs on
your vehicle complies with applicable local
legislation and other requirements.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular
telephones and amateur radio transmitters)
must keep to the parameters in the
following table. We do not provide special
provisions or conditions for installations or
use.
Car
E239120
454
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Van
E239122
Truck
E239121
455
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Antenna PositionsMaximum output power Watt (Peak
RMS)
Frequency Band
MHz
1501-30
2, 35050-54
2, 35068-88
2, 350142-176
2, 350380-512
2, 310806-870
Note: After the installation of radio
frequency transmitters, check for
disturbances from and to all electrical
equipment in your vehicle, both in the
standby and transmit modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
• With the ignition ON.
• With the engine running.
• During a road test at various speeds.
Check that electromagnetic fields
generated inside your vehicle cabin by the
transmitter installed do not exceed
applicable human exposure requirements.
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT (EULA)
• You (“You” or “Your” as applicable)
have acquired a vehicle having several
devices, including SYNC ® and various
control modules, ("DEVICES") that
include software licensed or owned by
Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY"). Those
software products of FORD MOTOR
COMPANY origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation
("SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The SOFTWARE is
licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
• The SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY.
456
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICES OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICES,
WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT
TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF
ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
• You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICES and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
• Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process. It is your responsibility to
monitor any speech recognition
functions included in the system.
• Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, translate, disassemble or
attempt to discover any source code
or underlying ideas or algorithms of the
SOFTWARE nor permit others to
reverse engineer, decompile or
disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation or
to the extent as may be permitted by
the licensing terms governing use of
any open source components included
with the SOFTWARE.
• Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation or to
the extent as may be permitted by the
licensing terms governing use of any
open source components included with
the SOFTWARE.
• Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICES and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
457
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
• SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICES, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
• Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
may terminate this EULA if you fail to
comply with the terms and conditions
of this EULA.
• Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service suppliers, its
affiliates and/or its designated agent
may automatically check the version
of the SOFTWARE and/or its
components that you are utilizing and
may provide upgrades or supplements
to the SOFTWARE that may be
automatically downloaded to your
DEVICES.
• Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, its affiliates and/or
its designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components".) SOFTWARE updates
may cause you to incur additional
charges from your wireless service
provider. If FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or third party software and services
suppliers provide or make available to
you Supplemental Components and
no other EULA terms are provided
along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this
EULA shall apply. FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, its affiliates and/or its
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to
you or made available to you through
the use of the SOFTWARE.
• Links to Third Party Sites: The
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites. The
third party sites are not under the
control of FORD MOTOR COMPANY,
its affiliates and/or its designated
agent. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its affiliates nor its
designated agent are responsible for
(I) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates
and/or its designated agent.
• Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICES operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and you agree to assume any risk
associated with the use of the
DEVICES.
458
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICES on media such as a ROM chip,
CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or
other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICES as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, or its affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content outside its
intended use. All rights not specifically
granted under this EULA are reserved by
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates,
and third party software and service
providers and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments.
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, its affiliates, and third
party software and service providers.
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Please refer to
FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions
provided in the documentation for the
DEVICES product support, such as the
vehicle owner guide.
Should you have any questions concerning
this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD
MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason,
please refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICES.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY BE
EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
459
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
SYNC® Automotive Important Safety
Information Read and follow
instructions:
• Before using your SYNC® system, read
and follow all instructions and safety
information provided in this end user
manual ("Owner Guide".) Not
following precautions found in the
Owner Guide can lead to an accident
or other serious injuries.
General Operation
• Voice Command Control: Certain
functions within the SYNC® system
may be accomplished using voice
commands. Using voice commands
while driving helps you to operate the
system without removing your hands
from the wheel or eyes from the road.
• Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a
prolonged view of the screen while you
are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal
manner before attempting to access a
function of the system requiring
prolonged attention.
• Volume Setting: Do not raise the
volume excessively. Keep the volume
at a level where you can still hear
outside traffic and emergency signals
while driving. Driving while unable to
hear these sounds could cause an
accident.
• Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully
read and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
• Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual
(non-verbal) setup. Attempting to
perform such set-up or insert data
while driving can distract your attention
and could cause an accident or other
serious injury. Stop the vehicle in a safe
and legal manner before attempting
these operations.
• Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only
as an aid. Make your driving decisions
based on your observations of local
conditions and existing traffic
regulations. Any such feature is not a
substitute for your personal judgment.
Any route suggestions made by this
system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
• Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in
an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you
would be placed in an unsafe situation,
or if you would be directed into an area
that you consider unsafe. The driver is
ultimately responsible for the safe
operation of the vehicle and therefore,
must evaluate whether it is safe to
follow the suggested directions.
• Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps
used by this system may be inaccurate
because of changes in roads, traffic
controls or driving conditions. Always
use good judgment and common sense
when following the suggested routes.
• Emergency Services: Do not rely on
any navigation features included in the
system to route you to emergency
services. Ask local authorities or an
emergency services operator for these
locations. Not all emergency services
such as police, fire stations, hospitals
and clinics are likely to be contained in
the map database for such navigation
features.
460
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Your Responsibilities and Assumptions of
Risk
• You agree to each of the following:(a)
Any use of the SOFTWARE while
driving an automobile or other vehicle
in violation of applicable law or
otherwise driving in an unsafe manner
presents a significant risk of distracted
driving and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(b) Use of
the SOFTWARE at excessive volume
poses a significant risk of hearing
damage and should not be attempted
under any circumstances;(c) The
SOFTWARE may not be compatible
with new or different versions of an
operating system, third party software,
or third party services, and the
SOFTWARE may potentially cause a
critical failure of an operating system,
third party software, or third party
service.(d) Any third party service
accessed by or third party software
used with the SOFTWARE (I) may
charge an additional fee for access, (ii)
may not work correctly, on an
uninterrupted basis, or error free, (iii)
may change streaming formats or
discontinue operation, (iv) may contain
adult, profane or offensive content; and
(v) may contain inaccurate, false or
misleading traffic, weather, financial
or safety information or other content;
and (e) Use of the SOFTWARE may
cause you to incur additional charges
from your wireless service provider
(WSP) and any data or minute
calculators that may be included in the
software program are for reference
only, are not warranted in any way and
should not be relied upon in anyway.
• When using the SOFTWARE, you agree
to be responsible for and assume the
entire risk to the items set forth in
Section (a) – (e) above.
Disclaimer of Warranty
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND
AGREE THAT USE OF THE DEVICES AND
SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR SOLE RISK AND
THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO
SATISFACTORY QUALITY,
PERFORMANCE, COMPATIBILITY,
ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU.
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE SOFTWARE
AND ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES ARE PROVIDED
"AS IS" AND “AS AVAILABLE”, WITH ALL
FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, AND FORD MOTOR COMPANY
HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO
THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, AND THIRD-PARTY
SERVICES, EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, OF FITNESS FOR AN
ARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF ACCURACY,
OF QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD-PARTY
RIGHTS. FORD MOTOR COMPANY DOES
NOT WARRANT (a) AGAINST
INTERFERENCE WITH YOUR ENJOYMENT
OF THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES,
(b) THAT THE SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE, OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES
WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS, (c)
THAT THE OPERATION OF THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE, (d)
OR THAT DEFECTS IN THE SOFTWARE,
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, OR
THIRD-PARTY SERVICES WILL BE
CORRECTED. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN
INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY
FORD MOTOR COMPANY OR ITS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE SHALL
461
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
CREATE A WARRANTY. SHOULD THE
SOFTWARE, THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE,
OR THIRD-PARTY SERVICES PROVE
DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION. SOME
JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
DISCLAIMER OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OR LIMITATIONS ON APPLICABLE
STATUTORY RIGHTS OF A CONSUMER,
SO THE ABOVE DISCLAIMER MAY NOT
FULLY APPLY TO YOU. THE SOLE
WARRANTY PROVIDED BY FORD MOTOR
COMPANY SHALL BE FOUND IN THE
WARRANTY INFORMATION INCLUDING
WITH YOUR OWNER GUIDE. TO THE
EXTENT THAT THERE IS ANY CONFLICT
BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS SECTION
AND THE WARRANTY BOOKLET, THE
WARRANTY BOOKLET SHALL CONTROL.
Applicable Law, Venue, Jurisdiction
• The laws of the State of Michigan
govern this EULA and Your use of the
SOFTWARE. Your use of the
SOFTWARE may also be subject to
other local, state, national, or
international laws. Any litigation arising
out of or related to this EULA shall be
brought and maintained exclusively in
a court of the State of Michigan
located in Wayne County or in the
United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan. You hereby
consent to submit to the personal
jurisdiction of a court in the State of
Michigan located in Wayne County and
the United States District Court for the
Eastern District of Michigan for any
dispute arising out of or relating to this
EULA.
Binding Arbitration and Class Action
Waiver
(a) Application. This Section applies to
any dispute EXCEPT IT DOES NOT
INCLUDE A DISPUTE RELATING TO
COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, OR TO THE
ENFORCEMENT OR VALIDITY OF YOUR,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, OR ANY OF
FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S LICENSORS’
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.
Dispute means any dispute, action, or other
controversy between You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, other than the
exceptions listed above, concerning the
SOFTWARE (including its price) or this
EULA, whether in contract, warranty, tort,
statute, regulation, ordinance, or any other
legal or equitable basis.
(b) Notice of Dispute. In the event of a
Dispute, You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY
must give the other a “Notice of Dispute”,
which is a written statement of the name,
address, and contact information of the
party giving it, the facts giving rise to the
dispute, and the relief requested. You and
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will attempt to
resolve any dispute through informal
negotiation within 60 days from the date
the Notice of Dispute is sent. After 60 days,
You or FORD MOTOR COMPANY may
commence arbitration.
(c) Small claims court. You may also
litigate any dispute in small claims court
in your county of residence or FORD
MOTOR COMPANY’S principal place of
business, if the dispute meets all
requirements to be heard in the small
claims court. You may litigate in small
claims court whether or not You
negotiated informally first.
(d) Binding arbitration. If You and FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, do not resolve any
dispute by informal negotiation or in small
claims court, any other effort to resolve
the dispute will be conducted exclusively
by binding arbitration. You are giving up
462
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
the right to litigate (or participate in as a
party or class member) all disputes in court
before a judge or jury. Instead, all disputes
will be resolved before a neutral arbitrator,
whose decision will be final except for a
limited right of appeal under the Federal
Arbitration Act. Any court with jurisdiction
over the parties may enforce the
arbitrator’s award.
(e) Class action waiver. Any proceedings
to resolve or litigate any dispute in any
forum will be conducted solely on an
individual basis. Neither you nor FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, will seek to have any
dispute heard as a class action, as a private
attorney general action, or in any other
proceeding in which any party acts or
proposes to act in a representative
capacity. No arbitration or proceeding will
be combined with another without the
prior written consent of all parties to all
affected arbitrations or proceedings.
(f) Arbitration procedure. Any
arbitration will be conducted by the
American Arbitration Association (the
“AAA”), under its Commercial Arbitration
Rules. If You are an individual and use the
SOFTWARE for personal or vehicle use, or
if the value of the dispute is $75,000 or
less whether or not You are an individual
or how You use the SOFTWARE, the AAA
Supplementary Procedures for
Consumer-Related Disputes will also
apply. To commence arbitration, submit a
Commercial Arbitration Rules Demand for
Arbitration form to the AAA. You may
request a telephonic or in-person hearing
by following the AAA rules. In a dispute
involving $10,000 or less, any hearing will
be telephonic unless the arbitrator finds
good cause to hold an in-person hearing
instead. For more information, see adr.org
or call 1-800-778-7879. You agree to
commence arbitration only in your county
of residence or FORD MOTOR COMPANY’S
principal place of business. The arbitrator
may award the same damages to You
individually as a court could. The arbitrator
may award declaratory or injunctive relief
only to You individually, and only to the
extent required to satisfy Your individual
claim.
(g) Arbitration fees and incentives.
• I. Disputes involving $75,000 or less.
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will
promptly reimburse your filing fees and
pay the AAA’ s and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. If you reject FORD MOTOR
COMPANY’S last written settlement
offer made before the arbitrator was
appointed (“last written offer”), your
dispute goes all the way to an
arbitrator’s decision (called an
“award”), and the arbitrator awards
you more than the last written offer,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY will give you
three incentives: (1) pay the greater of
the award or $1,000; (2) pay twice your
reasonable attorney’s fees, if any; and
(3) reimburse any expenses (including
expert witness fees and costs) that
your attorney reasonably accrues for
investigating, preparing, and pursuing
your claim in arbitration. The arbitrator
will determine the amounts.
• ii. Disputes involving more than
$75,000. The AAA rules will govern
payment of filing fees and the AAA’s
and arbitrator’s fees and expenses.
• iii. Disputes involving any amount. In
any arbitration you commence, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY will seek its AAA
or arbitrator’s fees and expenses, or
Your filing fees it reimbursed, only if the
arbitrator finds the arbitration frivolous
or brought for an improper purpose. In
any arbitration FORD MOTOR
COMPANY commences, it will pay all
463
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
filing, AAA, and arbitrator’s fees and
expenses. It will not seek its attorney’s
fees or expenses from you in any
arbitration. Fees and expenses are not
counted in determining how much a
dispute involves.
(h) Claims or disputes must be filed
within one year. To the extent permitted
by law, any claim or dispute under this
EULA to which this Section applies must
be filed within one year in small claims
court (Section c) or in arbitration (Section
d). The one-year period begins when the
claim or dispute first could be filed. If such
a claim or dispute is not filed within one
year, it is permanently barred.
(I) Severability. If the class action waiver
(Section e) is found to be illegal or
unenforceable as to all or some parts of a
dispute, then that portion of Section e will
not apply to those parts. Instead, those
parts will be severed and proceed in a court
of law, with the remaining parts proceeding
in arbitration. If any other provision of that
portion Section e is found to be illegal or
unenforceable, that provision will be
severed with the remainder of Section e
remaining in full force and effect.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the TeleNav
Software. Your use of the TeleNav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the TeleNav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the TeleNav Software:
(a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise
drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the TeleNav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions;
(c) do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the TeleNav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked;
(d) do not use the TeleNav Software for
any illegal, unauthorized, unintended,
unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes,
or in any manner inconsistent with this
Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
TeleNav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
You agree to indemnify and hold TeleNav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the TeleNav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
464
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
TeleNav Software, to provide TeleNav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform TeleNav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
• Subject to your compliance with the
terms of this Agreement, TeleNav
hereby grants to you a personal,
non-exclusive, non-transferable license
(except as expressly permitted below
in connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software
license), without the right to
sublicense, to use the TeleNav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the TeleNav
Software. This license shall terminate
upon any termination or expiration of
this Agreement. You agree that you will
use the TeleNav Software only for your
personal business or leisure purposes,
and not to provide commercial
navigation services to other parties.
3.1 License Limitations
• (a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter
or otherwise change the TeleNav
Software or any part thereof; (b)
attempt to derive the source code,
audio library or structure of the
TeleNav Software without the prior
express written consent of TeleNav;
(c) remove from the TeleNav
Software, or alter, any of TeleNav's or
its suppliers' trademarks, trade names,
logos, patent or copyright notices, or
other notices or markings; (d)
distribute, sublicense or otherwise
transfer the TeleNav Software to
others, except as part of your
permanent transfer of the TeleNav
Software; or (e) use the TeleNav
Software in any manner that
I. infringes the intellectual property or
proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party,
ii. violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or
iii. is harmful, threatening, abusive,
harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar,
obscene, libelous, or otherwise
objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or
otherwise permit unauthorized access by
third parties to the TeleNav Software
without advanced written permission of
TeleNav.
4. Disclaimers
• To the fullest extent permissible
pursuant to applicable law, in no event
will TeleNav, its licensors and suppliers,
or agents or employees of any of the
foregoing, be liable for any decision
made or action taken by you or anyone
else in reliance on the information
provided by the TeleNav Software.
TeleNav also does not warrant the
accuracy of the map or other data used
for the TeleNav Software. Such data
may not always reflect reality due to,
among other things, road closures,
construction, weather, new roads and
other changing conditions. You are
responsible for the entire risk arising
out of your use of the TeleNav
Software. For example but without
limitation, you agree not to rely on the
TeleNav Software for critical
navigation in areas where the
well-being or survival of you or others
465
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
is dependent on the accuracy of
navigation, as the maps or functionality
of the TeleNav Software are not
intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
• TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM
OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT
OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH
RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE.
• Certain jurisdictions do not permit the
disclaimer of certain warranties, so this
limitation may not apply to you.
5. Limitation of Liability
• TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV
OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS
BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD
PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,
SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES
(INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE
INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT
OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA,
LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF
PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION
OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL
DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN
CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE
ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND
OF ALL OF TELENAV'S SUPPLIERS
SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT
ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE
TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES
AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR
LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE
ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS
MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
• You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to
this Agreement or the TeleNav
Software shall be settled by
independent arbitration involving a
neutral arbitrator and administered by
the American Arbitration Association
in the County of Santa Clara, California.
The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and
the judgment upon the award rendered
by the arbitrator may be entered by any
court having jurisdiction. Note that
there is no judge or jury in an arbitration
proceeding and the decision of the
arbitrator shall be binding upon both
parties. You expressly agree to waive
your right to a jury trial. This Agreement
and performance hereunder will be
governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State
of California, without giving effect to
its conflict of law provisions. To the
extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both TeleNav and you agree to submit
466
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
courts of the County of Santa Clara,
California. The United Nations
Convention on Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods shall not
apply.
7. Assignment
• You may not resell, assign, or transfer
this Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in
connection with your permanent
transfer of the TeleNav Software, and
expressly conditioned upon the new
user of the TeleNav Software agreeing
to be bound by the terms and
conditions of this Agreement. Any such
sale, assignment or transfer that is not
expressly permitted under this
paragraph will result in immediate
termination of this Agreement, without
liability to TeleNav, in which case you
and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the TeleNav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TeleNav may assign this Agreement to
any other party at any time without
notice, provided the assignee remains
bound by this Agreement.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between TeleNav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, TeleNav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
TeleNav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
TeleNav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.3
By using the TeleNav Software, you
consent to receive from TeleNav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
TeleNav Software (collectively, "Notices")
electronically. TeleNav may provide such
Notices by posting them on TeleNav's
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the TeleNav Software.
8.4
TeleNav's or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party's right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8.5
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
467
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words "include" and "including" and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
"without limitation".
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
• The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement
includes end-user terms applicable to
these companies (included at the end
of this Agreement), and thus your use
of the Telenav Software is also subject
to such terms. You agree to comply
with the following additional terms and
conditions, which are applicable to
Telenav’s third party vendor licensors::
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand. 20xx. All rights reserved
Terms and Conditions
Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data
together with the Telenav Software solely
for the internal business and personal
purposes for which you were licensed, and
not for service bureau, time-sharing or
other similar purposes. Accordingly, but
subject to the restrictions set forth in the
following paragraphs, you agree not to
otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble, create any
derivative works of, or reverse engineer any
portion of this Data, and may not transfer
or distribute it in any form, for any purpose,
except to the extent permitted by
mandatory laws.
468
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Restrictions. Except where you have been
specifically licensed to do so by Telenav,
and without limiting the preceding
paragraph, you may not use this Data (a)
with any products, systems, or applications
installed or otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain
inaccurate or incomplete information due
to the passage of time, changing
circumstances, sources used and the
nature of collecting comprehensive
geographic data, any of which may lead to
incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you
“as is,” and you agree to use it at your own
risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no
guarantees, representations or warranties
of any kind, express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not limited
to, content, quality, accuracy,
completeness, effectiveness, reliability,
fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this
Data, or that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: TELENAV AND
ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You shall not export from
anywhere any part of the Data or any direct
product thereof except in compliance with,
and with all licenses and approvals
required under, applicable export laws,
rules and regulations, including but not
limited to the laws, rules and regulations
administered by the Office of Foreign
Assets Control of the U.S. Department of
Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and
Security of the U.S. Department of
Commerce. To the extent that any such
469
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
export laws, rules or regulations prohibit
HERE from complying with any of its
obligations hereunder to deliver or
distribute Data, such failure shall be
excused and shall not constitute a breach
of this Agreement.
Entire Agreement. These terms and
conditions constitute the entire agreement
between Telenav (and its licensors,
including their licensors and suppliers) and
you pertaining to the subject matter hereof,
and supersedes in their entirety any and
all written or oral agreements previously
existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
Governing Law. The above terms and
conditions shall be governed by the laws
of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands”
where European HERE Data is used],
without giving effect to (i) its conflict of
laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations
Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
[insert “The Netherlands” where European
HERE Data is used] for any and all
disputes, claims and actions arising from
or in connection with the Data provided to
you hereunder.
Government End Users. If the Data is
being acquired by or on behalf of the
United States government or any other
entity seeking or applying rights similar to
those customarily claimed by the United
States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
470
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
B. Canada Data. The following provi-
sions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provi-
sions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representa-
tions or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irre-
spective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agree-
ments: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
3. End-User Terms: Except as other-
wise agreed by the parties, in connec-
tion with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reason-
ably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
471
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, complete-
ness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or posses-
sion of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addi-
tion to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provi-
sions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provi-
sions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeTerritory
IGN “INSTITUTO
GEOGRAFICO NACIONAL
ARGENTINO”
Argen-
tina
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Guade-
loupe,
French
Guiana
and
Marti-
nique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory
472
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
Jordan
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement,
HERE shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enter-
prise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted subli-
censees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applica-
tions” shall mean Geomarketing applic-
ations, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applica-
tions, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
473
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
is conditioned on Client’ s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessung-
swesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
NoticeCountry(ies)
“© Bundesamt für Eich-
und Vermessungswesen”
Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
“Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung
der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando
quale riferimento anche
cartografia numerica ed
al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
“Source: IgeoE – Portugal”Portugal
474
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
“Topografische
Grundlage: © Bundesamt
für Landestopographie.
Switzerland
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corpora-
tion Limited and its licensors.”
AT&T Vehicle Network Carrier
Telematics Disclosure
END USER FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION MEANS YOU AND YOUR HEIRS,
EXECUTORS, LEGAL PERSONAL
REPRESENTATITVES AND PERMITED
ASSIGNS. FOR PURPOSES OF THIS
SECTION “UNDERLYING WIRELESS
SERVICE CARRIER” INCLUDES ITS
AFFILIATES AND CONTRACTORS AND
THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS,
DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS. END USER HAS NO
CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP WITH
THE UNDERLYING WIRELESS SERVICE
CARRIER AND END USER IS NOT A THIRD
PARTY BENEFICIARY OF ANY
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FORD AND
UNDERLYING CARRIER. END USER
UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER HAS NO LEGAL,
EQUITABLE, OR OTHER LIABILITY OF ANY
KIND TO END USER. IN ANY EVENT,
REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF THE
ACTION, WHETHER FOR BREACH OF
CONTRACT, WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE,
STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT OR
OTHERWISE, END USER'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR CLAIMS ARISING IN ANY
WAY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, FOR ANY CAUSE
WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ANY FAILURE OR
475
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
DISRUPTION OF SERVICE PROVIDED
HEREUNDER, IS LIMITED TO PAYMENT
OF DAMAGES IN AN AMOUNT NOT TO
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY END USER
FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
TWO-MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING THE
DATE THE CLAIM AROSE.
(ii) END USER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY
AND HOLD HARMLESS THE UNDERLYING
WIRELESS SERVICE CARRIER AND ITS
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS
AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS,
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
CLAIMS FOR LIBEL, SLANDER, OR ANY
PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH, ARISING IN ANY WAY,
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
OR THE USE, FAILURE TO USE, OR
INABILITY TO USE THE DEVICE EXCEPT
WHERE THE CLAIMS RESULT FROM THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER’S GROSS
NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
THIS INDEMNITY WILL SURVIVE THE
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT.
(iii) END USER HAS NO PROPERTY RIGHT
IN ANY NUMBER ASSIGNED TO THE
DEVICE.
(iv) END USER UNDERSTANDS THAT
FORD AND THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
CANNOT GUARANTY THE SECURITY OF
WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS, AND WILL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LACK OF
SECURITY RELATING TO THE USE OF THE
SERVICES
THE SERVICE IS FOR [END USER’S] USE
ONLY AND END USER MAY NOT RESELL
THE SERVICE TO ANY OTHER PARTY END
USER UNDERSTANDS THAT THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER DOES NOT
GUARANTEE ANY END USER
UNINTERRUPTED SERVICE OR
COVERAGE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
DOES NOT WARRANT THAT END USERS
CAN OR WILL BE LOCATED USING THE
SERVICE. THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
SUITABILITY, OR PERFORMANCE
REGARDING ANY SERVICES OR GOODS,
AND IN NO EVENT SHALL AT&T BE
LIABLE, WHETHER OR NOT DUE TO ITS
OWN NEGLIGENCE, FOR ANY: (A) ACT OR
OMISSION OF A THIRD PARTY; (B)
MISTAKES, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS,
ERRORS, FAILURES TO TRANSMIT,
DELAYS, OR DEFECTS IN THE SERVICE
PROVIDED BY OR THROUGH THE
UNDERLYING CARRIER; (C) DAMAGE OR
INJURY CAUSED BY SUSPENSION OR
TERMINATION BY THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER; OR (D) DAMAGE OR INJURY
CAUSED BY A FAILURE OR DELAY IN
CONNECTING A CALL TO ANY ENTITY,
INCLUDING 911 OR ANY OTHER
EMERGENCY SERVICE. TO THE FULL
EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THE END
USER RELEASES, INDEMNIFIES AND
HOLDS THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY
AND ALL CLAIMS OF ANY PERSON OR
ENTITY FOR DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE
ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM OR RELATING
TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SERVICES
PROVIDED BY THE UNDERLYING CARRIER
OR ANY PERSON’S USE THEREOF,
INCLUDING CLAIMS ARISING IN WHOLE
OR IN PART FROM THE ALLEGED
NEGLIGENCE OF THE UNDERLYING
CARRIER.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
476
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
477
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright©
2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote
Software, copyright © 2000-2007
Gracenote. This product and service may
practice one or more of the following U.S.
Patents 5,987,525; 6,061,680; 6,154,773;
6,161,132; 6,230,192; 6,230,207; 6.240,459;
6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent 6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
478
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device. This device
may contain content belonging to
Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote. You agree that you
will use the content from Gracenote
("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data,
the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote
Servers for your own personal,
non-commercial use only. You agree not
to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the
Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software
or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag
associated with a music file) to any third
party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR
EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT,
GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE
SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS,
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED
HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers.
Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights
in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and the Gracenote Servers and
Gracenote Content, including all ownership
rights. Under no circumstances will either
Gracenote become liable for any payment
to you for any information that you provide,
including any copyrighted material or
music file information. You agree that
Gracenote may enforce its respective
rights, collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
479
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.
Radio Frequency Statement
FCC ID: ACJ-SYNCG3-L
IC: 216B-SYNCG3-L
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
Taiwan Territory
Note: In accordance with the management
approach of low-power radio wave
radiation motors:
Article 12: For approved and certified
low-power radiation motor models,
companies, firms or users must not alter
the frequency, increase the power or
change the characteristics and functions
of the original design without authorization.
Article 14: The usage of low-power
radio-frequency motors must not affect
aviation safety and interfere with legal
telecommunications. Should interference
be detected, immediately stop using the
device and only resume usage after
ensuring that there is no longer any
interference. For the legal
telecommunication and wireless
telecommunication of the telco, the
low-power radio frequency motor must be
able to tolerate legal limits of interference
from telecommunication, industrial,
scientific and radio wave equipment.
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
1. Acceptance
480
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at:
Website
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandcon-
ditions/
2. Intellectual Property
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
3. Appropriate Use
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
481
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
Radio Frequency Statement
IC Identification NumberFCC Identification NumberSYNC Version
216B-SYNCG3-LACJ-SYNCG3-L3.0
216B-FA170BCARHSACJ-FA-170-BCARHS3.1
216B-FG185SG32MHACJ-FG-185-SG32MH3.2
WARNING: Changes or
modifications not expressively approved
by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment. The term "IC:" before the
radio certification number only signifies
that Industry Canada technical
specifications were met.
These devices comply with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions:
1. The device does not cause harmful
interference.
2. The device accepts any interference
received, including interference that
could cause undesired operation.
TYPE APPROVALS
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Tire Pressure Monitoring
Sensor(s)
Argentina
E207816
Brazil
E197509
482
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Canada
IC: 850K-11545917
IC: 2546A-FP3
European Union EU
E207818
Ghana
E253824
Jordan
E253823
Malaysia
E253822
Mexico
E253812
E253813
Moldova
E197811
Morocco
E207821
Oman
E253817
483
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Philippines
E198001
Russia
E253816
Serbia
E197844
Singapore
E253820
South Africa
E198002
South Korea
E253819
Taiwan
E203679
Ukraine
E253818
484
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
United Arab Emirates
E207817
United States of America
FCC ID: OUC11545917
FCC ID: MRXFP3
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Mid Range Radar
Argentina
E269659
Ghana
E269662
Jordan
E269660
Morocco
E269661
485
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
South Africa
E269664
United Arab Emirates
E269663
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Passive Anti-Theft System
Argentina
E274065
Brazil
E269675
Canada
IC: 850K-11545917
Djibouti
E274068
486
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Ghana
E269674
Jamaica
E274067
Jordan
E269666
Malaysia
E269673
Morocco
E269670
Paraguay
E274066
487
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Pakistan
E275754
Serbia
E269672
Singapore
E269676
South Africa
E269667
Ukraine
E269671
United Arab Emirates
E269668
488
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
United States of America
FCC ID: OUC11545917
Vietnam
E269677
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Radio Transceiver Module
Canada
IC: 3659A-F03AM315RX
IC: 3659A-F04AM902TRX
Djibouti
E272192
Jamaica
E272193
Jordan
E272194
Morocco
E269683
489
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
Pakistan
E269684
E287633
Paraguay
E272195
Serbia
E269681
South Africa
E269685
Ukraine
E269682
490
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
United Arab Emirates
E272196
United States of America
FCC ID: LTQF03AM315RX
FCC ID: LTQF04AM902TRX
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Blind Spot Information System
Canada
RSS-310 compliant, per FCC Test report
no.: 1-8707/14-01-03
Ghana
E269695
Malaysia
E269697
South Africa
E269696
United Arab Emirates
E269694
491
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
United States of America
FCC ID: OAYSRR3B
Vietnam
E269693
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Wireless Charging
United Arab Emirates
E272903
South Korea
E273475
Radio Frequency Certifications for
SYNC 3
Brazil
E252722
E282218
492
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
China
E291427
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Cruise Control Module
Canada
IC: 3432A-0065TR
United States of America
FCC ID: L2C0065TR
Radio Frequency Certifications for
Body Control Module
Canada
IC: 7812A-A2C738448
Model # : M : A2C750526
Model # : M : A2C750561
United States of America
FCC ID: M3NA2C738448
Model # : M : A2C750526
Model # : M : A2C750561
Radio Frequency Certification for
Keys and Remote Controls
Canada
IC : 7812A-A2C931423
IC: 7812A-A2C931426
IC: 3248A-A08TAA
IC: 3248A-A08TDA
China
E291429
E291430
United States of America
FCC ID : M3N-A2C931423
FCC ID : M3N-A2C931426
FCC ID : N5F-A08TAA
FCC ID : N5F-A08TDA
Radio Frequency Statement for
Audio Unit
Canada
IC: 3043A-UP375AHU
493
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
United States
FCC ID: NT8-16UP375AHU
494
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Appendices
4
4WD
See: Four-Wheel Drive......................................155
A
A/C
See: Climate Control...........................................111
About This Manual...........................................7
About Trail Control.......................................173
ABS
See: Brakes...........................................................164
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes................................................................164
Accessories....................................................432
Exterior Style.......................................................432
Interior Style.........................................................432
Lifestyle.................................................................432
Peace of Mind.....................................................432
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation............................................13
ACC
See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control.............182
Adjusting the Headlamps........................265
Vertical Aim Adjustment................................265
Adjusting the Steering Wheel...................66
Airbag Disposal...............................................49
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control...........................................111
Air Filter
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter..............271
Alarm
See: Anti-Theft Alarm........................................65
Ambient Lighting............................................76
Adjusting the Brightness....................................76
Changing the Color..............................................76
Switching Ambient Lighting Off.....................76
Switching Ambient Lighting On......................76
Anti-Theft Alarm............................................65
Alarm System........................................................65
Arming the Alarm.................................................65
Disarming the Alarm...........................................65
Triggering the Alarm............................................65
Appendices....................................................454
Apps..................................................................401
...................................................................................401
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link..................403
At a Glance........................................................18
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............89
Headlamps On Warning Chime.....................89
Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................89
Keyless Warning Alert........................................89
Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................89
Audio Control..................................................66
Type One.................................................................66
Type Two.................................................................67
You can operate the following functions
with the control:...............................................67
Audio Input Jack...........................................336
Audio System................................................325
General Information.........................................325
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC
3.......................................................................329
Adjusting the Volume.......................................329
Changing Radio Stations................................330
Playing or Pausing Media...............................330
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off........330
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse.............................................................330
Audio Unit - Vehicles With: SYNC..........327
Accessing the Apps Menu...............................327
Accessing the Clock Settings.........................327
Accessing the Information Menu.................327
Accessing the Media Source Menu.............327
Accessing the Phone Features......................327
Accessing the Settings Menu........................327
Accessing the Sound Settings......................328
Adjusting the Volume.......................................328
Changing Radio Stations................................328
Listening to the Radio......................................328
Playing or Pausing Media...............................328
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off..........328
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off..........328
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off........328
Switching the Display On and Off...............328
Using a Cell Phone............................................328
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse.............................................................329
Using the Display Control...............................329
Using the Number Block.................................329
495
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Audio Unit - Vehicles Without:
SYNC.............................................................325
Accessing the Clock Settings........................325
Accessing the Media Source Menu.............325
Accessing the Menu..........................................325
Accessing the Phone Features.....................326
Accessing the Sound Settings......................326
Adjusting the Volume.......................................326
Changing Radio Stations................................326
Listening to the Radio......................................326
Muting the Audio...............................................326
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off........326
Using Seek, Fast Forward and
Reverse..............................................................327
Using the Display Control...............................326
Using the Number Block..................................327
Autolamps.........................................................72
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps.........................................................72
Automatic Climate Control........................112
Setting the Blower Motor Speed...................112
Setting the Temperature...................................112
Switching Auto Mode On and Off.................112
Switching Defrost On and Off.........................113
Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On
and Off................................................................113
Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Off.........................................................................113
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off.........................................................................113
Switching the Air Conditioning On and
Off.........................................................................112
Switching the Climate Control On and
Off.........................................................................113
Switching the Heated Seats On and
Off.........................................................................113
Automatic High Beam Control..................74
Automatic High Beam Indicator.....................75
Switching the System On and Off.................74
Automatic Transmission.............................151
Automatic Transmission Adaptive
Learning.............................................................154
Brake-Shift Interlock.........................................153
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow..................................................................154
Progressive Range Selection..........................153
SelectShift™ Automatic
Transmission...................................................152
Transmission Selector Lever
Positions.............................................................151
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Check.............................................................261
Auto-Start-Stop...........................................138
Disabling Auto-Start-Stop..............................139
Enabling Auto-Start-Stop...............................138
Autowipers.......................................................69
Autowipers Settings............................................70
Auxiliary Power Points................................129
110 Volt AC Power Point...................................129
12 Volt DC Power Point.....................................129
USB Port and Power Point Locations.........129
B
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery.....................263
Battery Charging
See: Charging the 12V Battery.......................262
Blind Spot Information System..............195
Blind Spot Information System with Trailer
Tow.....................................................................196
Switching the System On and Off...............198
System Errors.......................................................198
Using the Blind Spot Information
System...............................................................195
BLIS
See: Blind Spot Information System...........195
Body Styling Kits..........................................279
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........255
Booster Seats..................................................29
Types of Booster Seats......................................29
Brake Fluid Check.........................................261
Brakes...............................................................164
General Information..........................................164
Breaking-In.....................................................223
Brakes and Clutch..............................................223
Engine.....................................................................223
Tires.........................................................................223
Bulb Specification Chart...........................323
C
Cabin Air Filter................................................116
Canceling the Set Speed...........................173
496
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Capacities and Specifications.................319
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold
Climates............................................................322
Specifications.....................................................320
Cargo Lamps....................................................76
Car Wash
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................272
Catalytic Converter......................................148
On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...................149
Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) Testing...................................................150
Center Console...............................................131
Changing a Bulb...........................................267
Approach Lamp and Side Direction
Indicator...........................................................268
Central High Mounted Brake Lamp............270
Front Fog Lamps...............................................268
Front Side Marker Bulb...................................268
License Plate Lamp..........................................270
Rear Lamps..........................................................269
Replacing LED Fog Lamp Bulbs..................269
Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs ...................267
Changing a Fuse...........................................253
Fuses.......................................................................253
Changing a Road Wheel...........................303
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly
Information.....................................................303
Installing a Road Wheel....................................311
Jacking and Lifting Points..............................309
Removing a Road Wheel.................................310
Spare Wheel.......................................................308
Stowing the Flat Tire..........................................311
Stowing the Tool Kit - SuperCrew................313
Stowing the Vehicle Jack and Tool Kit -
SuperCab..........................................................312
Stowing the Vehicle Jack -
SuperCrew........................................................312
Tire Change Procedure...................................304
Vehicle Jack.........................................................305
Changing the 12V Battery.........................263
Remove and Reinstall the Battery..............264
Changing the Engine Air Filter..................271
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................265
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades...............................................................265
Charging the 12V Battery..........................262
Battery Management System.......................262
Checking MyKey System Status...............59
MyKey Distance....................................................59
Number of Admin Keys.....................................60
Number of MyKeys..............................................60
Checking the Wiper Blades.....................265
Child Restraint and Seatbelt
Maintenance.................................................39
Child Restraint Positioning..........................31
Child Safety......................................................20
General Information............................................20
Child Safety Locks..........................................33
Left-Hand Side......................................................33
Right-Hand Side...................................................33
Cleaning Leather Seats..............................276
Cleaning Products........................................272
Materials................................................................272
Cleaning the Engine....................................274
Cleaning the Exterior...................................272
Cleaning the Headlamps.................................273
Exterior Chrome Parts......................................273
Exterior Plastic Parts.........................................273
Stripes or Graphics............................................273
Underbody............................................................273
Under Hood..........................................................273
Cleaning the Instrument Panel and
Instrument Cluster Lens.........................275
Cleaning the Interior....................................275
Mirrors.....................................................................275
Cleaning the Wheels...................................277
Cleaning the Windows and Wiper
Blades............................................................274
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................59
Climate............................................................385
Climate Control...............................................111
Cold Weather Precautions.......................224
Connecting a Bluetooth Device -
Vehicles Without: SYNC........................330
Pairing a Device..................................................330
Coolant Check
See: Engine Coolant Check............................259
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator.......48
Creating a MyKey...........................................58
Programming and Changing Configurable
Settings...............................................................59
Cross Traffic Alert.........................................198
Blocked Sensors................................................200
False Alerts...........................................................201
Switching the System Off and On...............201
497
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
System Errors.......................................................201
System Lights, Messages and Audible
Alerts.................................................................200
System Limitations............................................201
Using the Cross Traffic Alert System..........199
Cruise Control..................................................67
Principle of Operation........................................181
Cruise control
See: Using Cruise Control.................................181
Customer Assistance.................................233
D
Data Recording..................................................9
911 Assist Privacy Notice.....................................13
Comfort, Convenience and Entertainment
Data........................................................................11
Event Data.................................................................11
Service Data............................................................10
Services That Third Parties Provide...............12
Services That We Provide..................................12
Vehicles With a Modem......................................12
Vehicles With SYNC.............................................12
Daytime Running Lamps.............................73
Type One - Conventional
(Non-Configurable)........................................73
Type Two - Configurable....................................73
Declaration of Conformity.......................482
Radio Frequency Statement.........................482
Digital Radio...................................................331
HD Radio Reception and Station
Troubleshooting............................................332
Direction Indicators........................................75
Direction Indicator................................................75
Switching the Direction Indicators On and
Off..........................................................................75
Doors and Locks.............................................62
Driver Alert......................................................189
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION...........................189
USING DRIVER ALERT.....................................189
Driver and Passenger Airbags....................43
Children and Airbags..........................................44
Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating
Adjustment........................................................43
Driving Aids.....................................................189
Driving Hints...................................................223
Driving Through Water...............................225
DRL
See: Daytime Running Lamps.........................73
E
Economical Driving.....................................223
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............454
Electronic Locking Differential................162
Operating Electronic Locking Differential
with Spare or Mismatched Tires..............162
Emission Law..................................................147
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance.........148
Tampering With a Noise Control
System...............................................................147
End User License Agreement.................456
VEHICLE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT (EULA) ................................456
Engine Block Heater.....................................137
Using the Engine Block Heater.......................137
Engine Coolant Check...............................259
Adding Coolant..................................................260
Engine Emission Control............................147
Engine Immobilizer
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................65
Engine Oil Check..........................................258
Adding Engine Oil..............................................258
Engine Oil Dipstick......................................258
Engine Specifications..................................315
Drivebelt Routing................................................315
Entertainment...............................................375
AM/FM Radio......................................................376
Apps.......................................................................384
Bluetooth Stereo or USB................................383
CD (If equipped)................................................382
HD Radio™ Information (If
Available).........................................................379
SiriusXM® Satellite Radio (If
Activated).........................................................377
Sources..................................................................376
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information................................384
USB Ports.............................................................384
Environment......................................................17
Essential Towing Checks............................217
Before Towing a Trailer.....................................219
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft (PWC)........................................220
498
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Safety Chains.......................................................218
Trailer Brakes........................................................219
Trailer Lamps........................................................219
Trailer Towing Connector.................................218
When Towing a Trailer......................................219
Event Data Recording
See: Data Recording..............................................9
Exterior Mirrors...............................................80
Fold Away Exterior Mirrors...............................80
Heated Exterior Mirrors.......................................81
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................80
Power-Folding Mirrors.......................................80
Puddle Lamps .......................................................81
Signal Indicator Mirrors.......................................81
F
Fastening the Seatbelts...............................35
Seatbelt Locking Modes....................................36
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy................36
Flat Tire
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................303
Floor Mats.......................................................226
Fog Lamps - Front
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................75
Ford Protect...................................................434
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
(CANADA ONLY)..........................................435
Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S.
Only)..................................................................434
Four-Wheel Drive.........................................155
Principle of Operation.......................................155
Front Fog Lamps.............................................75
Front Parking Aid...........................................176
Obstacle Distance Indicator............................177
Front Passenger Sensing System............44
Fuel and Refueling.......................................140
Fuel Consumption........................................145
Advertised Capacity..........................................145
Calculating Fuel Economy..............................146
Filling the Fuel Tank...........................................146
Fuel Filler Funnel Location.........................141
Fuel Quality....................................................140
Choosing the Right Fuel..................................140
Fuel Shutoff...................................................228
Fuse Box Locations....................................240
Engine Compartment Fuse Box..................240
High Current Fuse Box......................................241
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box.............241
Pre-fuse Box........................................................240
Fuses................................................................240
Fuse Specification Chart...........................241
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................241
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box...........250
G
Garage Door Opener....................................125
Garage Door Opener
See: Universal Garage Door Opener............125
Gauges...............................................................83
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............84
Fuel Gauge.............................................................84
Information Display.............................................83
Left Information Display....................................85
Type 1 and 2............................................................83
Type 3.......................................................................85
Gearbox
See: Transmission...............................................151
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................50
Intelligent Access.................................................50
General Maintenance Information.......436
Multi-Point Inspection.....................................438
Owner Checks and Services..........................437
Protecting Your Investment...........................436
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?.........................436
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?.....................................................436
Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and
Canada.........................................................236
Getting the Services You Need...............233
Away From Home..............................................233
Glove Compartment.....................................131
Glove Box with Lock............................................131
H
Handbrake
See: Parking Brake.............................................165
Hazard Flashers............................................228
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................265
Headlamp Removal
See: Removing a Headlamp..........................267
499
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Headrest
See: Head Restraints..........................................118
Head Restraints.............................................118
Adjusting the Head Restraint..........................119
Heated Exterior Mirrors................................116
Heated Rear Window...................................116
Heated Seats..................................................124
Heated Windshield.......................................116
Windshield Wiper De-Icer................................116
Heating
See: Climate Control...........................................111
Hill Start Assist..............................................165
Switching the System On and Off...............166
Using Hill Start Assist.......................................166
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate...........................................................113
Defogging the Side Windows in Cold
Weather..............................................................116
General Hints.........................................................113
Quickly Cooling the Interior..............................115
Quickly Heating the Interior.............................114
Recommended Settings for Cooling............115
Recommended Settings for Heating...........115
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................164
Home Screen.................................................367
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........255
Horn....................................................................68
I
Ignition Switch...............................................133
Starting the Engine............................................134
Switching the Ignition Off................................134
Switching the Ignition On................................134
Switching the Ignition to Accessory
Mode...................................................................134
In California (U.S. Only).............................234
Information Display Control......................68
Information Displays....................................90
General Information...........................................90
Information Messages.................................98
4WD.........................................................................110
Adaptive Cruise Control....................................98
Airbag.......................................................................99
Alarm and Security.............................................99
Auto-Start-Stop.................................................100
Battery and Charging System.........................101
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic
Alert System.....................................................101
Doors and Locks.................................................102
Driver Alert............................................................102
Drivetrain...............................................................103
Engine.....................................................................103
Fuel..........................................................................103
Keys and Intelligent Access............................104
Lane Keeping System.......................................105
Maintenance........................................................105
MyKey.....................................................................106
Park Aid..................................................................107
Power Steering....................................................107
Pre-Collision Assist............................................107
Remote Start.......................................................108
Starting System .................................................108
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................108
Traction Control..................................................108
Trail Control..........................................................109
Trailer......................................................................109
Installing Child Restraints...........................22
Child Restraints.....................................................22
Combining Seatbelt and LATCH Lower
Anchors for Attaching Child
Restraints...........................................................26
Front Seat Tether Strap Attachment
(SuperCab)........................................................27
Rear Seat Tether Strap Attachment
(SuperCab).......................................................28
Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the
Outermost Seating Positions (Center
Seating Use) ....................................................26
Using Lap and Shoulder Belts ........................22
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
CHildren (LATCH)...........................................24
Using Tether Straps.............................................26
Instrument Cluster........................................83
Instrument Lighting Dimmer......................72
Vehicles With Front Fog Lamps......................73
Vehicles Without Front Fog Lamps...............73
Instrument Panel............................................18
Interior Lamps..................................................75
Courtesy Lamp......................................................75
Reading Lamps.....................................................76
Rear Courtesy Lamp............................................76
Interior Mirror....................................................81
Automatic Dimming Mirror................................81
500
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Manual Dimming Mirror......................................81
Introduction.........................................................7
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle........................229
Connecting the Jumper Cables....................229
Jump Starting......................................................230
Preparing Your Vehicle.....................................229
Removing the Jumper Cables.......................230
K
Keys and Remote Controls........................50
L
Lane Keeping System.................................190
Switching the System On and Off................191
Lighting Control................................................71
Flashing the Headlamp High Beam...............72
Headlamp High Beam.........................................71
Lighting................................................................71
General Information.............................................71
Load Carriers
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers.............210
Load Carrying................................................206
Load Limit......................................................206
Special Loading Instructions for Owners of
Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type
Vehicles.............................................................210
Vehicle Loading - with and without a
Trailer................................................................206
Load Retaining Fixtures.............................210
Tie Down Points..................................................210
Locking and Unlocking.................................62
Activating Intelligent Access............................63
Autolock..................................................................64
Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the
Key Blade............................................................62
Opening a Rear Door from the Inside...........63
Power Door Locks................................................62
Remote Control....................................................62
Smart Unlocks for Integrated Keyhead
Transmitter........................................................64
Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................303
M
Maintenance..................................................255
General Information.........................................255
Manual Climate Control...............................111
Directing the Airflow............................................111
Setting the Blower Motor Speed....................111
Setting the Temperature....................................111
Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On
and Off.................................................................111
Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Off.........................................................................112
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off.........................................................................112
Switching the Air Conditioning On and
Off..........................................................................111
Switching the Climate Control On and
Off..........................................................................111
Manual Seats.................................................120
Adjusting the Recliner........................................121
Adjusting the Seat Height.................................121
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward.............................................................120
Manual Tailgate.............................................212
Lowering the Tailgate........................................212
Media Hub.......................................................337
Message Center
See: Information Displays................................90
Mirrors
See: Windows and Mirrors.................................77
Mobile Communications Equipment.......15
Motorcraft Parts............................................316
MyKey – Troubleshooting...........................60
MyKey™.............................................................57
Principle of Operation.........................................57
N
Navigation......................................................393
cityseeker.............................................................400
Destination Mode..............................................395
Map Mode............................................................393
Navigation Map Updates................................401
Navigation Menu...............................................398
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link...................401
SYNC AppLink...................................................400
Waypoints............................................................399
501
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........439
Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor............................440
Normal Maintenance Intervals....................440
O
Off-Road Driving..........................................224
After Off-Road Driving.....................................225
Basic Off-road Driving Techniques.............224
Crossing Obstacles...........................................224
Hill Climbing.........................................................225
Oil Change Indicator Reset......................259
Oil Check
See: Engine Oil Check......................................258
Opening and Closing the Hood..............255
Closing the Hood...............................................256
Opening the Hood.............................................255
Ordering Additional Owner's
Literature.....................................................238
Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual.........238
Overhead Console.........................................131
P
Parking Aids....................................................175
Principle of Operation.......................................175
Parking Brake.................................................165
All Vehicles............................................................165
Vehicles With Automatic
Transmission...................................................165
Vehicles With Manual Transmission...........165
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................65
Arming the Engine Immobilizer......................65
Coded Keys.............................................................65
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer................65
Principle of Operation........................................65
Passive Key Backup Position.....................56
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................65
Perchlorate........................................................13
Personal Safety System™...........................41
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work?...................................................................41
Phone..............................................................388
During a Phone Call...........................................391
Making Calls........................................................390
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Time..................................................................388
Phone Menu........................................................389
Receiving Calls.....................................................391
Smartphone Connectivity..............................392
Text Messaging...................................................392
Power Door Locks
See: Locking and Unlocking.............................62
Power Seats.....................................................121
Adjusting the Driver Seat Height ..................122
Adjusting the Lumbar........................................122
Adjusting the Recliner.......................................122
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward...............................................................121
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................262
Power Windows...............................................77
Bounce-Back.........................................................79
Driver Door Switches (Double Cab)..............77
Driver Door Switches (Single Cab)................78
Front and Rear Passenger Door
Switches.............................................................78
Opening and Closing Other Windows
Automatically...................................................78
Opening and Closing the Driver Side
Window Automatically..................................78
Resetting the Memory of the Electric
Windows - Vehicle with One Touch
Up/Down on Driver Side only.....................79
Safety Mode...........................................................79
Safety Switch for the Rear Windows............78
Pre-Collision Assist.....................................202
Using the Pre-Collision Assist
System..............................................................202
Protecting the Environment........................17
Puncture
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................303
Push Button Ignition Switch.....................134
Failure to Start - Vehicles with Manual
Transmission...................................................135
Fast Restart..........................................................136
Key Outside Vehicle Audible Warning........136
Starting System Information
Messages..........................................................136
Starting The Engine - Vehicles with
Automatic Transmission.............................134
Starting The Engine - Vehicles with Manual
Transmission...................................................134
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving - Vehicles with Automatic
Transmission...................................................135
502
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving - Vehicles with Manual
Transmission...................................................135
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary - Vehicles with Automatic
Transmission...................................................135
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary - Vehicles with Manual
Transmission...................................................135
Switching the Ignition On to Accessory
Mode...................................................................134
Vehicles with a Diesel Engine........................134
R
Radio.................................................................331
Antenna..................................................................331
Rear Axle..........................................................162
Rear Parking Aid............................................175
Obstacle Distance Indicator...........................176
Rear Seat Armrest........................................132
Rear Seats........................................................122
Folding the Seat Backrest...............................123
Folding the Seat Cushion.................................123
Removing the Seat Cushion...........................122
Unfolding the Seat Backrest..........................124
Unfolding the Seat Cushion............................123
Rear View Camera........................................177
Camera guidelines..............................................178
Manual Zoom......................................................180
Obstacle Distance Indicator...........................179
Rear Camera Delay............................................180
Using the Rear View Camera System.........178
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera.....................................177
Recommended Towing Weights.............215
Towing Capacities..............................................216
Trailer Hitch Identification...............................216
Trailer Nose Weight............................................217
Refueling..........................................................143
Refueling System Overview............................143
Refueling System Warning..............................145
Refueling Your Vehicle......................................143
Remote Control..............................................50
Car Finder................................................................54
Integrated Keyhead Transmitter....................50
Intelligent Access Key..........................................51
Remote Start.........................................................55
Replacing the Battery.........................................52
Sounding a Panic Alarm....................................54
Remote Start...................................................117
Automatic Settings.............................................117
Heated and Cooled Features...........................117
Last Settings..........................................................117
Removing a Headlamp..............................267
Removing the Tailgate................................212
Repairing Minor Paint Damage...............277
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................13
Collision Repairs....................................................14
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs..................................................................13
Warranty on Replacement Parts.....................14
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................56
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada
Only)..............................................................238
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.
Only)..............................................................238
Roadside Assistance...................................227
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside
Assistance.......................................................228
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting
Roadside Assistance....................................227
Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using
Roadside Assistance....................................227
Roadside Emergencies...............................227
Roof Racks and Load Carriers.................210
Running-In
See: Breaking-In.................................................223
Running Out of Fuel......................................141
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................142
Filling a Portable Fuel Container...................141
S
Safety Canopy™.............................................47
Safety Precautions......................................140
Satellite Radio..............................................333
Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number
(ESN)................................................................334
Satellite Radio Reception Factors...............334
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service..................334
Troubleshooting.................................................335
Scheduled Maintenance Record...........443
503
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Scheduled Maintenance..........................436
Seatbelt Extension........................................39
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................37
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................37
Seatbelt Status.....................................................38
Seatbelts...........................................................34
Principle of Operation........................................34
Seats..................................................................118
Security..............................................................65
Settings..........................................................404
911 Assist..............................................................409
Ambient Lighting................................................416
Bluetooth.............................................................406
Clock......................................................................406
Display.....................................................................417
General...................................................................414
Media Player.......................................................405
Mobile Apps..........................................................412
Navigation..............................................................411
Phone....................................................................406
Radio.......................................................................410
SiriusXM.................................................................410
Sound....................................................................404
Valet Mode............................................................418
Vehicle....................................................................416
Voice Control........................................................417
Wi-Fi & Hotspot..................................................414
Setting the Trail Control Speed...............173
Side Airbags.....................................................46
Sitting in the Correct Position...................118
Snow Chains
See: Using Snow Chains.................................296
Spare Wheel
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................303
Special Notices................................................14
Fleet Telematics Modem....................................15
FordPass Connect.................................................15
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.........................14
Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and
Utility Type Vehicles........................................15
On Board Diagnostics Data Link
Connector............................................................14
Special Instructions..............................................14
Using a Slide-In Camper....................................15
Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance............15
Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow...........15
Special Operating Conditions Scheduled
Maintenance...............................................441
Exceptions............................................................443
Speed Control
See: Cruise Control.............................................181
Stability Control............................................168
Principle of Operation......................................168
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch...........................................133
Starting and Stopping the Engine..........133
General Information..........................................133
Steering............................................................201
Electric Power Steering....................................201
Steering Wheel...............................................66
Storage Compartments..............................131
Sun Visors.........................................................82
Illuminated Vanity Mirror...................................82
Supplementary Restraints System.........42
Principle of Operation.........................................42
Switching Trail Control On and Off........173
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ 3........................................................355
General Information.........................................355
SYNC™ 3 Troubleshooting......................418
SYNC™ Applications and
Services........................................................342
911 Assist...............................................................342
SYNC Mobile Apps............................................344
SYNC™...........................................................338
General Information.........................................338
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................346
T
Tailgate Lock...................................................212
Tailgate.............................................................212
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications.............315
Terrain Control.................................................171
Principle of Operation........................................171
The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto
Line Program (U.S. Only).......................235
Tire Care...........................................................281
Glossary of Tire Terminology.........................283
Information About Uniform Tire Quality
Grading..............................................................281
Information Contained on the Tire
Sidewall...........................................................284
504
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Temperature A B C............................................282
Traction AA A B C...............................................282
Treadwear.............................................................282
Tire Pressure Monitoring System...........297
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................298
Understanding Your Tire Pressure
Monitoring System ......................................299
Tires
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................280
Towing a Trailer.............................................214
Towing Points.................................................231
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels..........................................................220
Emergency Towing.............................................221
Recreational Towing..........................................221
Towing...............................................................214
Traction Control.............................................167
Principle of Operation.......................................167
Trail Control Indicators................................173
Trail Control.....................................................173
Trail Control – Troubleshooting.....................174
Trail Control – Troubleshooting...............174
Trail Control – Information Messages.........174
Trailer Sway Control.....................................215
Transmission Code Designation.............318
Transmission...................................................151
Transporting the Vehicle............................231
Type Approvals............................................482
China......................................................................493
Radio Frequency Certification for Keys and
Remote Controls...........................................493
Radio Frequency Certifications for Blind
Spot Information System...........................491
Radio Frequency Certifications for Body
Control Module..............................................493
Radio Frequency Certifications for Cruise
Control Module..............................................493
Radio Frequency Certifications for Mid
Range Radar..................................................485
Radio Frequency Certifications for Passive
Anti-Theft System.......................................486
Radio Frequency Certifications for Radio
Transceiver Module.....................................489
Radio Frequency Certifications for SYNC
3...........................................................................492
Radio Frequency Certifications for Tire
Pressure Monitoring Sensor(s)...............482
Radio Frequency Certifications for Wireless
Charging...........................................................492
Radio Frequency Statement for Audio
Unit....................................................................493
U
Under Hood Overview................................257
Under Seat Storage.....................................132
Super Cab..............................................................132
Unique Driving Characteristics................138
Universal Garage Door Opener................125
HomeLink Wireless Control System............125
USB Port.........................................................336
Using Adaptive Cruise Control................182
Automatic Cancellation...................................185
Blocked Sensor....................................................187
Canceling the Set Speed.................................185
Changing the Set Speed..................................185
Detection Issues.................................................186
Following a Vehicle............................................183
Hilly Condition Usage........................................185
Overriding the Set Speed................................184
Resuming the Set Speed.................................185
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed.............183
Setting the Gap Distance................................184
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
Off.......................................................................186
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control
On........................................................................183
Switching to Normal Cruise Control...........188
System Not Available........................................187
Using Cruise Control.....................................181
Canceling the Set Speed..................................181
Changing the Set Speed...................................181
Resuming the Set Speed.................................182
Setting the Cruise Speed..................................181
Switching Cruise Control Off..........................182
Switching Cruise Control On...........................181
Using Four-Wheel Drive.............................155
4WD Indicator Lights........................................155
Driving Off-Road With Truck and Utility
Vehicles..............................................................157
How Your Vehicle Differs From Other
Vehicles.............................................................156
Using the Electronic Shift on the Fly 4WD
system................................................................155
505
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................60
Using Snow Chains.....................................296
Vehicles with Stability Control......................297
Using Stability Control...............................169
AdvanceTrac™ with Roll Stability Control™
(RSC™).............................................................169
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................346
Audio Voice Commands.................................346
Media Sources....................................................346
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............341
Accessing Features through the Phone
Menu..................................................................342
Pairing a Phone...................................................341
Phone Controls...................................................342
Phone Voice Commands................................342
Using Traction Control................................167
Switching the System Off ...............................167
System Indicator Lights and
Messages..........................................................167
Using Voice Recognition...........................339
Audio Voice Commands.................................369
Climate Voice Commands.............................370
Initiating a Voice Session................................339
Mobile App Voice Commands......................373
Navigation Voice Commands........................372
Phone Voice Commands................................370
SiriusXM Traffic and Travel Link Voice
Commands......................................................373
System Interaction and Feedback.............340
Voice Settings Commands.............................374
Using Voice Recognition - Vehicles
Without: SYNC...........................................337
Voice Pass Through...........................................337
Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration
Program (Canada Only)........................236
V
Vehicle Care....................................................272
General Information..........................................272
Vehicle Certification Label.........................317
Vehicle Identification Number.................317
Vehicle Storage.............................................277
Battery....................................................................278
Body.........................................................................277
Brakes.....................................................................278
Cooling system...................................................278
Engine.....................................................................278
Fuel system..........................................................278
General...................................................................277
Miscellaneous.....................................................278
Removing Vehicle From Storage..................278
Tires.........................................................................278
Ventilation
See: Climate Control...........................................111
VIN
See: Vehicle Identification Number..............317
Voice Control....................................................67
W
Warning Lamps and Indicators................86
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicator.................86
Anti-Lock Braking System................................86
Automatic Headlamp High Beam
Indicator.............................................................86
Auto-Start-Stop Indicator................................86
Battery.....................................................................86
Blind Spot Monitor..............................................86
Brake System Warning Lamp..........................86
Cruise Control Indicator.....................................87
Direction Indicator................................................87
Door Ajar Warning Lamp...................................87
Electronic Locking Differential........................87
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Lamp....................................................................87
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp......................87
Four-Wheel Drive Indicators............................87
Front Airbag............................................................87
Front Fog Lamp Indicator..................................87
Headlamp High Beam Indicator.....................87
Hood Ajar Warning Lamp.................................88
Low Beam Malfunction.....................................88
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp.......................88
Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp..................88
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning
Lamp...................................................................88
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp.............................88
Parking Lamps......................................................88
Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced
Power/Electronic Throttle Control...........88
Service Engine Soon...........................................88
Stability Control and Traction Control
Indicator.............................................................89
506
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
Stability Control and Traction Control Off
Warning Lamp.................................................89
Tow Haul Indicator..............................................89
Trail Control...........................................................89
Washer Fluid Check....................................262
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior...............................272
See: Wipers and Washers.................................69
Waxing..............................................................274
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel.......................303
Wheels and Tires........................................280
General Information.........................................280
Technical Specifications..................................313
Windows and Mirrors.....................................77
Windshield Washers.....................................70
Windshield Wipers........................................69
Intermittent Wipe................................................69
Speed Dependent Wipers................................69
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................265
Wipers and Washers.....................................69
507
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
Index
508
Ranger (TFG) Canada/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 201809, Third-Printing-
